John Dayal Honored for Advocacy in Civil Liberties and Religious Freedom

Veteran journalist-turned-human rights activist John Dayal was among three individuals recognized on March 5 for their contributions to civil liberties and religious freedom.

The Quaide Milleth Award, an annual honor established in 2015, is presented by the Chennai-based Quaide Milleth Educational and Social Trust, which focuses on uplifting underprivileged communities.

This year, the selection jury, which included Church of South India Bishop V Devasahayam of Thoothukudi-Nazareth, named Dayal alongside Navid Hamid and Vipin Kumar Tripathi as recipients of the award.

Dayal, a New Delhi-based journalist and activist, has held various key positions, including treasurer of the Editors’ Guild of India and membership in the National Integration Council. The 76-year-old Catholic has also served as secretary general of the All India Christian Council and president of the All India Catholic Association, the country’s largest Catholic lay association.

Navid Hamid, another awardee, has also been a member of the National Integration Council, which was formed in 1961 as a platform for senior politicians and public figures to assist the federal government in addressing issues like communalism, caste discrimination, and regionalism. He previously served as president of the All India Majilise Mushawarat, a coalition of Indian Muslim organizations, and as general secretary of the Movement for Empowerment of Muslim Indians.

The third recipient, Vipin Kumar Tripathi, is a distinguished scientist and former professor at the Indian Institute of Technology in New Delhi. As he approaches his 77th birthday on March 11, he remains active in social causes. Following the Bhagalpur riots in 1990, he founded the Sadbhav Mission, a grassroots initiative aimed at combating communal tensions and addressing fundamental concerns such as education. Today, the organization also works toward rehabilitating victims of sectarian violence.

The term “Quaid Milleth” translates to “leader of the (Muslim) community,” and the award pays tribute to Mohamed Ismail Sahib (1896-1972), a Tamil Nadu-based politician and social worker.

Since its inception, the award has honored numerous activists and leaders. The inaugural recipients in 2015 were social activist Teesta Setalvad and Communist leader R Nallakannan. In 2013, the award had been presented to senior journalist N Ram and Abusaleh Shariff, the chief scholar and mentor at the US-India Policy Institute in Washington.

John Dayal was born on October 2, 1948, in New Delhi. He pursued physics at St. Stephen’s College in Delhi before transitioning into journalism. His career included roles as a war correspondent and foreign correspondent, covering developments in the Middle East, North Africa, South Asia, and Europe.

At one point, he served as editor and CEO of Delhi Mid Day, an afternoon newspaper.

Even today, Dayal continues to contribute to print media and appears frequently on national television and radio as a commentator and analyst. In addition, he has served on the governing boards of multiple Delhi University colleges and has lectured as a visiting professor at universities across northern India.

Beyond journalism, Dayal has dedicated decades to activism, focusing on issues such as the displacement of tribal communities, opposition to nuclear weapons, enforced disappearances, and impunity for human rights violations. Over the past 40 years, he has investigated numerous cases of violence and discrimination against Christians.

In 2007, he was part of a five-member fact-finding team that traveled to the Phulbani area of Kandhamal district in Orissa to investigate violence targeting Christians.

Kohli’s Masterclass Guides India to Champions Trophy Final with Win Over Australia

For the second time in ten days, Virat Kohli demonstrated why he is regarded as the ‘Chasemaster’ in ODIs, delivering a crucial half-century (84 off 98 balls, including five fours) to propel India into the final of the Champions Trophy. India secured a four-wicket victory over Australia in the first semifinal at the Dubai International Cricket Stadium on Tuesday, March 4, 2025.

The 36-year-old batsman, much like his unbeaten century against Pakistan during the league stage, played a controlled innings, minimizing risks while maintaining a strong strike rate.

Chasing 265, Indian skipper Rohit Sharma provided the team with a brisk start before Kohli and Shreyas Iyer steadied the innings with a crucial 91-run stand for the third wicket.

Kohli began his innings confidently, lofting and pulling Nathan Ellis for two early boundaries, showcasing his ability to maneuver the field with precision. Meanwhile, Shreyas took an aggressive approach against left-arm spinner Cooper Connolly, cutting and sweeping him for three quick fours.

India’s players paid tribute to the late Padmakar Shivalkar by wearing black armbands during the Champions Trophy semifinal.

On what was the best batting surface of the tournament at this venue, Kohli and Shreyas faced little trouble against an Australian bowling attack that lacked sharpness.

Kohli executed sweeps and pulls against leg-spinners Adam Zampa and Tanveer Sangha, reaching his half-century in just 53 balls.

Following Shreyas’s dismissal, the former India captain—who was given a reprieve on 51 when Glenn Maxwell dropped a catch—built key partnerships with Axar Patel and K.L. Rahul (an unbeaten 42 off 34 balls, including two fours and two sixes) to ensure that Steve Smith’s men never had a real chance to make a comeback.

As India neared victory, requiring just 40 more runs, Kohli attempted to loft Zampa down the ground but was caught at long-on, falling 16 runs short of a century.

Rahul and Hardik Pandya (28 off 24 balls, including one four and three sixes) then completed the chase in style, thrilling the crowd with an array of boundaries and sixes. Their efforts helped India secure its first knockout-stage win over Australia in an ICC event in 14 years.

Prior to the game, Rohit Sharma had emphasized the importance of maintaining the same approach as in previous matches, saying, “We understand the opposition, need to approach the game like the last three games.”

Earlier in the day, half-centuries from Smith (73) and Alex Carey (61) had set the stage for Australia to post a competitive total. However, a disciplined performance from India’s bowlers, combined with proactive captaincy from Rohit, ensured that timely breakthroughs kept the reigning ODI champions to a modest 264.

Opener Travis Head got Australia off to a quick start before Smith took control of the innings. After being given a lifeline on 36—when Mohammed Shami dropped a catch—Smith accelerated, driving and pulling Varun for consecutive boundaries.

At the other end, Carey played aggressively against the spinners, employing the sweep effectively. He guided Kuldeep Yadav’s deliveries to fine leg and sent Varun’s bowling over midwicket with powerful slog sweeps.

Just as Smith looked set to increase the scoring rate, he misjudged a charge against Shami and was bowled by a full toss. Axar Patel then dismissed Glenn Maxwell in the following over, leaving Australia at 205 for six in the 38th over.

From there, India’s bowlers tightened their grip on the match, conceding only 51 runs in the final 10 overs. Their efforts set the perfect stage for Kohli to once again showcase his brilliance in chasing down targets.

Trump’s Address to Congress: Six Key Takeaways

After an intense six weeks back in the White House, President Trump delivered a bold and partisan speech to a joint session of Congress on Tuesday night.

Lasting just under 100 minutes, it became the longest such address in modern history. The speech also saw a Democratic lawmaker being ejected, multiple Democrats walking out at different points, and a Republican Party that stood firmly behind its president.

Here are six major takeaways from the speech:

  1. Trump Praised His Actions So Far, Including Controversial Moves

“America is back,” Trump declared at the start of his speech. Ironically, this was the same phrase Joe Biden used at the beginning of his presidency following Trump’s first term.

The similarity highlights the deep division in the country regarding its values, identity, and direction for the future.

Trump has pursued what he describes as a “commonsense revolution,” characterized by “swift and unrelenting action.” This effort has been led by Elon Musk and his Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), with Trump spotlighting and praising Musk’s initiatives. These moves have been popular among the GOP base but strongly opposed by many others, including independents.

A recent NPR/PBS News/Marist poll showed that only 34% of independents approve of Trump’s performance, and Musk and DOGE received the same 34% favorability rating. Additionally, two-thirds of respondents felt that Trump was implementing changes too quickly without fully considering their impact on the federal government.

  1. A Speech Geared Toward MAGA Supporters, Not Bipartisanship

While Americans remain divided on Trump’s leadership, his speech did not attempt to bridge that divide. Instead, it focused primarily on issues that resonate with MAGA supporters.

Trump dismissed Democrats, referring to them as “these people” and “radical left lunatics.” He also used his controversial nickname “Pocahontas” when discussing Senator Elizabeth Warren and the ongoing war in Ukraine. Warren later responded, stating that she was applauding U.S. aid to Ukraine, which Trump has since halted.

Trump claimed that Democrats would never support his policies, so he concentrated on topics favored by his base, including the anti-trans culture war, opposition to pro-diversity programs, his push to make English the country’s official language, and his effort to rename North America’s highest peak back to Mount McKinley. (The peak was renamed Denali during Obama’s presidency to reflect the preferences of most Alaskans.)

“Our country will be woke no longer,” Trump proclaimed.

During his speech, Trump spoke more forcefully about cracking down on illegal immigration than about the economy and inflation—despite rising prices playing a crucial role in his 2024 election victory.

Presidents often receive more credit or blame for the economy than they deserve, as they have limited control over prices. However, one tool they do have—tariffs—can lead to higher prices in the short term, according to economists.

Trump’s speech coincided with the implementation of steep tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He defended these measures, calling tariffs essential to saving the “soul” of the country—a phrase Biden has also used but in a different context.

Experts, business owners, and most Americans disagree with Trump’s approach. In the NPR poll, conducted before the latest round of tariffs, 57% of respondents anticipated higher prices in the next six months. Additionally, more people believed Trump’s economic policies would worsen conditions rather than improve them.

Despite these concerns, Trump largely avoided discussing the economy, instead repeatedly blaming Biden. He mentioned the former president 13 times, stating, “Joe Biden especially let the price of eggs get out of control. The egg prices, out of control. And we’re working hard to get it back down.”

However, the recent spike in egg prices has primarily been attributed to a bird flu outbreak.

While it is common for presidents to blame their predecessors for economic struggles, accountability eventually shifts to the person currently in office.

  1. Numerous False or Misleading Claims

Trump made several inaccurate statements throughout his speech, many of which have been thoroughly fact-checked. NPR compiled an in-depth analysis of over 20 misleading claims.

Among the most notable were:

— Trump claimed DOGE uncovered “hundreds of billions” in fraud, but even DOGE’s own estimates do not support this figure. He exaggerated the amount even beyond what the agency itself reports.

— He alleged that numerous people over 120 years old were still receiving Social Security payments. However, even Trump’s own Social Security Administration head refuted this claim, clarifying that these individuals lack recorded death dates but are not fraudulently receiving benefits.

— Trump stated that tariffs on China during his first term generated trillions of dollars for the U.S. This is inaccurate. While tariffs were imposed on about $380 billion in goods, they did not result in a net economic gain. In fact, economists argue they may have harmed the GDP in the long run.

— Trump falsely claimed the U.S. spent $350 billion on the war in Ukraine. The actual amount is closer to $115 billion over three years, with some funds allocated to domestic weapons production rather than direct aid to Ukraine. While the U.S. has provided more military aid than any single country, European nations collectively have contributed around $130–140 billion.

  1. Legislative Priorities for the Republican-Led Congress

Trump outlined several policy requests, offering insight into his legislative agenda for the coming year. His asks included:

— Increased funding for deportations

— Another round of major tax cuts

— Enhanced police protections (with no mention of the January 6 attack on officers at the U.S. Capitol)

— A new crime bill

— A mandate for the death penalty for anyone convicted of murdering a police officer (noting that the death penalty varies by state)

— The creation of a “Golden Dome” missile defense system, similar to Israel’s Iron Dome but intended for U.S. use.

  1. Reality-TV-Style Moments, A Trump Staple

While this speech lacked some of the theatrics of past Trump addresses, it still included dramatic moments, such as:

— Announcing an executive order naming a wildlife refuge after a girl allegedly killed by undocumented immigrants.

— Naming a 13-year-old cancer survivor as an honorary Secret Service agent.

— Publicly recognizing a high school student’s acceptance to West Point.

— Declaring the capture of the suspect responsible for the Abbey Gate bombing in Afghanistan.

  1. Elissa Slotkin’s Response: A Speech for Democrats to Note

Michigan Senator Elissa Slotkin delivered what many consider one of the strongest rebuttals to a presidential address in recent history. Comparisons were drawn to former Senator Jim Webb’s fiery response to George W. Bush in 2007 during the Iraq War.

Unlike previous opposition responses, which have often been met with criticism, Slotkin’s speech was commanding and poised. Speaking before a backdrop of American flags, she leaned on her background as a former CIA officer and the daughter of a Republican father and Democratic mother. She also highlighted her success in a state that Trump won in 2024.

Slotkin emphasized that the “middle class is the engine of our country” and warned against reckless policymaking. She criticized Trump’s tax plans for benefiting billionaires at the expense of essential public programs. Additionally, she took aim at Musk and his team, accusing them of improperly accessing sensitive personal data.

“As a Cold War kid, I’m thankful it was Reagan and not Trump in office in the 1980s,” she remarked, referencing Trump’s handling of the war in Ukraine. “Trump would have lost us the Cold War.”

Slotkin’s speech provided a clear strategy for Democrats struggling to respond to Trump’s presidency. Her composed delivery stood in stark contrast to the chaotic reaction from Rep. Al Green, whose loud interruptions led to his removal from the chamber.

As Trump moves forward with his agenda, the battle lines in Washington appear more firmly drawn than ever.

Trump’s Tariff War Escalates: Impact on Economy, Markets, and Politics

On Tuesday, President Donald Trump intensified a trade war by imposing significant tariffs on the top three U.S. trading partners—Canada, Mexico, and China.

The newly announced tariffs include a 25 percent import tax on Canada and Mexico, while duties on Chinese goods were raised from 10 percent to 20 percent.

These measures will impact more than $1 trillion worth of imported goods. In 2022, these three countries exported a combined $1.4 trillion in goods to the U.S., representing over 5 percent of that year’s gross domestic product (GDP).

Trump has made several tariff-related announcements during his tenure, some of which he later reversed or postponed. However, Tuesday’s decision marks the most significant escalation yet in his broader effort to reshape U.S. trade policy, fulfilling a campaign pledge.

Short-Term Market Reaction

The financial markets reacted negatively to Trump’s latest trade move. On Monday, stock prices plummeted after he stated there was “no room left” for Canada and Mexico to negotiate on tariffs.

The market downturn continued into Tuesday. The Dow Jones Industrial Average, which tracks major U.S. companies, dropped by more than 685 points, representing a 1.6 percent decline. The S&P 500 index fell by 1.3 percent, while the tech-focused Nasdaq Composite ended the day down by 0.4 percent.

Goldman Sachs estimated that these tariffs, particularly the 25 percent duties on Canada and Mexico and the higher levies on China, would reduce its earnings-per-share forecasts for the S&P 500 by 2 to 3 percent.

Rising Consumer Costs

Businesses and economic analysts have cautioned that Trump’s import duties could lead to higher consumer prices.

“Tariff-induced disruptions risk exacerbating inflation, increasing the cost of essential goods, and placing financial strain on businesses and consumers alike,” the National Association of Wholesale Distributors stated on Tuesday.

Although tariffs do not automatically translate to price hikes, companies can absorb the increased costs or adjust their supply chains. Trump’s 2018 tariffs did not significantly drive inflation as the COVID-19 pandemic did in 2020.

However, the current tariffs could lead to supply chain disruptions in North America, potentially raising consumer prices. A study by the Anderson Economic Group estimated that the price of some vehicles manufactured in North America could rise by as much as $12,000 due to these import taxes.

Economic Consequences

Economic models suggest the new tariffs will slow U.S. economic growth.

According to the Yale Budget Lab, real GDP growth is expected to be 0.6 percentage points lower in 2025 and 0.1 percentage points lower in 2026 because of these tariffs.

Lower-income Americans will likely feel the impact more than wealthier households. “The percent change in disposable income resulting from the tariffs is almost three times as much for households in the second decile by income as it is for households in the top decile,” Yale researchers reported.

The U.S. economy has been performing well in recent quarters, but consumer spending has been slowing amid concerns over persistent inflation. The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta has projected a contraction in the U.S. economy for the first quarter of the year.

Despite concerns about economic performance, some labor groups see potential benefits. The Teamsters union acknowledged the risks but suggested tariffs could be worth it if they support American industries.

“We support any solution that brings work back to America,” a Teamsters spokesperson told The Hill.

Political and Diplomatic Fallout

Trump campaigned on reducing costs for Americans, capitalizing on voter frustration over inflation. The cost of living was a key issue in the 2024 election.

If the tariffs lead to higher prices and a slowing economy, they could undermine Trump’s economic credibility, which has been one of his strongest advantages with voters.

Even some Republicans have expressed concern about the tariffs’ impact. When asked whether he was worried about their effects, Sen. Markwayne Mullin (R-Okla.) responded, “Of course.”

Democrats have seized on the potential economic fallout.

“It’s only taken the president 43 days to wreak havoc on our economy and the American people,” said Rep. Richard Neal (D-Mass.), the ranking Democrat on the House Ways and Means Committee. “The outlook for economic growth has plummeted into the negative, consumer sentiment has plunged, and small businesses and farmers from coast to coast fear what’s to come with his trade war.”

The tariffs could also strain diplomatic relations between the U.S. and its North American neighbors.

Following Trump’s initial tariff announcement in February, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau urged Canadians to avoid vacationing in the U.S.

A recent YouGov poll revealed shifting perceptions between the two countries. Half of Canadians now view the U.S. as “unfriendly” or an “enemy,” while only 6 percent of Americans feel the same way about Canada.

Uncertainty Over the Tariffs’ Future

Trump has a history of imposing tariffs and then reversing them. It remains uncertain whether he will maintain these latest levies.

For example, after he placed tariffs on Chinese shipments worth $800 or less, he reversed the decision two days later when U.S. ports became overwhelmed with undelivered packages.

Many businesses hope Trump will reconsider the latest tariffs as well.

“We urge reconsideration of this policy and a swift end to these tariffs,” said Neil Bradley, the chief policy officer at the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, in a statement on Monday.

Mexico has already signaled plans to retaliate. Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum dismissed Trump’s tariff threats as a bluff in the past but stated that Mexico would respond if the measures remain in place.

“We have decided to respond with both tariff and non-tariff measures that I will announce in a public square on Sunday,” Sheinbaum said.

With economic, political, and diplomatic consequences looming, the coming weeks will determine whether these tariffs remain in effect or become another short-lived trade policy shift.

Arab Leaders Approve $53 Billion Gaza Reconstruction Plan in Response to Trump’s Proposal

A $53 billion (£41.4 billion) reconstruction initiative, seen as a counter to former U.S. President Donald Trump’s idea of “taking over Gaza” and relocating over two million Palestinians, has been endorsed by Arab leaders at an emergency summit held in Cairo, Egypt.

“The Egypt plan is now an Arab plan,” declared Ahmed Aboul Gheit, secretary general of the Arab League, following the prolonged meeting.

Without directly mentioning Trump’s proposal, Aboul Gheit emphasized the unified Arab stance against any form of Palestinian displacement, whether voluntary or forced.

Egypt developed a comprehensive blueprint, encapsulated in a 91-page glossy document filled with images depicting green neighborhoods and grand public structures, aiming to provide an alternative to a U.S.-led scheme dubbed the “Middle East Riviera,” which had sparked widespread alarm across the Arab world and beyond.

The new plan extends beyond real estate development, focusing on political solutions and the rights of Palestinians.

Egyptian President Abdul Fattah al-Sisi, in his opening speech, urged for a simultaneous political process alongside the reconstruction effort, advocating for a two-state solution—a Palestinian state coexisting with Israel. This framework is widely recognized by Arab nations and much of the international community as the only viable resolution to the conflict, yet it remains firmly opposed by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his allies.

Under this new proposal, Gaza would temporarily be administered by a “Gaza management committee under the umbrella of the Palestinian government,” composed of skilled technocrats.

The document does not clarify what role, if any, Hamas would have in this administration. It only briefly alludes to militant groups as an “obstacle” and suggests that their presence would be addressed if the fundamental causes of the conflict with Israel were resolved.

Opinions among Arab states vary regarding Hamas’ future; some call for its complete dissolution, while others believe that decision should be left to the Palestinian people. Reports suggest that Hamas has acknowledged it will not participate in governing Gaza but remains adamant that it will not disarm.

Netanyahu, who has called Trump’s plan “visionary,” has ruled out any future governance by both Hamas and the Palestinian Authority.

The critical issue of security is addressed by calling for the deployment of international peacekeepers under the United Nations Security Council.

A large-scale international conference is scheduled for next month to secure the necessary funds for the ambitious reconstruction effort.

Wealthy Gulf nations have signaled a willingness to contribute to the massive financial requirement. However, potential donors remain hesitant, unwilling to invest unless assured that their contributions will not be obliterated in another conflict.

The fragility of the current ceasefire, now appearing to be at risk of collapse, only heightens this uncertainty.

The Arab reconstruction plan outlines a three-phase process, beginning with an initial six-month “early recovery stage” focused on clearing the extensive debris and unexploded ordnance. The following two phases are expected to span several years.

During the early stage, approximately 1.5 million displaced Palestinians would be housed in temporary container units. The proposal’s accompanying images showcase these units as well-constructed homes surrounded by landscaped environments.

Trump continues to question, “Why wouldn’t they want to move?” His characterization of Gaza as a “demolition site” underscores the devastation in the territory, with the United Nations estimating that 90% of homes are either damaged or destroyed.

Essential services such as schools, hospitals, sewage infrastructure, and electricity grids have been almost entirely obliterated.

Trump further stirred controversy by posting an AI-generated video on his Truth Social account, depicting a gleaming, luxurious vision of Gaza. The video featured a golden statue of himself, Elon Musk snacking on a beach, and shirtless images of Trump and Netanyahu basking in the sun—all set to a catchy tune proclaiming, “Trump Gaza is finally here.”

“They had President Trump in mind,” observed a Western diplomat who attended a briefing on Egypt’s plan at the foreign ministry in Cairo. “It’s very glossy and very well-prepared.”

Egypt’s proposal reportedly draws from a broad array of expertise, incorporating insights from World Bank specialists on sustainability and Dubai developers on hospitality.

Additionally, the blueprint reflects lessons learned from the rebuilding of cities devastated by war, including Hiroshima, Beirut, and Berlin. Egypt’s own experience in constructing its ambitious “New Cairo” project, a costly new administrative capital emerging from the desert, has also played a role in shaping the design.

Trump has stated that he will not “force” his vision on anyone but insists that his plan is “the one that really works.”

Now, it is up to Arab states and their allies to demonstrate that their proposal is the definitive solution.

Florida Man Charged with Hate Crime After Brutally Assaulting Indian-Origin Nurse

A man who viciously attacked an Indian-origin nurse in Florida made racially charged remarks during his arrest, stating, “Indians are bad. I just beat the s*** out of an Indian doctor,” as reported by a police officer who testified in court.

The suspect, identified as 33-year-old Stephen Scantlebury, was a patient at HCA Florida Palms West Hospital when he assaulted 67-year-old nurse Leelamma Lal in the psychiatric ward on February 19. The attack left Lal with multiple fractures, particularly on her face.

Scantlebury’s racist outburst was revealed by Sergeant Beth Newcomb of the Palm Beach County Sheriff’s Office, who testified against him in a circuit court at the Palm Beach County Courthouse.

According to Sgt. Newcomb, Scantlebury fled from the hospital without a shirt and still had medical leads attached to his chest. She recalled him saying, “Indians are bad. I just beat the s*** out of an Indian doctor.”

One local news outlet reported, “Scantlebury beat nurse Leelamma Lal so badly that ‘essentially every bone’ was broken in her face.”

Following the attack, Scantlebury was arrested and charged with attempted murder with a hate-crime enhancement.

Law enforcement officials who were at the scene at the time of his arrest noted that Scantlebury was shirtless, barefoot, and had EKG leads still attached to his body. He had been admitted to the hospital under the Florida Baker Act, a law that allows individuals to be hospitalized for mental health evaluations if they are deemed a threat to themselves or others.

In the aftermath of the attack, there has been widespread support for Lal and increasing calls for stricter safety protocols in hospitals.

A petition advocating for tougher penalties against those who assault healthcare workers quickly gained momentum, gathering over 9,500 signatures in just two days.

The Hindu American Foundation also addressed the incident, posting on X: “A patient in a Florida hospital is in custody after critically injuring nurse, Leela Lal, taunting that ‘Indians are bad’ and ‘I just beat the sh– out of that Indian doctor.’ Escalating anti-India rhetoric is endangering lives. It must stop.”

The Indian Nurses Association of South Florida also strongly condemned the attack, emphasizing that the issue extends beyond this single case and affects all medical professionals. Advisory board chair Dr. Manju Samuel highlighted the lack of specific laws protecting healthcare workers, stating, “The issue here is the risk to our healthcare workers because there are no specific laws to protect the staff. There is a deficiency, and that must be addressed by lawmakers.”

GOPIO International Convention 2025 to Spotlight Future Technologies and Social Empowerment

The GOPIO International Convention 2025 is set to make a significant impact as organizers finalize a program that highlights future technologies and social empowerment. Scheduled to take place from March 28-30 at the Brisbane Marriott, the event will welcome participants from around the world to share ideas, establish partnerships, and explore solutions to pressing global issues.

Under the leadership of International Chairperson Thomas Abraham, the planning committee has prioritized fostering an environment where progressive discussions can flourish. A key segment of the event will focus on future technologies, with Abraham and Professor Prasad Yarlagadda co-leading discussions on how advanced innovations can benefit society. This emphasis on forward-thinking solutions has been a central aspect of the convention’s overall vision.

Another essential component of the program is the Track Two session, which will be conducted by Aprana Hebbani, Vasu Pawar, and Jayshiri. This session aims to facilitate cross-sector dialogues, identify pressing challenges, and encourage collective action to address them.

A highlight of this year’s convention will be the participation of Sashi Kiran, Fiji’s Minister of Women, Children, and Social Protection. With more than 20 years of experience in community service, Kiran has led efforts to tackle social, economic, environmental, and health-related challenges. During the COVID-19 pandemic, her team extended aid to over 22,000 families, supported eight orphanages, and assisted around 100 schools by providing essential supplies and small grants to help families create sustainable sources of income. Her contributions and dedication to social welfare make her presence at the convention a highly anticipated feature for many attendees.

The convention will commence with a welcome reception dinner on the evening of March 28. This will be followed by a full day of discussions and presentations on March 29, where speakers and panelists will delve into topics ranging from technological breakthroughs to social programs that uplift individuals and communities. On the final day, a general body meeting will take place to outline the future direction of GOPIO’s initiatives.

In addition to the conference sessions, delegates will have the opportunity to participate in a post-convention cultural tour of Fiji and New Zealand. This excursion will further strengthen the event’s emphasis on global collaboration and cultural exchange.

The convention has received support from generous sponsors, including the Brisbane Economic Development Board and Queensland Senator Paul Scarr. Additionally, GOPIO International Gold Life Member Pars Ram Punj has played a crucial role in advocating for the event, while sponsorship efforts have been spearheaded by Mrs. Usha Chandra, the acting president of GOPIO Queensland.

Beyond celebrating the accomplishments of the Indian diaspora, the GOPIO International Convention 2025 reaffirms the organization’s dedication to addressing critical global challenges. By prioritizing innovation and empowerment, the event is expected to serve as a platform for inspiration and impactful action.

Tech Layoffs and AI Push Fuel Concerns Over H-1B Visa Future

The increasing wave of tech layoffs, the rise of AI automation, and growing political resistance against the H-1B visa program have led to mounting speculation about its uncertain future. A recent viral post on Blind, an anonymous workplace forum, suggests that major tech companies may already be preparing for potential restrictions on the program—by shifting jobs offshore.

An H-1B worker on the platform shared a theory that aligns with ongoing trends in the tech industry: layoffs in the U.S. are not solely driven by AI-driven efficiencies but may also be part of a broader strategy to move jobs to India before the H-1B program faces significant limitations or even a potential end.

The Blind post highlighted the aggressive expansion efforts made by major tech giants such as Amazon, Google, Microsoft, and Meta in India in recent months. According to the user, some teams at Amazon have already been “repatriated” to India as part of a broader initiative to transfer work overseas.

This observation aligns with a series of major investments by U.S. tech firms in India. Over the past year, Google has pledged $10 billion for digital expansion in the country, while Microsoft has launched multiple data centers and expanded AI research in the region. Meta, meanwhile, has significantly increased hiring in India, particularly for core engineering roles.

The Blind user suggested that these developments indicate tech CEOs are strategically balancing cost-cutting layoffs in the U.S. with workforce expansion in India, all while insulating themselves from potential political backlash.

The post sparked a debate on the forum, with some agreeing with the user’s viewpoint. “If H1B goes away, very few of those jobs will go to US workers. They will be outsourced. The only ‘safe’ ones are customer-facing tech roles. I know the hateful ones on Blind don’t want to hear that but it’s the truth,” one user responded.

However, not everyone shared the same opinion. Another user countered, “Offshore teams never worked and won’t ever work, they’re only useful for ancillary functions. MAGA base doesn’t care about H1Bs as much as illegal immigrants from the southern border. Besides, most H1Bs stay in coastal cities dominated by immigrant-loving liberals.”

AI Is Making Passwords Obsolete: How to Stay Safe in the New Cybersecurity Era

If you believe an 8-character password is enough to keep your accounts secure, think again. In today’s AI-driven world, that assumption might be outdated. Advanced artificial intelligence tools are now giving cybercriminals unprecedented abilities to breach security measures and steal credentials.

Recent research has shown that AI can predict passwords with alarming accuracy just by analyzing keystroke sounds. In some cases, when typing was monitored over Zoom, AI systems correctly guessed passwords over 90% of the time. Additionally, AI-powered password-cracking tools can execute millions of guesses in an instant, rendering weak passwords useless in minutes. Given this, it is no surprise that weak or compromised passwords account for roughly 80% of security breaches.

The traditional password system is no longer sufficient. As cyber threats evolve, so must our approach to security.

AI Has Revolutionized Password Cracking

The days when hackers manually attempted “password123” or used basic brute-force techniques are long gone. AI-driven tools now make the process faster and more sophisticated. Security Hero reports that AI-based software such as PassGAN can successfully crack 51% of common passwords in under a minute.

Additionally, AI has improved credential stuffing attacks, where previously breached passwords are tested across multiple websites to gain unauthorized access. The speed and efficiency of machine learning models mean that short, simple passwords—especially those that contain common words or phrases—can now be cracked almost instantly. If your password is weak or reused across multiple accounts, AI will likely be able to break it.

Why Traditional Passwords Are No Longer Enough

Relying solely on passwords has become a major security flaw. People often create passwords based on personal information, such as pet names, birthdays, or variations of common phrases. Attackers are aware of these patterns, and AI has made it easier than ever to exploit them.

Even additional security measures like security questions and SMS-based one-time passwords have proven vulnerable to attacks. Moreover, if major password managers have been compromised in the past, it raises an important question: why continue depending on passwords alone?

Recognizing this vulnerability, technology companies are developing “passwordless” authentication methods that eliminate the need for users to remember complex strings of characters. The reality is that simple passwords and repeated logins are no match for hackers equipped with AI and access to billions of leaked credentials. To stay protected, it is crucial to adopt stronger security measures.

The Rise of Passkeys, Biometrics, and More Secure Authentication Methods

Thankfully, several more secure and user-friendly authentication options are emerging. One major advancement is the use of passkeys—a technology promoted by the FIDO Alliance and supported by tech giants like Apple, Google, and Microsoft.

Passkeys replace traditional passwords with cryptographic key pairs linked to a user’s device, often requiring biometric authentication such as a fingerprint or facial recognition to unlock. Unlike passwords, these keys cannot be stolen or guessed, making them highly resistant to phishing attacks and AI-powered password cracking.

In addition to passkeys, biometric authentication methods—including facial recognition, voice identification, and fingerprint scanning—are gaining popularity. Hardware security tokens, which require physical possession, provide another layer of protection. Even when biometric authentication is used, it is often combined with cryptographic measures to ensure security. For example, a deepfake voice alone will not be enough to bypass modern biometric safeguards.

Leading tech companies are already implementing these security features. Windows Hello, Apple’s iCloud Keychain passkeys, and Google’s passwordless sign-ins are a few examples. Enabling these options can help prevent AI-driven cybercriminals from compromising accounts.

Six Steps to Strengthen Your Digital Security

You do not need to be a cybersecurity expert to safeguard yourself against AI-powered threats. By following a few essential practices, you can significantly enhance your online security:

  1. Use a password manager – Instead of creating passwords yourself, rely on a password manager to generate long, random, and unique passwords for each account. This makes brute-force attacks nearly impossible. Even sophisticated AI struggles to crack a randomly generated 16-character password, especially if it is unique to each site.
  2. Enable multi-factor authentication (MFA) – MFA adds a critical layer of security. Even if an attacker manages to obtain your password, they will still need access to a second factor—such as your phone or fingerprint—to gain entry. Authentication apps like Google Authenticator are safer than SMS-based verification, which can be intercepted.
  3. Adopt passkeys and biometric authentication – If available, switch to passkeys or biometric logins for better security.
  4. Be cautious with personal information – Avoid sharing details such as birthdates, pet names, and schools on social media. AI-powered tools can scrape this data to guess security questions or passwords. Additionally, be mindful of where you store biometric data—uploading face or fingerprint scans to untrustworthy apps can put your identity at risk.
  5. Stay vigilant against phishing attacks – Even the best security measures can be compromised if you fall for phishing scams. AI-generated phishing attacks are becoming increasingly sophisticated. Always verify suspicious requests, avoid clicking on unfamiliar links, and routinely monitor account activity.
  6. Keep your devices and software updated – Installing the latest updates ensures you benefit from security patches and AI-driven protection features in your operating system and security apps.

As artificial intelligence continues to advance, cybercriminals are finding new ways to exploit outdated security practices. The era of simple passwords is coming to an end, and relying on traditional login methods is no longer safe. By embracing new authentication technologies such as passkeys, biometrics, and multi-factor authentication, users can protect their digital lives from the growing threat of AI-powered cyberattacks.

India Revises Passport Rules: Birth Certificate Now Mandatory for New Applicants

In a significant policy shift, the Indian government has updated the passport application process, making birth certificates the sole acceptable proof of date of birth for individuals born on or after October 1, 2023.

A notification issued by the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) on February 24 outlined amendments to the Passport Rules, 1980. These changes will be implemented once they are officially published in the Gazette. The primary goal of this modification is to standardize documentation and ensure consistency in verifying applicants’ ages.

Accepted proof of date of birth

For individuals born on or after October 1, 2023, the Passports (Amendment) Rules, 2025, stipulate that only birth certificates will be accepted as proof of date of birth. The document must be issued by one of the following authorities:

  • The Registrar of Births and Deaths
  • The Municipal Corporation
  • Any authority authorized under the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 1969

This change is intended to eliminate inconsistencies in verification and establish a more reliable system.

For applicants born before October 1, 2023, the government will continue to accept a variety of documents to confirm the date of birth, including:

  • Birth certificates issued by the Registrar of Births and Deaths or a Municipal Corporation
  • Educational certificates, such as transfer, school leaving, or matriculation certificates
  • PAN cards issued by the Income Tax Department
  • Service records from government employment, including service extracts or pay pension orders
  • Driving licenses issued by state transport authorities
  • Election photo identity cards issued by the Election Commission of India
  • Life insurance policy bonds from public sector insurance companies

This flexibility ensures that individuals from different backgrounds have multiple options to verify their date of birth when applying for a passport.

Expansion of Passport Seva Kendras

In addition to the changes in documentation requirements, the government has announced a significant expansion of Post Office Passport Seva Kendras (POPSKs). Over the next five years, the number of these centers will increase from the existing 442 to 600. This expansion is expected to improve accessibility and streamline passport services across the country.

To facilitate this, the MEA and the Department of Posts have renewed their Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) for another five years. The continued operation and growth of these centers are intended to enhance service delivery, particularly for residents in remote and rural areas.

Other key changes in passport rules

Residential address no longer printed

One of the notable modifications involves the removal of residential addresses from the last page of passports. Instead of printed details, immigration officials will now access applicants’ residential information by scanning a barcode. This measure is expected to enhance privacy and security for passport holders.

Introduction of colour-coded passports

A new colour-coded system has been introduced for different categories of passport holders:

  • Red passports will be issued to diplomatic passport holders
  • White passports will be designated for government officials
  • Blue passports will continue to be issued to regular citizens

This system is aimed at simplifying passport identification and improving categorization.

Parents’ names no longer mandatory

In a move to accommodate children of single parents or individuals from estranged families, the government has decided to remove parents’ names from the last page of passports. This change is meant to be inclusive and considerate of diverse family structures.

Reasons behind the amendments

Officials cited by PTI have indicated that these revisions were long overdue, primarily because birth certificates were not widely available in the past, especially in rural areas. However, with the stricter enforcement of the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 1969, birth certificates have now become a more standardized and accessible document. As a result, they are now considered the most reliable proof of date of birth.

Impact on passport applicants

These amendments reflect the government’s commitment to ensuring accuracy and uniformity in the passport issuance process. By making birth certificates mandatory for future generations, authorities aim to minimize discrepancies and establish a more reliable system of personal identification.

Applicants are encouraged to ensure they have the necessary documents based on their date of birth to avoid delays in the passport application process.

For further details on these updates, applicants can visit the official Passport Seva website.

UN Faces Existential Threat as Trump Administration Pushes for Drastic Funding Cuts

The United Nations, an institution that has endured for nearly eight decades, now faces an existential crisis as the Trump administration continues its threats to significantly cut funding and withdraw from various UN agencies that primarily offer humanitarian aid worldwide.

Tech billionaire Elon Musk, who wields considerable influence over President Trump, has advocated for the U.S. to leave both the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and the United Nations. Responding to a right-wing political commentator’s post suggesting, “It’s time” for the U.S. to exit NATO and the UN, Musk simply wrote, “I agree.”

Widely described as Trump’s most powerful advisor, Musk has aggressively targeted the U.S. federal bureaucracy in his role as the head of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE). This has raised concerns about whether the UN will be his next target.

The threat to the UN has gained momentum with a group of Republican lawmakers recently introducing a bill calling for the U.S. to withdraw from the organization. They argue that the UN does not align with Trump’s “America First” agenda.

Kul Chandra Gautam, a former UN assistant secretary-general and former Deputy Executive Director of UNICEF, told IPS that if any proof was needed of the Trump-Musk administration’s “mean & malevolent intentions,” this is it.

As part of its cost-cutting measures, the U.S. has decided to terminate funding for several critical global programs, including those targeting polio, HIV/AIDS, malaria, and nutrition. Many of these initiatives have been implemented by reputable international non-governmental organizations (INGOs), UN agencies, governments, and private contractors known for their efficiency and success. Previously, the State Department had deemed these programs essential and granted them waivers to continue receiving funding.

“Here is a case of throwing the baby with the bathwater—millions of children and women cruelly condemned to become sick, malnourished, and dying to satisfy the ego and hubris of the world’s richest man and a would-be Master of the Universe,” Gautam said.

He further noted that this move shattered the illusion of a “waiver” for essential and lifesaving projects, exposing the lack of credibility in Trump and Senator Marco Rubio’s assurances that crucial humanitarian efforts would be protected.

UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres addressed the crisis in a press briefing last week, expressing deep concern.

“I want to start by expressing my deep concern about information received in the last 48 hours by UN agencies—as well as many humanitarian and development NGOs—regarding severe cuts in funding by the United States. These cuts impact a wide range of critical programs,” Guterres said.

He highlighted the far-reaching consequences of the funding reductions, affecting areas ranging from lifesaving humanitarian aid to support for communities recovering from war or natural disasters, as well as development efforts, counterterrorism initiatives, and the fight against illicit drug trafficking.

“The consequences will be especially devastating for vulnerable people around the world,” he warned.

Andreas Bummel, executive director of Democracy Without Borders, told IPS that while calls for a U.S. withdrawal from the UN have periodically emerged from the Republican Party, Trump’s position remains uncertain.

“While it seems unlikely, it cannot be ruled out that Trump will support this at some point or at least use the scenario to build up diplomatic pressure,” Bummel said.

He pointed out that the U.S. stands to lose more than it gains from such a move. However, Trump’s decisions are not always rational or aligned with America’s best interests. “Certainly, it can be expected that the U.S. first will reduce or threaten to reduce its UN contributions,” he added.

Currently, the U.S. provides 22 percent of the UN’s budget through assessed contributions. The organization’s 2024 regular and peacekeeping budget stands at $3.59 billion.

When asked whether the U.S. can unilaterally cut its contributions, Ambassador Anwarul K. Chowdhury of Bangladesh, a former UN Under-Secretary-General and High Representative, explained that it cannot.

“No, the U.S. cannot do that unilaterally,” Chowdhury told IPS. He clarified that changes in contributions are negotiated in the Committee on Contributions and must be approved by the Fifth Committee, typically by consensus, before being confirmed by the UN General Assembly.

He pointed out that U.S. Ambassador Richard Holbrooke played a crucial role in 2000-2001 in securing an agreement to lower the U.S. contribution from 25% to 22%, which required negotiations with all member states.

Because UN contributions must total 100%, any reduction by one country must be offset by increases from others. However, if the U.S. withdraws from a UN entity, it would no longer be obligated to pay.

“In cases of pending contributions, negotiations would follow,” Chowdhury said. He recalled that in the past, the U.S. has used tactics such as delaying full payments or making partial contributions to exert financial pressure on the UN.

In 2000, Ambassador Holbrooke convinced Senator Jesse Helms, chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, to agree to clear U.S. arrears to the UN in exchange for a reduction in the country’s contribution rate.

When asked how much money the UN stands to lose and which programs would be affected, UN Spokesperson Stephane Dujarric told reporters on February 28 that the situation remains chaotic.

“We have been informed, and this started a while back but intensified over the last few days, that various agencies have gotten letters. We don’t have a ballpark figure, because this has been done in a bit of a… frankly, in a chaotic way,” Dujarric said.

He provided specific examples of the impact, stating that the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) has had approximately 50 projects terminated. The agency’s Mexico office, which works to curb fentanyl trafficking, may have to shut down, affecting programs in Central America and the Darien Gap that focus on combating human trafficking.

“The IOM’s (International Organization for Migration) programs in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) have basically shut down. Their programs in Haiti are at risk. And our FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization) colleagues received 27 termination letters, and the list goes on,” he said.

Guterres has been in contact with the heads of major humanitarian and development agencies to discuss the situation and assess the scale of the crisis. However, Dujarric described the overall outlook as grim.

Agencies are attempting to reach out to their U.S. government counterparts for clarification, but those efforts have yielded little engagement.

“So, we’re continuing to try to seek some clarity. But I can tell you that for our side, our priority and our focus and our determination remain on doing everything we can to continue to provide life-saving aid to those who urgently need it,” Dujarric stated.

He emphasized that the U.S. has been a critical and founding member of the UN for decades, with American generosity helping to lift millions out of poverty, eradicate diseases, and promote global stability.

“The generosity of the American people has helped to lift millions out of poverty, has helped to eradicate diseases, has frankly helped to build a more prosperous and safer world for which Americans benefit and the whole world benefits. We have tried at a fairly senior level to engage, especially on this issue, but I can’t say we’ve detected much interest in engaging on this issue,” he noted.

When asked whether the UN is considering cost-cutting measures as a contingency plan, Dujarric acknowledged that the organization is exploring ways to diversify funding sources and increase efficiency.

“Our colleague, Tom Fletcher, the Coordinator of Humanitarian Affairs, who chairs what we call the Interagency Committee—which brings together UN agencies and NGOs—his message has also been clear, which is that we have to figure out how we can save money,” Dujarric said.

He added that efforts are underway to eliminate inefficiencies, overlaps, and bureaucratic turf wars, recognizing that any organization can find ways to work more effectively.

Trump’s Tariffs on Canada and Mexico Could Raise Prices on Everyday Goods

President Donald Trump has introduced tariffs on Canada and Mexico, a move that threatens to escalate into a trade conflict between the United States and its neighboring countries. Goods entering the U.S. from these nations will now face a 25% tax. In response, Canada has announced retaliatory tariffs, and Mexico has stated it will also implement countermeasures.

The three countries have closely connected economies, with supply chains that facilitate the movement of around $2 billion (£1.6 billion) worth of manufactured goods across their borders each day.

Trump has defended the tariffs, saying they are necessary to safeguard American industries. However, many economists caution that these duties could drive up prices for U.S. consumers. This is because the tax is paid by American importers, who may either pass on the increased costs to customers or reduce imports, which would result in a decrease in available products.

Possible Price Increases on Consumer Goods

Automobiles

The cost of cars is expected to rise, with TD Economics estimating an increase of approximately $3,000 per vehicle.

Car manufacturing involves components crossing the U.S., Canadian, and Mexican borders multiple times before final assembly. Several major automakers, including Audi, BMW, Ford, General Motors, and Honda, rely on this cross-border trade.

With the introduction of tariffs, higher costs incurred on imported parts are likely to be passed on to customers.

“Suffice it to say that disrupting these trends through tariffs… would come with significant costs,” noted Andrew Foran, an economist at TD Economics.

He emphasized that “uninterrupted free trade” in the automotive industry had existed for decades, leading to lower prices for consumers.

Alcoholic Beverages: Beer, Whisky, and Tequila

Popular Mexican beer brands such as Modelo and Corona could become more expensive for U.S. consumers if American importers choose to pass on the additional tax costs. However, companies might also decide to reduce the amount they import instead of raising prices.

Modelo, which became the best-selling beer in the U.S. in 2023, continues to hold the top position.

Spirits face a more complex situation. Since the 1990s, the industry has largely operated without tariffs. Prior to the new tariffs, industry organizations from the U.S., Canada, and Mexico issued a joint statement expressing their “deep concern.”

They pointed out that certain spirits, including Bourbon, Tennessee whiskey, tequila, and Canadian whisky, are “recognized as distinctive products and can only be produced in their designated countries.”

Because production cannot simply be relocated, these beverages may face supply shortages, potentially leading to price hikes. The industry groups also noted that many companies own various spirit brands across all three countries.

Housing Costs

Canada supplies approximately one-third of the softwood lumber used in the U.S. annually. This essential building material will now be subject to the tariffs imposed by Trump. Despite Trump’s claim that the U.S. has “more lumber than we ever use,” the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) has urged the administration to exempt building materials, warning that the tariffs could negatively impact housing affordability.

The NAHB has voiced “serious concerns” that tariffs on lumber will drive up the cost of home construction—especially since most U.S. homes are primarily built with wood. The group fears this could deter developers from building new houses.

“Consumers end up paying for the tariffs in the form of higher home prices,” the NAHB stated.

Lumber from Canada is not the only material at risk. A second potential threat now looms over most timber and lumber imports into the U.S., regardless of their country of origin.

On March 1, Trump ordered an investigation into whether additional tariffs should be applied to lumber and timber imports from all countries or if incentives should be introduced to boost domestic production. The findings of this inquiry are expected by the end of the year.

Maple Syrup

For American households, one of the most noticeable effects of the trade dispute with Canada may be the rising cost of Canadian maple syrup, according to Thomas Sampson, an associate professor of economics at the London School of Economics.

Canada’s maple syrup industry is valued at over a billion dollars and accounts for 75% of global production. Approximately 90% of this syrup comes from Quebec, home to the world’s only strategic maple syrup reserve, established 24 years ago.

“That maple syrup is going to become more expensive. And that’s a direct price increase that households will face,” Sampson said.

He added, “If I buy goods that are domestically produced in the U.S., but that are produced using inputs from Canada, the price of those goods is also going to go up.”

Fuel Prices

Canada is the leading foreign supplier of crude oil to the United States. Official trade data indicates that between January and November last year, 61% of U.S. oil imports came from Canada.

While the new tariffs impose a 25% tax on Canadian imports, energy imports will face a lower 10% tariff.

Although the U.S. does not have a shortage of oil, its refineries are specifically designed to process “heavier” crude oil, which primarily comes from Canada and, to a lesser extent, Mexico.

“Many refineries need heavier crude oil to maximize flexibility of gasoline, diesel, and jet fuel production,” according to the American Fuel and Petrochemical Manufacturers.

If Canada retaliates by reducing crude oil exports to the U.S., gasoline prices at the pump could increase as a result.

Avocados

One of the most significant potential price increases for U.S. consumers involves avocados.

Mexico, known for its warm and humid climate, is the primary supplier of avocados to the U.S., accounting for nearly 90% of the American avocado market each year.

Should tariffs be imposed, the U.S. Department of Agriculture has cautioned that the cost of avocados could surge, affecting prices for popular avocado-based dishes like guacamole.

Conclusion

The new tariffs imposed by President Trump on Canada and Mexico have sparked concerns about potential price increases on several consumer goods, including cars, alcoholic beverages, housing materials, maple syrup, fuel, and avocados. While the administration argues that these measures will protect American industries, economists warn that they may ultimately burden U.S. consumers with higher costs. With Canada and Mexico already planning retaliatory tariffs, the trade dispute could escalate further, impacting prices and supply chains across North America.

Hollywood Stars Shine on the Oscars Red Carpet with Stunning Fashion Choices

At the Oscars, fashion often holds as much significance as the films themselves, with Hollywood’s biggest stars gracing the red carpet in eye-catching ensembles ahead of Sunday’s ceremony in Los Angeles.

Among the standouts was Cynthia Erivo, known for her role in Wicked, who paid homage to her character Elphaba by donning a rich green velvet ballgown. Though she did not secure the award for Best Actress, she did win recognition for having the best nails.

Her co-star, Ariana Grande, a nominee for Best Supporting Actress, opted for a striking champagne-colored Schiaparelli gown. However, practicality took precedence, and she switched outfits before taking the stage to open the show alongside Erivo.

Best Actor nominee Timothée Chalamet introduced a splash of brightness to the red carpet with a daffodil-colored Givenchy tuxedo. Meanwhile, Demi Moore, who was nominated for Best Actress for her role in The Substance, exuded classic Hollywood elegance in a jeweled silver gown.

Ultimately, Moore lost to newcomer Mikey Madison, who made a sartorial nod to Breakfast at Tiffany’s, another tale centered on a sex worker. Madison’s choice was a baby pink and black column Dior gown, paired with a Tiffany’s necklace from the 1910s—a look reminiscent of Audrey Hepburn’s iconic style.

Selena Gomez, star of Emilia Perez, embraced timeless glamour with a figure-hugging silhouette. Meanwhile, Zoë Saldaña opted for a dramatic maroon duvet-dress featuring a jewel-encrusted bustier. Saldaña later secured the award for Best Supporting Actress for her performance in Emilia Perez.

Another Best Actor contender, Colman Domingo, has been a style icon throughout the awards season. He explained that his choice of a red custom Valentino jacket symbolized love. Andrew Garfield, dressed in a sharp brown suit, took to the stage as one of the evening’s presenters.

Margaret Qualley, who starred in The Substance, wore a backless Chanel gown accentuated with a backward diamond necklace. Felicity Jones, a British actress nominated for Best Supporting Actress for The Brutalist, dazzled in a slinky metallic custom Armani Privé dress.

Jeff Goldblum, known for his role in Wicked, sported a floral shirt paired with real flowers adorning his white dinner jacket. He was accompanied on the red carpet by his wife, Emilie Livingston.

Monica Barbaro, nominated for her portrayal of Joan Baez in A Complete Unknown, chose a Dior gown with a voluminous skirt. Her co-star, Elle Fanning, opted for a lace-layered Givenchy dress cinched with a long black ribbon belt.

Michelle Yeoh, last year’s Best Actress winner, attended the event in a sophisticated blue Balenciaga gown, joining her fellow Wicked cast members.

Rachel Zegler, soon to appear in a Snow White remake, turned heads in a strapless, studded sheer Dior gown. British actress Raffey Cassidy, part of The Brutalist cast, showcased a flowing gown accented with a giant bow.

Jeremy Strong, nominated for Best Supporting Actor, marked his return to the Oscars red carpet in an olive suit paired with a quirky matching tie. His presence was particularly notable, given that decades ago, he had watched the ceremony from the bleachers as a young fan.

Ana de Armas, who was among the evening’s award presenters, embraced elegance in a sleek black dress with an intricately jeweled halter neckline.

Double Oscar winner Emma Stone channeled 1920s glamour with a shimmering Louis Vuitton dress reminiscent of the flapper era. Meanwhile, Nosferatu star Lily-Rose Depp opted for a sheer floral lace Chanel creation.

Miley Cyrus also embraced gothic glamour, donning a beaded black Alexander McQueen gown with a halter neck and lace gloves.

British actress Yasmin Finney, known for Heartstopper and Doctor Who, made a bold statement in a dress adorned with tall feathers.

K-pop sensation Lisa of Blackpink took to the red carpet in a dramatic floor-length black-and-white jacket and shirt by Markgong, accentuated with a red floral brooch. Later in the evening, she took the stage to perform Live and Let Die in a tribute segment honoring the James Bond film franchise.

Another performer in the James Bond tribute was UK singer Raye, who captivated audiences in a red Vivienne Westwood creation.

Halle Berry shimmered in a gown with a mirrored mosaic effect, adding to the night’s display of dazzling fashion.

Among the nominees, Edward Norton was in contention for Best Supporting Actor for his portrayal of folk music legend Pete Seeger in A Complete Unknown.

Beloved animated characters Wallace and Gromit joined Hollywood’s elite on the red carpet after Vengeance Most Fowl received a nomination for Best Animated Film. They made their appearance alongside creator Nick Park, producer Richard Beek, and co-director Merlin Crossingham.

Veteran actress Isabella Rossellini, who earned her first Oscar nomination for playing a nun in Conclave, paid homage to her cinematic legacy by wearing a blue velvet gown—a nod to her 1986 breakthrough film, Blue Velvet.

Four-time Oscars host Whoopi Goldberg returned to the stage as a presenter, wearing an ensemble described by designer Christian Siriano as resembling “liquid water” due to its reflective quality.

Best Actor winner Adrien Brody maintained a traditional approach with his suit, which featured intricate bird-shaped beading on the shoulder.

Grammy-nominated artist Omar Apollo brought avant-garde flair with a netted veil, paired with a black-and-white spotted shirt and scarf.

Bowen Yang, who was part of the Wicked cast and had previously announced the Oscar nominations in January, made a stylish entrance in a jacket embellished with floral details and a frilled pink shirt.

The Oscars red carpet once again served as a platform for stars to showcase their bold and extravagant fashion choices, with each look reflecting a unique blend of personality, artistic homage, and glamour.

New York City Tops List as World’s Wealthiest City in 2024

New York City has once again secured its position as the richest city in the world, according to the Henley & Partners’ World’s Wealthiest Cities Report 2024. The city boasts an impressive 349,500 millionaires, along with 675 centi-millionaires—individuals with a net worth of at least $100 million—and 60 billionaires, solidifying its status as the wealthiest place on Earth.

The city’s enormous economy, valued at approximately $1 trillion in 2023, is largely driven by Wall Street. Home to the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and Nasdaq, these financial hubs are recognized as the world’s largest stock markets. The securities sector alone employs over 181,000 individuals and contributes billions of dollars in tax revenue. Several major financial giants, including JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup, Morgan Stanley, and Goldman Sachs, have their headquarters in Manhattan, reinforcing the city’s reputation as a financial powerhouse.

In addition to finance, New York serves as a global leader in various other industries such as media, technology, fashion, healthcare, and real estate. The city’s growing tech sector, often referred to as “Silicon Alley,” continues to expand, with major corporations like Google, Amazon, and Facebook increasing their footprint. The fashion industry remains a key player in New York’s economy, employing approximately 180,000 individuals. Additionally, renowned media companies such as The New York Times, NBC, and Condé Nast are headquartered in the city, further solidifying its role as a global media hub.

Luxury real estate in New York remains among the most expensive worldwide. Fifth Avenue has been officially ranked as the most expensive shopping street, while residential rental prices in the city are the highest in the United States. Despite the high cost of living, New York continues to be a preferred destination for the wealthiest individuals globally.

With a population exceeding 8.2 million and more than 800 languages spoken throughout the city, New York remains a magnet for global talent, investment, and ambition. Its enduring appeal as a center of opportunity ensures its continued dominance as the world’s ultimate financial and cultural capital.

Trump Moves Forward with Tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China Amid Trade Tensions

President Donald Trump has confirmed the implementation of 25% tariffs on goods imported from Canada and Mexico into the United States, stating that negotiations had reached their limit.

Following this announcement, U.S. stock markets reacted negatively, with major indices experiencing significant declines. These tariffs, which Trump had been warning about for months, are set to take effect on Tuesday. Additionally, an extra 10% tariff on Chinese imports is expected to be imposed, subjecting all three of the U.S.’s largest trading partners to increased trade barriers in a short span of time.

“There’s no room left for Mexico or for Canada,” Trump said from the White House on Monday. “The tariffs, you know, they’re all set. They go into effect tomorrow.”

Following his remarks, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed 1.4% lower, the S&P 500 fell by 1.75%, and the Nasdaq dropped by 2.6%.

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau responded strongly, stating, “Canada will not let this unjustified decision go unanswered.”

Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly told the press that Ottawa is planning retaliatory tariffs on U.S. imports valued at C$155 billion ($107 billion; £84 billion), with an immediate first round of C$30 billion targeting essential consumer goods such as pasta, clothing, and perfume.

Joly also emphasized the severity of the situation, calling the tariffs “an existential threat to us,” adding that “thousands of jobs in Canada [are] at stake.”

Meanwhile, China’s commerce ministry condemned the new U.S. tariffs, promising countermeasures. The ministry accused the Trump administration of attempting to “shift the blame” and “bully” Beijing, particularly over the issue of fentanyl distribution.

In a statement, the Chinese ministry urged Washington to “immediately withdraw” the tariffs, calling them “unreasonable and groundless, harmful to others.”

The state-run media outlet The Global Times reported on Monday that China is likely to target U.S. agricultural and food products with a combination of tariff and non-tariff restrictions.

Mexico also declared its intent to retaliate against the new U.S. tariffs, raising concerns about an escalating trade dispute.

Trump justified the tariffs as a measure against what he described as an unacceptable influx of illegal drugs and undocumented immigrants into the U.S. He has previously argued that tariffs, which function as a tax on imported goods, are a necessary tool for economic protection.

These tariffs were initially scheduled to take effect last month, but the U.S. granted Canada and Mexico a one-month reprieve to allow further negotiations. However, the U.S. had already moved ahead with a 10% tariff on Chinese exports in February, effectively raising the total duty on Chinese goods entering the country to at least 20%.

Trump has consistently defended tariffs as a mechanism to correct trade imbalances and bolster U.S. manufacturing.

Despite concerns about the potential economic fallout, particularly in North America, where businesses have long benefited from free trade agreements, Trump dismissed fears of harm to the U.S. economy.

“What they’ll have to do is build their car plants, frankly, and other things, in the United States, in which case they have no tariffs,” he said.

Negotiators from Canada and Mexico had been engaged in discussions in Washington in an attempt to prevent the tariffs from being implemented.

Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum appeared to address Trump’s actions directly during a public event in Colima earlier on Monday, asserting that “Mexico has to be respected.”

“Co-operation [and] co-ordination, yes, subordination, never,” she declared.

Meanwhile, Prime Minister Trudeau, who was in the United Kingdom, met with King Charles on Monday. Ahead of their meeting, he stated that he planned to raise key issues concerning Canadians, particularly “standing up for our sovereignty and our independence as a nation.”

A day prior, Trudeau had spoken at a summit in London, refuting U.S. claims that Canada was a major contributor to America’s fentanyl crisis.

According to U.S. data, only 1% of fentanyl seized within the country is believed to have originated from Canada.

The Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) also defended its role in controlling fentanyl trafficking, stating that it has been intensifying its efforts to prevent the drug’s entry into the U.S.

Further escalating trade tensions, Trump also announced a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports, scheduled to take effect on March 12.

Beyond North America and China, he has additionally threatened to introduce “reciprocal” tariffs against specific countries and impose a 25% duty on goods from the European Union.

Massive Iceberg Runs Aground Near South Georgia, Impacting Wildlife and Ocean Life

The world’s largest iceberg has become stuck in shallow waters near the remote British island of South Georgia, a habitat for millions of seals and penguins.

This massive iceberg, approximately twice the size of Greater London, appears to have lodged itself near the island’s southwestern shores. As it remains in place, it is expected to begin breaking apart.

Fishermen are concerned about navigating through large chunks of ice, while some macaroni penguins that rely on feeding in the area may be affected. However, Antarctic scientists suggest that as the iceberg melts, it will release significant nutrients into the ocean, potentially fostering a surge of marine life.

“It’s like dropping a nutrient bomb into the middle of an empty desert,” said Prof. Nadine Johnston of the British Antarctic Survey.

Mark Belchier, an ecologist who advises South Georgia’s government, warned of potential risks. “If it breaks up, the resulting icebergs are likely to present a hazard to vessels as they move in the local currents and could restrict vessels’ access to local fishing grounds,” he said.

This event is the latest chapter in a nearly 40-year-long journey that began when the iceberg calved from the Filchner–Ronne Ice Shelf in 1986. Scientists have been tracking its movement through satellite imagery, particularly since December when it finally escaped an ocean vortex that had trapped it for years.

As the iceberg drifted northward through warmer waters known as “iceberg alley,” it largely retained its structure. At one point, it seemed to rotate in place before accelerating in mid-February, moving about 20 miles (30 km) per day.

“The future of all icebergs is that they will die. It’s very surprising to see that A23a has lasted this long and only lost about a quarter of its area,” said Prof. Huw Griffiths, who spoke to BBC News from the Sir David Attenborough polar research vessel currently stationed in Antarctica.

On Saturday, the towering 300-meter ice mass struck the shallow continental shelf roughly 50 miles (80 km) from the island and now appears to be firmly grounded.

“It’s probably going to stay more or less where it is until chunks break off,” said Prof. Andrew Meijers of the British Antarctic Survey.

The iceberg is displaying clear signs of deterioration. Initially covering an area of 3,900 square kilometers (1,500 square miles), it has steadily decreased in size, shedding significant amounts of water as it has traveled through warmer seas. Its current estimated size is 3,234 square kilometers.

“Instead of a big, sheer, pristine box of ice, you can see caverns under the edges,” Prof. Meijers noted.

As the tides lift and lower the iceberg, the friction against the continental shelf will cause it to grind back and forth, eroding both ice and rock.

“If the ice underneath is rotten—eroded by salt—it’ll crumble away under stress and maybe drift somewhere more shallow,” Prof. Meijers explained.

Beneath the iceberg, an entire ecosystem of small marine creatures, including corals, sponges, and sea slugs, faces destruction.

“Their entire universe is being bulldozed by a massive slab of ice scraping along the sea floor,” said Prof. Griffiths.

Although this is devastating in the short term, he pointed out that such events are a natural part of the region’s ecological cycle.

“Where it is destroying something in one place, it’s providing nutrients and food in other places,” he added.

Concerns had initially been raised regarding the impact on the island’s larger wildlife. A similar event in 2004, when an iceberg lodged in the Ross Sea, negatively affected penguin breeding and resulted in increased mortality.

However, experts now believe that most of South Georgia’s wildlife will not face the same fate.

Peter Fretwell from the British Antarctic Survey noted that some macaroni penguins that forage on the continental shelf where the iceberg is grounded may experience disruption.

As the iceberg releases freshwater into the surrounding saltwater, it could decrease the availability of krill, a primary food source for penguins.

While the penguins might relocate to other feeding areas, doing so would place them in competition with other marine species.

The iceberg could also pose logistical challenges when the fishing season begins in April, potentially obstructing harbors and complicating navigation.

“This will be the most ice from an iceberg we will have ever dealt with in a fishing season, but we are well-prepared and resourced,” said Andrew Newman of Argos Froyanes.

Despite the challenges, researchers in Antarctica are also uncovering the critical role icebergs play in sustaining marine ecosystems.

Prof. Griffiths and Prof. Johnston, aboard the Sir David Attenborough research vessel, are studying how nutrients from Antarctic ice circulate across the planet.

They explain that various particles and minerals become trapped in ice and are gradually released into the ocean as the iceberg melts.

“Without ice, we wouldn’t have these ecosystems. They are some of the most productive in the world, and support huge numbers of species and individual animals, and feed the biggest animals in the world like the blue whale,” said Prof. Griffiths.

One indicator that the nutrient release from iceberg A23a has begun will be the emergence of vast phytoplankton blooms around it. If this occurs, satellite images should capture a massive green halo surrounding the iceberg in the coming weeks and months.

The natural cycle of iceberg formation and melting is crucial to marine life. However, climate change is expected to accelerate the process, leading to increased instability in Antarctica’s ice sheets.

As temperatures rise, more icebergs could break away, melt at faster rates, and further disrupt wildlife and fishing industries in the region.

Trump Imposes Sweeping Tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China Amid Economic Concerns

President Donald Trump implemented broad tariffs at midnight on imports from Canada and Mexico while also increasing duties on Chinese goods. In response, Mexico’s president announced retaliatory tariffs set to take effect on Sunday.

The new tariffs impose a 25% duty on imports from Canada and Mexico. Additionally, Trump raised tariffs on Chinese imports, doubling the existing 10% duty imposed in February. Economists have cautioned that such aggressive trade policies could have global repercussions, including inflation that could negatively impact consumers.

Following Trump’s announcement on Monday, the stock market experienced a sharp downturn. The S&P 500 declined by 1.8%, marking its worst performance since December and pushing it into negative territory for the year. On Tuesday, stocks remained under pressure, with the Nasdaq Composite nearing correction territory.

Bernstein analysts predict the auto sector will be particularly hard hit by the tariffs. The firm referred to the policy as “the return of the tariff man,” estimating that it could create a $110 million daily burden for the industry.

“If trade flows remain unchanged, we project an annual impact of up to $40 billion on the U.S. automotive sector,” wrote analyst Daniel Roeska. “However, proactive strategies—such as building up inventory, reallocating production, and reducing imports from Mexico—could mitigate the overall burden. In the initial weeks, the industry may manage to keep additional costs minimal, but prolonged tariffs will increase risks significantly.”

He further warned that in the long run, tariffs could slash free cash flow for the automotive industry by up to 60%.

New England Governors Raise Concerns Over Higher Energy Costs

Governors from New England voiced concerns that Trump’s 10% tariff on energy imports from Canada could drive up gasoline and home heating prices.

Massachusetts Governor Maura Healey stated on Monday that the tariffs would cause energy costs to “skyrocket,” estimating an annual cost of $370 million for Massachusetts and $1 billion for the entire New England region.

Maine Governor Janet Mills emphasized that her state’s economy is “deeply intertwined” with Canada, adding that Maine depends more on Canadian home heating oil than any other state. More than 80% of its gasoline and heating oil is imported from Canada.

Trump’s energy tariffs target a wide range of imports, including crude oil, natural gas, refined products, uranium, coal, biofuels, geothermal energy, hydroelectric power, and critical minerals.

Trump Falsely Claims U.S. Banks Are Barred from Canada

On Tuesday, Trump inaccurately stated that American banks are prohibited from operating in Canada, following the imposition of a 25% tariff on Canadian imports.

“Canada doesn’t allow American Banks to do business in Canada, but their banks flood the American Market. Oh, that seems fair to me, doesn’t it?” he posted on Truth Social.

However, despite Canada’s highly regulated banking sector, American banks are permitted to operate within the country.

Trump Encourages Companies to Shift Manufacturing to the U.S.

Trump reiterated that businesses manufacturing in the U.S. would avoid tariffs.

“IF COMPANIES MOVE TO THE UNITED STATES, THERE ARE NO TARIFFS!!!” he stated in a social media post on Tuesday.

Best Buy CEO Warns of Consumer Price Increases

Best Buy CEO Corie Barry cautioned that tariffs are “highly likely” to result in higher consumer prices.

“Trade is critically important to our business and industry; the consumer electronic supply chain is highly global, technical, and complex,” Barry said. “We expect our vendors across our entire assortment will pass along some level of tariff costs to retailers, making price increases for American consumers highly likely.”

Barry revealed that 60% of Best Buy’s product costs originate from China, while Mexico is the company’s second-largest importer.

Mexico Vows to Defend Its Sovereignty

Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum announced plans to counter Trump’s tariffs on Sunday. However, she made extensive remarks about the situation on Tuesday, as translated by CNBC.

“No one wins with this decision. On the contrary, it affects the people we represent,” Sheinbaum stated.

She emphasized the importance of U.S.-Mexico economic integration, saying, “We should be integrating our economies to strengthen the region amid the economic and commercial growth of other regions.”

Sheinbaum also insisted that diplomatic discussions should continue. “We will keep the dialog going to find solutions with arguments and rationality.”

“I reiterate: It’s time to defend Mexico and its sovereignty,” she concluded.

Commerce Secretary: Tariffs Aimed at Stopping Drug Flow

Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnickstated that the tariffs imposed on Canada and Mexico were not part of a broader trade war but were intended to curb the influx of fentanyl into the U.S.

“The current tariff policy is a drug-related policy. There’s opioids pouring into this country. They’re killing about 75,000 autopsied Americans a year,” Lutnick said in an interview on CNBC’s Squawk Box.

He pointed fingers at China and North American trade partners, saying, “China makes the opioid products, and then Mexico and Canada feed them into America, and that’s got to end. They’ve done a nice job on the border, but they haven’t stopped the flow of fentanyl.”

Lutnick suggested that the tariffs could be lifted if significant progress is made in stopping drug trafficking.

“If they can stop the flow of fentanyl, and they can prove to the president they can stop the flow of fentanyl, then of course the president can remove these tariffs,” he stated.

He also differentiated the current tariffs from those set to take effect on April 2, which he described as a “reset” of trade policy focused on regulating the flow of goods and services. Lutnick acknowledged that consumers may experience short-term price increases but assured that the long-term impact would be different.

Oil Prices Decline Amid Tariff Uncertainty

Oil prices dropped on Tuesday morning as Trump’s tariffs on Canada and Mexico coincided with increased supply from OPEC+, dampening the crude oil outlook.

By 9:20 a.m. ET, U.S. crude oil had declined by 70 cents (1.02%) to $67.67 per barrel, while Brent crude was down $1.02 (1.42%) at $70.60 per barrel.

Trump’s tariffs include a 10% duty on energy imports from Canada, a move that could disrupt crude flows in North America. Many U.S. refiners, especially those in the Midwest, rely heavily on heavy crude imports from Canada.

While the energy tariffs are expected to disrupt supply chains, the broader 25% tariffs on Canada and Mexico—America’s two largest trading partners—could slow economic growth and reduce oil demand.

Shares of refiners Marathon Petroleum, Phillips 66, and Valero fell in premarket trading following the tariff announcement.

Meanwhile, OPEC+ confirmed on Monday that it will gradually return 2.2 million barrels per day to the market starting in April, further affecting supply-and-demand balances.

Target CEO Warns of Produce Price Hikes

Target CEO Brian Cornell cautioned that the 25% tariffs on Mexican imports could result in higher prices for produce as soon as this week.

During an interview on CNBC’s Squawk Box, Cornell explained that Target relies heavily on Mexican imports for certain fruits and vegetables during winter months.

“Those are categories where we’ll try to protect pricing, but the consumer will likely see price increases over the next couple of days,” Cornell said.

He identified strawberries, avocados, and bananas as key products that could be affected.

“We’re going to try and make sure we can do everything we can to protect pricing, but if there’s a 25% tariff, those prices will go up,” he added.

Europe Seeks United Front on Ukraine as Starmer Calls for Action

The West faces a “crossroads in history,” British Prime Minister Keir Starmer declared at a crucial summit in London on Sunday. The gathering aimed to shift control of negotiations over the Russia-Ukraine war away from the United States and establish a unified European approach, particularly as tensions between Kyiv and Washington reached a breaking point.

“This is not a moment for more talk. It’s time to act,” Starmer emphasized after an intense day of diplomacy in London, where European leaders worked to pave the way for a ceasefire in Ukraine.

The urgency of the meeting, held at Lancaster House, escalated after U.S. President Donald Trump criticized Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky in the Oval Office. The encounter alarmed Western allies while seemingly benefiting Moscow. Zelensky and numerous European leaders attended the summit, a critical moment given the heightened anxieties surrounding the conflict.

Starmer revealed that he was collaborating with France and a select group of nations to develop a proposal to halt the hostilities, which would then be presented to the United States.

French President Emmanuel Macron outlined the framework of this initiative in an interview with Le Figaro, stating that France and the UK had suggested a one-month limited ceasefire in Ukraine.

The initial phase of this Franco-British alternative peace plan would enforce a temporary truce covering air, sea, and energy infrastructures, Macron explained to the French publication. The next stage, he added, would address ground forces. CNN sought comments from Downing Street regarding the proposal.

This initiative appears to rival the negotiation process Trump’s administration launched with Russia the previous month. It also acknowledges the possibility that direct negotiations between Trump and Zelensky could reignite tensions rather than resolve them.

Nevertheless, securing American backing remains essential. During a Sunday press conference, Starmer reinforced this notion, stressing that the U.S. was “not an unreliable ally.” His reassurance came after Trump’s heated dispute with Zelensky deeply unsettled European leaders.

Sunday’s summit aimed to reignite momentum in peace efforts that had been making progress throughout the week, only to collapse after Friday’s confrontation. The meeting underscored European unity, as multiple leaders pushed back against the perception that the continent was merely a spectator in the ongoing negotiations.

“In the end, a deal will have to involve Russia, of course it will, but we can’t approach this on the basis that Russia dictates the terms of any security guarantee before we’ve even got to a deal – otherwise, we won’t make any progress at all,” Starmer asserted.

The UK and France have been working to assemble a “coalition of the willing” that would deploy to Ukraine once an agreement is secured. “If a deal is done, it has to be a deal that is then defended,” Starmer said.

Zelensky commended the summit on social media platform X, stating, “Europe’s unity is at an exceptionally high level, one that has not been seen in a long time.” Separately, he asserted that any potential peace agreement should begin with a prisoner exchange “and the return of children.” This step, he argued, would “demonstrate Russia’s true intention for peace.”

Macron highlighted the advantages of the Franco-British ceasefire proposal, noting its straightforward monitoring process. “We know how to measure it,” he stated. “In the event of a ceasefire, it would be very difficult to verify that the front is respected.”

Macron, who Le Figaro reported had spoken with Trump on Friday, clarified that “no European troops” would be deployed to Ukraine “in the coming weeks.” The French newspaper also reported that Macron remained skeptical about any ceasefire agreement negotiated solely between the U.S. and Russia, arguing that he was “convinced that Vladimir Putin will seek to humiliate Ukraine.”

When asked whether he was aware of the proposal, Zelensky responded that he was “aware of everything” but did not explicitly state whether he supported the ceasefire plan.

‘Nobody Wants to See That’

Zelensky received a warm reception from Starmer on Saturday, a stark contrast to the tense welcome he experienced at the White House. Additionally, King Charles met with the Ukrainian leader at his Sandringham estate on Sunday.

The earlier confrontation between Trump, Vice President J.D. Vance, and Zelensky, where they accused him of being ungrateful for American military aid and of risking “World War III” by resisting Russia’s invasion, cast a shadow over the weekend’s diplomatic efforts.

The episode encapsulated Europe’s worst fears. “Nobody wants to see that,” Starmer remarked to the BBC on Sunday. He disclosed that he immediately began reaching out to leaders after witnessing the heated exchange, adding, “My driving purpose has been to bridge this.”

Zelensky returned to Kyiv with more than just diplomatic assurances. On Saturday, Britain announced a plan to expedite$2.8 billion in loans to Ukraine. According to the UK government, the first installment of the funding would be released the following week.

In a Telegram post on Saturday, Zelensky stated, “The money will go toward the production of weapons in Ukraine. This is the fair way: the one who started the war should pay.” He further noted that “the loan will strengthen our defense capabilities.”

On Sunday, Starmer introduced another agreement permitting Ukraine to use £1.6 billion ($2 billion) in UK export finance to procure more than 5,000 advanced air defense missiles, which would be manufactured in Belfast.

‘A Once-in-a-Generation Moment’

“We gather here today because this is a once-in-a-generation moment for the security of Europe, and we all need to step up,” Starmer declared at the summit’s opening.

Downing Street outlined three primary objectives for the meeting: addressing Ukraine’s immediate requirements, securing a “lasting deal” to end the conflict, and formulating robust security guarantees.

“I hope you know that we are all with you and the people of Ukraine for as long as it takes, everyone around this table,” Starmer reassured Zelensky in his opening remarks.

The summit brought together key global figures, including French President Emmanuel Macron, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, and leaders from various European nations, along with representatives from the European Union and NATO.

Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni emphasized the need for unity during her discussion with Starmer on Sunday, stressing that it is “very, very important that we avoid the risk that the West divides” over Ukraine.

Both Starmer and Meloni are expected to play crucial roles in advancing the peace process. Their established relationships with Trump may prove instrumental in persuading him to take European proposals seriously.

Oscars 2025: The Best and Worst Moments from Hollywood’s Biggest Night

There is no night in Hollywood quite like the Oscars, filled with dazzling red carpet appearances, heartfelt acceptance speeches, and unexpected reunions. Of course, there are many award nights, as Moira Rose (Catherine O’Hara) from Schitt’s Creek once described award season as her favorite. However, the Academy Awards always bring a special charm to close out the season, and this year was no exception. The 2025 Oscars, hosted by Conan O’Brien, delivered a mix of memorable moments—some spectacular and others puzzling. Here’s a roundup of the highlights and lowlights from this year’s ceremony.

One of the most breathtaking moments of the night was the opening performance featuring Cynthia Erivo and Ariana Grande. It felt like a dream come true when Grande, wearing a ruby-red dress reminiscent of Dorothy’s slippers, took the stage to sing Somewhere Over the Rainbow. Just when it seemed things couldn’t get better, Erivo followed with a stirring rendition of Home. The magic continued as the Wicked co-stars joined hands for the climactic portion of Defying Gravity, where Glinda steps aside, allowing Elphaba to take center stage. Their flawless harmonization and emotional delivery set the perfect tone for the night.

Adam Sandler, known for his comedic brilliance and casual wardrobe choices, combined both for a hilarious moment during Conan O’Brien’s opening monologue. Seated in the audience, Sandler appeared in his signature basketball shorts and hoodie, prompting O’Brien to joke, “You’re dressed like a guy playing video poker at 2 a.m.” Feigning offense, Sandler stormed out of the Dolby Theatre but not before inviting everyone to join him for a game of five-on-five basketball. He even took a moment to shout a playful “Chalameeeetttt!” at Timothée Chalamet before making his grand exit.

Kieran Culkin not only won an Oscar but also reignited a personal bet with his wife, Jazz Charton. Accepting the award for Best Supporting Actor for A Real Pain, Culkin recalled a past awards show where he publicly mentioned wanting a third child because his wife had jokingly agreed—never expecting him to win. He then revealed that after his Emmy win for Succession, he told his wife he actually wanted four kids. Her response? “I will give you four when you win an Oscar.” Seizing the moment, Culkin looked into the camera and addressed his wife directly: “Love of my life, ye of little faith, no pressure, I love you, I’m really sorry I did this again, and let’s get cracking on those kids. What do you say?”

Not every moment of the ceremony was well-received, particularly the perplexing James Bond tribute. While celebrating the legendary franchise seemed fitting, especially with the Broccoli family recently handing creative control to Amazon MGM, the execution left many confused. The tribute began with a traditional video montage, but things took a strange turn when Margaret Qualley took the stage to perform a dance routine. This was followed by performances from Blackpink’s Lisa, Doja Cat, and Raye, who sang three different Bond theme songs. The most baffling aspect was that this elaborate segment took place on a night when performances of the Best Original Song nominees had been cut. The result was a confusing spectacle that left audiences wondering: why?

The Oscars also found a creative way to honor the heroic members of the Los Angeles Fire Department. O’Brien welcomed LAFD firefighters onstage, prompting a standing ovation. However, instead of stopping there, he had them participate in a comedic bit where they read jokes from the teleprompter—lines that O’Brien himself wasn’t daring enough to deliver. One of the standout jokes: “Our hearts go out to all of those who have lost their homes — and I’m talking about the producers of Joker 2.” The firefighters embraced the humor, making for a lighthearted and memorable segment.

Unfortunately, technical difficulties put a damper on the evening for some viewers when Hulu experienced a major outage. Given the enormous viewership expected for the Oscars, streaming issues were the last thing anyone wanted. Early in the show, many users found themselves unable to watch, and according to DownDetector.com, more than 30,000 people were affected. The frustration peaked at the end of the ceremony when the livestream abruptly cut off during Sean Baker’s Best Director acceptance speech, with two major categories still left to be announced. The abrupt outage raised questions about whether Hulu had underestimated the show’s runtime.

June Squibb proved once again why she is a Hollywood treasure. At 95 years old, Squibb was simply presenting an award, yet she managed to steal the spotlight. Standing alongside Scarlett Johansson, Squibb playfully joked about the power of Hollywood makeup artists. “I’m actually being played by Bill Skarsgård right now,” she quipped. “Half the time you see me in public, it’s Bill Skarsgård. The real June Squibb is at home with a book right now.” While the bit was a hit, there was a disappointing lack of a standing ovation for the legendary actress. Given her immense contributions to cinema, her presence alone should have prompted the entire room to rise in applause.

The night also included an emotional tribute to the late Gene Hackman, a two-time Oscar-winning legend whose passing deeply affected Hollywood. To honor him, the Academy invited Morgan Freeman, who co-starred with Hackman in Unforgiven and Under Suspicion, to introduce the In Memoriam segment. Freeman shared a heartfelt message, quoting Hackman: “Gene always said, ‘I don’t think about legacy, I just hope people remember me as someone who tried to do good work.'” He then added, “So I think I speak for us all when I say, Gene, you’ll be remembered for that and for so much more. Rest in peace, my friend.”

The 2025 Oscars delivered a mix of breathtaking performances, heartfelt speeches, and a few perplexing missteps. From Ariana Grande and Cynthia Erivo’s show-stopping opening to Kieran Culkin’s playful family planning announcement, the night was filled with unforgettable moments. However, the James Bond tribute left audiences scratching their heads, and Hulu’s untimely outage frustrated many viewers. Despite a few stumbles, the Academy Awards once again proved why they remain the pinnacle of Hollywood’s award season.

Trump Signs Executive Order Making English the Official Language of the U.S.

President Donald Trump has issued an executive order declaring English as the official language of the United States.

Under this order, government agencies and federally funded organizations now have the option to decide whether they will offer services and documents in languages other than English. This move overturns a policy introduced by former President Bill Clinton in 2000, which required such entities to provide language assistance to individuals who do not speak English.

“Establishing English as the official language will not only streamline communication but also reinforce shared national values, and create a more cohesive and efficient society,” the order states.

This decision marks the first time in nearly 250 years that the U.S. has designated an official language at the federal level.

However, the order clarifies that agencies are not required to eliminate or discontinue any language assistance services they currently provide.

“In welcoming new Americans, a policy of encouraging the learning and adoption of our national language will make the United States a shared home and empower new citizens to achieve the American dream,” it further states.

The executive order also argues that proficiency in English is beneficial both economically and socially, stating, “Speaking English not only opens doors economically, but it helps newcomers engage in their communities, participate in national traditions, and give back to our society.”

At the same time, it acknowledges America’s multilingual history, emphasizing that the country has a “long tradition of multilingual American citizens who have learned English and passed it to their children for generations to come.”

According to the U.S. Census Bureau, nearly 68 million residents out of the country’s 340 million people speak a language other than English at home. Among these, there are over 160 Native American languages.

Spanish, various Chinese languages, and Arabic are among the most widely spoken languages in the U.S. after English, according to Census Bureau data.

Efforts to declare English as the official language have been made in the past, particularly by Republican lawmakers. Members of the House introduced legislation in 2021 seeking to establish English as the official national language, but the bill did not pass.

Critics of such measures have argued that there is no need for an official language, as English is already widely spoken across the U.S. They have also expressed concerns that this move could lead to discrimination against individuals who do not speak English fluently.

During his 2024 presidential campaign, Trump made references to non-English languages while advocating for stricter immigration policies.

“It’s the craziest thing – they have languages that nobody in this country has ever heard of. It’s a very horrible thing,” he told his supporters in February 2024.

Across the world, around 180 countries have designated official national languages, and many of them recognize multiple official languages.

Some nations, including the United Kingdom, do not have an official language.

Currently, more than 30 U.S. states have already designated English as their official language. Additionally, Alaska and Hawaii have granted official status to several indigenous languages.

Norway Faces Pressure to Boost Ukraine Aid Amid European Crisis

Europe finds itself in turmoil following a tense confrontation between former U.S. President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy at the White House. Reports indicate that the Trump administration is considering halting all military aid to Ukraine, raising concerns across European nations.

Norway, home to the world’s largest sovereign wealth fund valued at €1.7 trillion, has benefited from an estimated €109 billion in war-related profits due to surging gas prices in 2022 and 2023. Despite its vast financial resources, Norway has contributed only €3.35 billion to Ukraine’s war effort. This figure was strongly criticized by leading Swedish and Danish newspaper editors, who described the amount as “pathetic” and “reprehensible.” In comparison, Sweden and Denmark have donated €5.41 billion and €8.05 billion, respectively.

Liberal Party leader Guri Melby emphasized the need for increased contributions, stating on Saturday, “Norway is one of the few countries that has large amounts of money readily available, and we must therefore multiply our support for Ukraine immediately.”

Norway’s former Conservative Prime Minister, Erna Solberg, echoed the call for swift action. She urged a significant and rapid increase in aid, adding, “The government can safely assume there is will in Parliament to give more.”

In response to growing pressure, the Liberal Party and the Socialist Left Party have requested an emergency parliamentary session. However, Euractiv reports that they are now awaiting a formal proposal from the government before proceeding further.

Meanwhile, Sylvi Listhaug, leader of the conservative Progress Party—Norway’s second-largest party according to recent polls—proposed increasing defense spending to 3% of GDP by 2030. At present, Norway allocates approximately 2% of its GDP to defense.

The leader of the Green Party, which currently polls at 2.7%, took an even more ambitious stance, suggesting that Norway should commit €85.5 billion to support Ukraine.

A spokesperson from Norway’s foreign ministry defended the country’s contributions, asserting, “Norway is among the largest donors to Ukraine. We have so far committed at least NOK 167 billion (€14.7 billion) in support until 2030.” The spokesperson also emphasized the importance of long-term investments, noting that both Ukraine and NATO allies value the predictability of Norway’s assistance. “For 2025, based on a cross-party agreement in Norway’s parliament, we have so far pledged and allocated 35 billion NOK.”

Norwegian Prime Minister Jonas Gahr Støre assured that additional support measures are forthcoming. “We will present a proposal to increase Ukraine support for parliament soon,” he said. Støre is also set to participate in a meeting of European leaders in London tomorrow.

Calls to Utilize Sovereign Wealth Fund

Since 2001, Norway has adhered to a fiscal rule limiting annual withdrawals from its sovereign wealth fund to 4%, later reduced to 3%. This policy was established under the leadership of Jens Stoltenberg’s first cabinet and has enjoyed broad political backing. Stoltenberg, who previously served as NATO’s Secretary General, now holds the position of Norway’s finance minister, coinciding with renewed scrutiny of the budget rule.

Amid escalating security concerns, discussions on using the sovereign wealth fund to bolster European defense and support Ukraine have gained traction in Norway. One proposal suggests reallocating approximately €300 billion of the fund’s €450 billion in liquid bonds into European defense bonds, with the stipulation that the funds be used exclusively to enhance Europe’s defense capabilities.

On Friday, Solberg reinforced the argument for increased spending, stating that Norway must leverage its oil wealth to strengthen its own defense. Some of her party’s high-ranking members had previously advocated for tighter regulations on how the fund’s money should be allocated. “Peace is more important than shortsightedness and inflation,” she asserted.

However, Stoltenberg cautioned against altering the budgetary framework, warning on February 7, “It is a dangerous idea to break the budgetary rule to give more money to Ukraine.”

Norway’s Expansive Financial Resources

Despite adhering to its fiscal guidelines, Norway remains in a strong financial position to expand its aid commitments.

Sveinung Rotevatn, deputy chair and financial policy lead for the Liberal Party, revealed that a proposal currently under discussion in Norway’s Parliament, the Storting, aims to increase Ukraine support by an additional 100 billion Norwegian kroner this year. If approved, this would elevate Norway’s financial assistance to Ukraine for 2025 from €3 billion to €11.5 billion.

Norway’s Foreign Ministry declined to specify further details on potential increases in aid, instead referring to Prime Minister Støre’s recent statement on the matter.

Rotevatn underscored the urgency of the situation, declaring, “It has become unequivocally clear that all of Europe must shift gears in our support and policy towards Ukraine and to ensure security in Europe.”

Minister of Foreign Affairs Espen Barth Eide reinforced this stance, asserting, “All other policies we pursue assume that we are a free and independent country and that we have a functioning international world order.”

As European nations grapple with the potential consequences of the U.S. withdrawing military support from Ukraine, Norway faces increasing pressure to step up its financial commitments. With vast sovereign wealth at its disposal, the question remains: Will Norway heed the calls for greater contributions, or will it continue to adhere to its longstanding fiscal restraints?

Atlanta Fed GDP Tracker Signals Economic Contraction Amid Trade and Policy Uncertainty

The latest update from the Atlanta Federal Reserve’s GDP tracker suggests that the U.S. economy is heading toward a 1.5% contraction in the first quarter, a stark shift from the 2.3% growth forecasted just days ago. This also represents a sharp decline from the previous quarter when the economy expanded by 2.3%. Several economic indicators have begun signaling trouble as businesses and consumers prepare for the impact of Trump’s tariffs and reductions in federal jobs.

Less than two weeks ago, the U.S. economy appeared to be on stable ground, but a series of troubling indicators have since emerged. The most dramatic development occurred on Friday when the Atlanta Fed’s GDPNow tracker revised its first-quarter estimate from 2.3% growth on February 19 to a 1.5% contraction.

This sudden shift also marks a notable downturn from the fourth quarter’s 2.3% economic growth, which had reinforced the notion of “American exceptionalism.” The U.S. had previously appeared resilient compared to other major economies like China and Europe, both of which were experiencing economic slowdowns.

According to the Atlanta Fed, this abrupt reversal is due to new data on the U.S. trade deficit, which acts as a drag on growth, along with declining consumer spending.

On Friday, the trade balance in goods revealed a record $153.3 billion deficit for January, driven by a surge in imports totaling $34.6 billion, while exports increased by only $3.3 billion.

Although most of former President Donald Trump’s tariffs have yet to take effect, businesses and consumers have been stockpiling imported goods since the election to avoid potential price increases. The latest durable goods orders report, which showed an increase, may also be evidence of a rush to purchase imports before costs rise further.

Despite this spike in imports, overall demand appears to be weakening. Separate data released on Friday showed that Americans cut their spending in January at the fastest rate in four years. While unseasonably cold weather may have played a role, Trump’s policies—particularly plans to significantly reduce federal spending and shrink the workforce—have also contributed to the decline.

“Increased uncertainty surrounding trade, fiscal and regulatory policy is casting a shadow over the outlook,” said Lydia Boussour, a senior economist at EY, in an interview with the Associated Press.

Several other economic indicators are flashing warning signs. Jobless claims increased last week as layoffs linked to DOGE impacted the labor market, pending home sales fell to record lows, and consumer confidence declined due to concerns over tariff-driven inflation.

Additionally, regional Federal Reserve surveys have reported a deteriorating economic outlook, along with declining plans for capital investments.

However, a single quarter of economic contraction does not necessarily indicate a recession. The widely accepted definition of a recession involves two consecutive quarters of negative growth, though the official determination is made by the National Bureau of Economic Research, often retroactively.

Economists at JPMorgan have revised their first-quarter growth projection downward from 2.25% to 1.5%. They anticipate that while economic activity was weak in January, a rebound in February and March could offset some of the decline.

“For now, we are not inclined to hit the panic button,” JPMorgan economists said on Friday, pointing out that labor market data does not currently align with an economy in decline.

The U.S. Labor Department is set to release weekly jobless claims data on Thursday, followed by the February employment report on Friday.

Apollo Management Chief Economist Torsten Slok commented in a note on Saturday that the U.S. economy is likely to experience a “modest stagflationary shock” but should avoid a recession.

“In other words, DOGE and tariffs combined are a mild temporary shock to the economy that will put modest upward pressure on inflation and modest downward pressure on GDP,” Slok wrote.

Inside the Vatican’s Power Struggles: The Papal Election and Its Historical Echoes

As a historian and editor of a three-volume history of the papacy, watching the newly released film Conclave was practically obligatory. The movie, featuring Ralph Fiennes as the dean of the College of Cardinals, is a political thriller centered around the death of a fictional pope and the intense internal battle to elect his successor. It portrays the Vatican as a place filled with intrigue, scandals, and ruthless competition for power.

The film has gained additional relevance with real-world events, as Pope Francis has recently been hospitalized in critical condition in Rome due to double pneumonia. Despite his health struggles, the Vatican announced this week that the 88-year-old pope continued his duties, appointing four new bishops from his hospital bed. However, today, he suffered a setback with a severe breathing crisis.

Adapted from Robert Harris’ 2016 novel, the film has received numerous award nominations and several major wins. It provides a close look at the politics involved in electing a pope to lead the world’s 1.36 billion Catholics. The movie presents a stark divide between reactionary cardinals who wish to restore traditional practices, including the Latin Mass, and reformist cardinals who support modernization and inclusivity, such as interfaith dialogue and broader acceptance within the Church. Remarkably, the deceased pope in the movie influences the Church’s future leadership even after his passing.

Last month, I conducted research in the Vatican Apostolic Archives, and I found the language and behavior of the film’s characters strikingly authentic. Even more compelling was how closely the onscreen struggle between Vatican factions mirrors the ongoing power dynamics within the Catholic Church today.

Rival Factions in the Vatican: Fiction and Reality

Pope Francis represents a more progressive faction within the Church and has been vocal on contemporary political matters. He has openly supported efforts to combat climate change, called for workers’ rights, and has not hesitated to criticize world leaders. Notably, he has condemned former U.S. President Donald Trump for his stance on refugees and migrants, as well as former Vice President Kamala Harris for her support of abortion rights. Furthermore, he has approved blessings for same-sex couples and individuals in “irregular” circumstances, including divorced and LGBTQ+ Catholics.

Despite his efforts to modernize the Church, a significant conservative faction remainsfirmly opposed to his reforms. These traditionalists resist his leniency on issues related to LGBTQ+ and divorced Catholics, preferring a return to older traditions such as the Latin Mass and stricter gender roles. This internal struggle makes predicting the next papal election particularly difficult.

Within the College of Cardinals, conservatives hold a numerical advantage. Of the approximately 252 members, only 138 are eligible to vote in the papal election. However, much like the late pope in the film, Francis has taken strategic steps to shape the future of the Church. Since becoming pope in 2013, he has appointed 149 new cardinals, many from underrepresented developing nations. By diversifying the College of Cardinals, he may be increasing the chances of a progressive successor.

The future leadership of the Catholic Church will ultimately bedetermined in the next conclave, and despite some modern changes, the process remains remarkably similar to what it was centuries ago.

The Evolution of Papal Elections

The term “conclave” originates from Latin, meaning “with key,” referencing how cardinals are sequestered—effectively locked away—during the process of electing a new pope. The method of papal selection has undergone significant transformations over the centuries, largely to prevent corruption and external interference.

During the Middle Ages, popes wielded far greater power than they do today. In addition to providing spiritual guidance, they played a key role in politics, diplomacy, and economic affairs, controlling the wealthiest institution in Europe. As a result, papal elections were often chaotic and fraught with violence.

Initially, the selection of a pope was decided by the “people of Rome,” but in practice, this meant that the process was dominated by mobs, aristocrats, monarchs, or any influential figure who controlled the city. Elections could be settled either through negotiation or by brute force. It was not uncommon for those in power to handpick the next pope.

Power Struggles and Looting

Alongside external pressures, an unfortunate tradition emerged where mobs would loot the deceased pope’s possessions—including the garments from his very corpse. This gruesome practice is subtly referenced in Conclave, when a cardinal asks Fiennes’ character if he can take the late pope’s chess set.

There were several reasons behind this looting—greed was certainly a factor, but so was the belief that relics belonging to a holy figure held special significance. Additionally, the common people may have resented the loss of their role in selecting the pope and sought compensation through theft.

In an effort to bring order to this chaotic process, Pope Nicholas II issued a decree in 1059 stating that only clergy—specifically cardinal-bishops—could elect the pope. A century later, Pope Alexander III expanded voting rights to include all cardinals and established the two-thirds majority rule, which remains in place today.

However, these reforms did not eliminate the turbulence surrounding papal elections. For centuries, conflicts and rivalries continued, and looting expanded to include the homes of cardinals. Running for pope remained a dangerous ambition—often leading to violence or destruction of property.

The Establishment of the Conclave System

In 1274, Pope Gregory X introduced a key reform: sequestering cardinals in strict isolation during the election process. This ensured that external influences could not manipulate the outcome. Additionally, the uncomfortable conditions—limited attendants, simple living quarters, and reduced meals—encouraged cardinals to reach a decision swiftly. If they failed toelect a pope within three days, they were restricted to just one daily meal. The motivation to avoid hunger likely expedited many elections.

Despite these precautions, controversies still arose. Following the death of Pope Gregory XI in 1378, the cardinals elected Pope Urban VI but quickly regretted their decision. Just months later, they deposed him and elected a new pope, Clement VII. This led to the Great Western Schism (1378–1417), during which two rival popes, one in Rome and one in Avignon, France, divided the Catholic Church for nearly 40 years.

Modern Papal Elections and the Next Conclave

While modern conclaves are unlikely to produce dual papacies, the next election—whenever it takes place—will still be significant. Cardinals will once again be isolated and left to vote based on their conscience.

The practice of using smoke signals to communicate election results is a relatively recent tradition, originating in the 1800s. Initially, the Vatican burned paper ballots to indicate whether a decision had been reached. Over time, this evolved into a more elaborate system: black smoke signals a deadlock, while white smoke announces that a new pope has been chosen.

Though modern conclaves take place behind closed doors, political maneuvering remains a part of the process. Cardinals continue to lobby for their preferred candidates, shaping the future direction of the Catholic Church. Whether the next pope will continue Francis’ progressive approach or revert to more traditional values will depend on the collective decision of these cardinals.

Joëlle Rollo-Koster, a professor of medieval history at the University of Rhode Island and editor of The Cambridge History of the Papacy, brings extensive knowledge of papal history to her work. Her expertise offers valuable insight into both the historical and contemporary significance of the conclave system.

Americans Divided on Birthright Citizenship, New Survey Finds

A recent YouGov survey reveals that Americans are largely split on the issue of birthright citizenship, with differing opinions on whether all children born in the U.S. should automatically be granted citizenship.

According to the survey, released on Friday, 51 percent of respondents support the idea that “all children born in the U.S. should automatically become citizens.” Meanwhile, 39 percent believe that “children born in the U.S. should automatically become citizens only if their parents are citizens,” and another 9 percent remain uncertain.

The findings highlight a slight partisan divide on the issue. Among those who believe all children born in the U.S. should be granted citizenship, 76 percent are Democrats, 54 percent are independents, and 26 percent are Republicans. On the other hand, 68 percent of Republicans support limiting birthright citizenship only to children whose parents are citizens, compared to 33 percent of independents and 16 percent of Democrats.

Generational differences also play a role in shaping opinions on birthright citizenship. Younger Americans are generally more supportive of granting citizenship to all children born in the country. Among adults under the age of 30, 71 percent favor birthright citizenship for all children, while 20 percent believe it should be granted only if their parents are citizens. The support drops among those aged 30 to 44, with 53 percent supporting birthright citizenship for all children and 36 percent favoring it only for children of citizens.

The trend continues with older age groups. Among those between 45 and 64 years old, only 38 percent support birthright citizenship for all children, while a majority—52 percent—believe it should be reserved for children of U.S. citizens. Among seniors aged 65 and older, opinions shift slightly, with 51 percent supporting birthright citizenship for all children born in the U.S., while 43 percent believe it should apply only to children of citizens.

The debate over birthright citizenship has been a contentious issue in U.S. politics. During his presidency, Donald Trump issued an executive order restricting birthright citizenship for children born in the U.S. to noncitizen parents. The move sparked concerns from both sides of the political spectrum and led to multiple lawsuits. Several federal judges blocked the executive order, preventing it from being implemented.

More recently, an appeals court rejected the Trump administration’s request to reinstate parts of the executive order limiting birthright citizenship.

The 14th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, ratified in 1868, states, “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the State wherein they reside.” Despite this, some Republican lawmakers argue that the amendment has been misinterpreted and exploited in ways its original framers never intended. They believe the language should be revised to clarify birthright citizenship policies.

The survey included responses from 1,124 U.S. adult citizens and was conducted between January 27 and February 2, 2025. The margin of error for the survey is 4.1 percentage points.

The Mystery of the Indus Valley Script: An Ancient Puzzle Yet to Be Solved

A fish under a roof, a headless stick figure, and a series of lines resembling a garden rake—these are among the many symbols forming an ancient script that has confounded scholars for centuries. Despite the script belonging to an advanced civilization that thrived thousands of years ago, its meaning remains elusive, igniting intense debates, threats against researchers, and even substantial monetary rewards for anyone who can crack the code.

The most recent offer came last month when the chief minister of an Indian state announced a $1 million prize for decoding the script of the Indus Valley civilization. This ancient society, which once spanned present-day Pakistan and northern India, holds critical historical significance.

“A really important question about the pre-history of South Asia could potentially be settled if we are able to completely decipher the script,” said Rajesh P. N. Rao, a computer science professor at the University of Washington who has spent over a decade studying the script.

Deciphering the script could unveil insights into a Bronze Age civilization believed to have been as advanced as ancient Egypt and Mesopotamia. Scholars estimate that this civilization may have housed millions of people and developed impressive urban planning, standardized measurements, and extensive trade networks.

More importantly, understanding the script could help answer deeply contested questions about the ancestry of the Indus Valley people and their modern descendants—an issue intertwined with the politically charged debate over India’s indigenous heritage.

“Whichever group is trying to claim that civilization would get to claim that they were among the first to have urban planning, this amazing trade, and they were navigating seas to do global trade,” Rao explained.

“It has a lot of cachet if you can claim that, ‘Those were our people who were doing that.’”

Why Has the Script Remained Indecipherable?

Although the script remains a mystery despite being documented as early as 1875, archaeological excavations of key Indus Valley sites, such as Mohenjo-daro in Pakistan’s Sindh province, have provided valuable insights into the civilization itself.

The cities were constructed in grid patterns, similar to modern-day New York or Barcelona, and had well-planned drainage and water management systems—features described in one research paper as “unparalleled in history.”

During the second and third millennia BCE, Indus merchants engaged in extensive trade across the Persian Gulf and the Middle East. They transported goods such as copper ingots, pearls, spices, and ivory. The civilization also produced fine gold and silver jewelry and established settlements far beyond its core region.

However, around 1800 BCE—more than a millennium before the rise of ancient Rome—the civilization declined, leading its people to migrate to smaller villages. Some scholars attribute this collapse to climate change, citing evidence of prolonged droughts, shifting temperatures, and unpredictable rainfall that may have crippled agriculture.

Despite these discoveries, our knowledge of the Indus civilization remains limited compared to contemporaneous societies like ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, or the Maya. The primary reason for this gap is the undeciphered script, which appears on artifacts such as pottery and stone seals.

Several factors contribute to the difficulty in decoding the script. First, there are relatively few examples to study—only about 4,000 inscriptions have been found, compared to the estimated five million words of ancient Egyptian text available in various scripts, including hieroglyphics.

Additionally, most Indus inscriptions are quite brief, often appearing on small stone seals measuring just one square inch, with sequences typically containing only four or five symbols.

Crucially, no bilingual artifact has been discovered containing both the Indus script and its translation into another known language. In contrast, the Rosetta Stone was instrumental in deciphering Egyptian hieroglyphics because it included the same text in Greek and Demotic script. Furthermore, unlike Egyptian or Mesopotamian records, there are no known names of Indus rulers that could serve as reference points for translation, as Cleopatra and Ptolemy did for ancient Egyptian.

Nonetheless, experts have reached some general conclusions. Most agree the script was written from right to left and was likely used for both religious and economic purposes, such as marking trade goods. Some symbols even have widely accepted interpretations, such as a headless stick figure representing a person.

However, without a breakthrough akin to the Rosetta Stone, these remain hypotheses. “No unanimity has been reached even on the basic issues,” noted Indus scholars Jagat Pati Joshi and Asko Parpola in a 1987 book cataloging hundreds of seals and inscriptions.

Even decades later, the mystery persists. “Not a single sign is deciphered yet,” said Nisha Yadav, a researcher at the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research in Mumbai, who has worked with Rao and studied the script for nearly 20 years.

The Controversy Surrounding the Script’s Origins

For many, solving the Indus script isn’tjust about academic curiosity—it carries significant implications for understanding ancient migration patterns and cultural identity.

There are two primary theories about the script’s linguistic roots. One group argues that the script is linked to Indo-European languages, including ancient Sanskrit, which gave rise to many modern languages spoken across northern India.

Most scholars believe Indo-European languages were introduced to India by Aryan migrants from Central Asia. However, some proponents claim the reverse: that Sanskrit originated within the Indus Valley civilization and later spread toward Europe.

According to Rao, their argument is: “Everything was within India to begin with … Nothing came from outside.”

The second major theory suggests that the Indus script is connected to the Dravidian language family, still spoken primarily in South India. If true, this would indicate that Dravidian languages were dominant in the region before the arrival of Aryan languages in the north.

  1. K. Stalin, the chief minister of Tamil Nadu who announced the $1 million reward, subscribes to this belief, which Rao describes as the more “traditional” theory—though both perspectives have reputable scholars supporting them.

Meanwhile, some experts reject the debate altogether, arguing that the distinction between Aryan and Dravidian identities is not as clear-cut as many assume.

“There are no Dravidian people or Aryan people—just like both Pakistanis and Indians are racially very similar,” said Indus scholar Iravatham Mahadevan in a 1998 interview.

“We are both the product of a very long period of intermarriage, there have been migrations … You cannot now racially segregate any element of the Indian population.”

Despite these discussions, the issue remains sensitive. In a 2011 TED Talk, Rao mentioned receiving hate mail after publishing his findings. Other researchers, including Steve Farmer, have even received death threats. Farmer and his colleagues sparked controversy in 2004 by arguing that the Indus script was not a written language at all but merely a set of symbolic markings, similar to modern traffic signs.

Efforts to Crack the Code

Despite the tensions surrounding the script’s meaning, many scholars and enthusiasts remain captivated by the challenge.

Some, like Parpola—one of the leading experts in the field—have attempted to decipher the meanings of individual signs. He suggests that, in many Dravidian languages, the words for “fish” and “star” are homophones. Since stars often symbolized deities in other ancient scripts, he theorizes that Indus symbols resembling fish may represent gods.

Others, such as Rao and Yadav, focus on identifying patterns within the script. Using computer models, they analyze sequences of signs, removing certain symbols and seeing if the computer can predict the missing ones.

This approach helps researchers understand grammatical structures—much like how the letter “Q” in English is almost always followed by “U.” It also aids in reconstructing inscriptions with missing or damaged sections.

Interestingly, seals found in West Asia contain Indus symbols but follow different patterns, suggesting the script may have adapted to multiple languages, much like the Latin alphabet.

Meanwhile, the $1 million prize has reignited public interest. Rao noted, “I used to get about one or two emails a week. But now, after the prize was sent out, I pretty much get emails every day,” with messages coming from people worldwide, even families working on the puzzle together.

Ultimately, decoding the script may require global collaboration, substantial funding, and diplomatic efforts to access disputed archaeological sites.

Yet, for Yadav, the pursuit itself is rewarding. “If we decipher the script, it will open a window into the lives and ideology of Indus people,” she said.

“These details are just hiding from us today … That keeps me glued to the problem rather than anything else.”

10 Subtle Signs Your Partner Loves You Deeply

Love doesn’t always come with grand declarations or dramatic gestures. Sometimes, it reveals itself in the smallest, most understated ways—things that can easily go unnoticed unless we’re paying close attention.

Not everyone expresses love the same way. Just because your partner doesn’t frequently say “I love you” doesn’t mean they don’t feel it just as deeply.

Psychology suggests that love often manifests in unexpected forms. If you know what to look for, you may realize your partner has been demonstrating their affection all along.

Here are ten subtle but powerful signs that indicate your partner loves you deeply—even if you haven’t noticed them yet.

They pay attention to the little things

Love is not just about grand gestures; it’s often found in the smallest details.

Perhaps your partner knows exactly how you like your coffee or senses when you’re having a tough day before you even say a word. These small but meaningful actions demonstrate attentiveness and show that they truly see you and care about your well-being.

Psychologists refer to this as attunement—the ability to be emotionally in sync with someone. When your partner picks up on these little things, it’s a strong sign that they are deeply connected to you and invested in your happiness.

They support you, even in small moments

Love isn’t just about being there for major life events—it’s about showing up in everyday situations.

Once, I was overwhelmed with work and casually mentioned that I hadn’t had time to eat lunch. I didn’t expect anything, but an hour later, my partner arrived with my favorite sandwich, no questions asked. They didn’t make a big deal about it; they simply wanted to help.

Psychologists emphasize that emotional support is one of the strongest indicators of deep love. It’s not about solving every problem—it’s about quietly making life easier and showing up when it matters.

They mirror your body language

People unconsciously mimic the body language of those they feel connected to. If your partner naturally mirrors your gestures, posture, or even speech patterns, it’s a strong indicator of a deep emotional bond.

This happens due to mirror neurons in the brain, which help build social connections by reflecting the emotions and actions of those around us.

If you notice your partner subtly adopting your habits or expressions, take it as a quiet but powerful sign of their love.

They prioritize your happiness

When someone truly loves you, your happiness matters to them just as much as their own.

This doesn’t mean they sacrifice their well-being, but rather that they genuinely care about the things that bring you joy. Maybe they watch a show they don’t particularly enjoy just because you love it, or they surprise you with your favorite snack without being asked.

Psychologists refer to this as compassionate love—where a partner finds fulfillment in making the other happy. If your partner consistently considers your feelings, it’s a clear sign of deep affection.

They make an effort to resolve conflicts

Disagreements are inevitable in any relationship, but what truly matters is how your partner handles them. Someone who loves you deeply doesn’t avoid difficult conversations or let problems linger; they actively work to find resolutions.

Rather than trying to “win” an argument, they focus on understanding your perspective and finding common ground. They listen, communicate calmly, and genuinely want to improve the situation instead of proving a point.

Psychologists call this constructive conflict resolution, a key trait of strong, lasting relationships. If your partner values your relationship more than their own pride, it’s a clear sign of their deep love.

They make you feel safe

Love isn’t just about passion or excitement—it’s about emotional security. When someone truly loves you, you don’t have to question where you stand with them. You don’t feel the need to prove your worth or constantly seek reassurance.

Their presence brings a sense of calm. You know that even on your worst days, they won’t turn away. They listen without judgment, support you without hesitation, and stand by you when life gets tough.

This kind of emotional safety is one of the deepest expressions of love. It means they love you not just at your best, but also in your most vulnerable moments.

They remember the things that matter to you

Love is often found in the details—the things you mention once and forget about, but your partner remembers because they know they matter to you.

Maybe you casually mentioned a childhood book you loved, and months later, they surprised you with a copy. Or they remember your favorite teacher’s name, the backstory of your favorite song, or how you take your tea—without ever needing to ask again.

It’s not about grand gestures; it’s about paying attention. When someone truly loves you, your words don’t just pass through them—they stay. Because to them, every part of you is worth remembering.

They challenge you

Love isn’t about agreeing on everything or making life easy. Sometimes, the deepest love comes from a partner who challenges you—even when it’s uncomfortable.

They don’t just tell you what you want to hear; they tell you what you need to hear. They call you out when you’re being unfair, push you to face your fears, and refuse to let you settle for less than you deserve.

This isn’t criticism—it’s care. A partner who challenges you isn’t trying to change who you are; they see your potential and want to help you reach it. That kind of love is rare, but it’s one of the strongest indicators that someone truly cares.

They include you in their future

When someone loves you deeply, they don’t just think about the present—they envision a future with you in it.

It’s evident in the small things, like saying “We should go there someday” when discussing a dream destination, or mentioning long-term plans with you in mind. They naturally use “we” instead of “I”, because to them, a future without you isn’t even a consideration.

Psychologists call this emotional commitment—the instinct to plan and build a life together. If your partner consistently includes you in their future, it’s a clear sign their love is deep and lasting.

They show up, over and over again

Love isn’t just about words or big gestures—it’s about consistency.

It’s in the way they’re there for you, not just when life is easy, but when it’s hard. When things go wrong, when you’re not at your best, when circumstances become messy—they stay. They choose you, not just once, but every single day.

Real love isn’t about perfection; it’s about presence. And the strongest sign that your partner loves you deeply is that, no matter what, they keep showing up.

AI’s Disruption of Workforces May Give Rise to an Innovation Economy

Artificial intelligence is transforming industries and workforces across the globe, but it could also lay the foundation for an entirely new economic system.

Although the concept of AI has existed since the mid-1900s, the technology surged into mainstream discussions following the introduction of OpenAI’s generative AI chatbot, ChatGPT, in November 2022.

“But [generative AI] isn’t just another invention,” said Aneesh Raman, chief economic opportunity officer at LinkedIn. “It’s a turning point, forcing us to rethink not just what work is, but what it means to be human at work.”

The Decline of the Knowledge Economy

Raman compared AI’s impact to that of the Industrial Revolution, stating that it is ushering in a new era.

“For centuries, work was about our physical abilities on farms, and then again in the factories,” he explained. “It’s only been the past couple decades that work has been about our intellectual abilities.”

Now, a fresh economic shift is taking place—what Raman calls the “innovation economy.”

With automation handling more physical tasks and AI taking over many intellectual functions, human workers will increasingly be defined by their social capabilities, Raman said.

“The knowledge economy is on the way out, and a new economy is on the way for us humans at work,” he stated. “I’m calling it the innovation economy.”

In this emerging economic landscape, “human innovation and our uniquely human skills, like social and emotional intelligence” will be essential, he added.

According to Raman, the critical skills in this new economy include creativity, curiosity, courage, compassion, and communication—qualities he refers to as “the 5 C’s.” These abilities are fundamental to fostering innovation, enabling people to generate fresh ideas, challenge conventional norms, collaborate effectively, and build together.

AI as a Tool for Innovation

Beyond reshaping the nature of work, AI is poised to democratize innovation on an unprecedented scale, said Raman.

“The systems of work have traditionally privileged pedigree over potential—very few humans across history have had the right credentials and the right connections to get access to the capital they needed to turn ideas into inventions,” he noted.

A study conducted by economist Raj Chetty and other researchers introduced the term “lost Einsteins” to describe promising innovators whose socioeconomic backgrounds limit their opportunities.

The study analyzed tax and school district records of over one million U.S. patent holders and discovered that children with parents in the top 1% of the income distribution were ten times more likely to become inventors than those whose parents had incomes below the median.

“Where [AI] is set to have the biggest impact is in helping people sitting on great ideas and great inventions finally bring those ideas to life,” Raman said.

AI not only has the potential to automate routine tasks but can also serve as “your sounding board, your co-founder, your coder” and more, he added.

He illustrated the potential of AI with examples: “Think about what happens when an entrepreneur in Brazil can prototype a climate technology solution without needing a full engineering team. Or when a teacher in rural India can build and deploy an educational platform without needing to write code.”

AI’s Impact on the Job Market

Beyond fostering innovation, AI is also reshaping the employment landscape.

“Jobs are changing so fast that pedigree signals we’ve long relied on, like where you went to school or what big-name company you’ve worked for in the past, are no longer useful predictors of future success,” Raman said.

Instead, skills have taken on greater importance in the evolving job market.

Traditionally, technical knowledge and expertise have been labeled as “hard skills,” while social and emotional intelligence has been categorized as “soft skills.” However, as AI increasingly replicates many intellectual tasks, human abilities such as emotional intelligence are becoming the new “hard skills,” Raman asserted.

Thus, those who embrace adaptability will thrive in this new job market. “The winners of this new era of work will be those who lean in and learn to adapt—or put a different way, ‘disrupt yourself or be disrupted,’” he stated.

LinkedIn data collected from 1,991 executives across nine countries indicates that nearly 90% of C-suite executives consider AI adoption a top priority for 2025. In the Asia-Pacific region, this figure rises to 94%.

Given AI’s growing influence, it is crucial for workers to familiarize themselves with AI tools while honing the uniquely human skills that artificial intelligence cannot replace, Raman emphasized.

Andrew Cuomo Announces Run for New York City Mayor in Political Comeback Attempt

Former New York Governor Andrew Cuomo announced his candidacy for mayor of New York City on Saturday, aiming to make a political comeback. In a 17-minute video posted on his website, Cuomo delivered his message while images of the city played alongside him.

“We know that today our New York City is in trouble,” Cuomo said as footage of homeless individuals, graffiti-covered streets, and subway stations appeared on the screen. “You see it in the empty storefronts, the grime, the migrant influx, and the random violence. The city just feels threatening, out of control, and in crisis.”

Cuomo’s decision to enter the already crowded mayoral race represents his attempt to reestablish himself in politics following his resignation in 2021 due to a sexual harassment scandal. Eleven women accused him of misconduct, allegations that were detailed in a report by the state attorney general. Cuomo denied the accusations at the time.

His candidacy sets up a direct challenge to incumbent Mayor Eric Adams, who has faced increased scrutiny. Calls for Adams to step down have grown louder, especially after the Trump-led Department of Justice dropped corruption charges against him. Adams has consistently denied any wrongdoing, and his campaign declined to comment on Cuomo’s announcement.

Since leaving office, Cuomo has largely remained out of the public eye. However, CNN previously reported that he and his team had been laying the groundwork for a mayoral run for months, particularly in light of Adams’ recent controversies. Last week, signs of his intentions became clearer when allies launched a super PAC under the name “Fix the City,” according to State Board of Elections records.

Opponents Respond Swiftly

Cuomo’s announcement was met with immediate pushback from his competitors. There are at least eight other candidates in the race, and some lawmakers who oppose his return to office have been working behind the scenes to recruit additional challengers to counter his bid.

New York City Comptroller Brad Lander criticized Cuomo’s campaign, calling him an “agent of chaos.”

“The greatest city in the world deserves better than this,” Lander stated.

Scott Stringer, who ran for mayor in 2021 and is again a candidate, also responded with a video, arguing that Cuomo has always prioritized his own interests over the needs of New Yorkers.

“Being mayor of New York may help Andrew Cuomo, but it doesn’t do a damn thing for New Yorkers,” Stringer said.

Meanwhile, New York State Attorney General Letitia James, who led the investigation into the sexual harassment allegations against Cuomo, has reportedly been working to encourage City Council Speaker Adrienne Adams to enter the race. While Adrienne Adams has yet to officially announce her candidacy, she recently opened a campaign committee account, signaling she is seriously considering joining the contest.

Shortly after making his campaign announcement, Cuomo hit the campaign trail, beginning with a visit to the headquarters of the 32BJ SEIU union in Manhattan for a candidate screening. He later stopped for lunch at a Dominican restaurant in the Kingsbridge section of the Bronx. Videos posted on social media showed Cuomo shaking hands and greeting diners.

Leveraging Political Experience

Cuomo, the son of former New York Governor Mario Cuomo, has spent decades in politics. Before running for office, he served as President Bill Clinton’s Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. He initially ran for New York governor in 2002 but dropped out after a racially charged primary against then-State Comptroller Carl McCall. The experience was a major political setback, which Cuomo has described as one of the lowest points in his life.

He later rebounded by successfully running for New York attorney general in 2006 and then for governor in 2010.

During the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, Cuomo gained national prominence with his daily televised briefings, which became must-watch events for Americans under lockdown. However, his handling of the pandemic came under scrutiny, particularly a directive that required nursing homes to accept recovering COVID-19 patients. His administration faced accusations of manipulating data to conceal the impact of that policy on nursing home deaths.

Allegations of sexual harassment against Cuomo first emerged in December 2020. Charlotte Bennett, a former aide, claimed Cuomo asked her inappropriate questions about her sex life and mentioned his openness to relationships with younger women. Another former aide, Lindsey Boylan, alleged that Cuomo forcibly kissed her during a private meeting in his office.

Cuomo denied any wrongdoing but acknowledged that his comments may have been misinterpreted.

“I never touched anyone inappropriately,” he said. “I never knew at the time that I was making anyone feel uncomfortable.”

Boylan responded to Cuomo’s mayoral bid by stating, “New York City deserves better.” In a Vanity Fair article, she warned voters that Cuomo’s leadership could be worse than Adams’.

A Bid for Redemption

Cuomo’s return to politics has been in the works for months. According to a source familiar with his strategy, his campaign is not about apologizing but about presenting himself as the right leader to tackle the city’s problems. With concerns over crime, public safety, and affordability dominating voters’ minds, Cuomo believes his experience makes him the best candidate for the job.

The political landscape has shifted since his departure. Although opponents are certain to highlight his past controversies, Cuomo has recently secured some legal victories that may help him reshape his narrative. Charlotte Bennett dropped her lawsuit against him in December, just before she was scheduled to be deposed. However, she later accused Cuomo of using the legal process to intimidate her and her loved ones.

“Throughout this extraordinarily painful two-year case, I’ve many times believed that I’d be better off dead than endure more of his litigation abuse,” Bennett said. “I desperately need to live my life. That’s the choice I am making today.”

After the case was dropped, Cuomo quickly announced his intention to sue Bennett for defamation.

Cuomo’s campaign is relying on a close-knit team of veteran aides, including Melissa DeRosa, his former secretary, and Richard Azzopardi, his longtime spokesperson. He has also sought advice from campaign strategists like Chris Coffey and Steven Cohen, who previously worked in his attorney general’s office.

With only four months until the primary, Cuomo’s candidacy adds a significant twist to the race. He has nearly $8 million in campaign funds that he may be able to use, giving him a financial edge over his opponents.

A Familiar Strategy

Despite never running for mayor before, Cuomo understands New York City’s political dynamics. Winning requires building a coalition of Black and Latino voters, union members, and moderate White voters. While New York City remains a Democratic stronghold, the city’s political climate has shifted slightly rightward in recent years, as some voters have grown disenchanted with progressive policies.

In his campaign video, Cuomo does not directly criticize Trump but expresses a willingness to collaborate with the federal government.

“I have worked with President Trump in many different situations, and I hope President Trump remembers his hometown and works with us to make it better,” Cuomo says.

Although he promotes his leadership experience, Cuomo faces significant obstacles, including his past scandals and the city’s ranked-choice voting system, which may complicate his path to victory.

Cuomo frames himself as a moderate Democrat capable of addressing New York City’s crisis, emphasizing public safety and economic recovery. His proposals include expanding the NYPD’s presence in subways, improving public housing, and regulating e-bikes.

“We know that today our New York City is in trouble. You feel it when you walk down the street and try not to make eye contact with a mentally ill homeless person or when the anxiety rises in your chest as you walk into the subway,” Cuomo states. “The city just feels threatening, out of control, and in crisis.”

Without mentioning Adams by name, Cuomo criticizes what he calls “failed Democratic leadership” and the absence of “intelligent action” in city government.

His entrance into the race ensures that the 2025 mayoral election will be one of the most competitive in decades.

European Leaders Rally Behind Zelenskyy as Trans-Atlantic Ties Fray

Even before the dramatic Oval Office confrontation between President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, relations between the U.S. and Europe were growing increasingly strained.

Following Friday’s diplomatic breakdown between Trump, Zelenskyy, and Vice President JD Vance, the future of the trans-Atlantic alliance, which has endured for eight decades, appears uncertain.

In a striking rebuke to Trump, European leaders expressed their unwavering support for Zelenskyy. Trump had accused Zelenskyy of being “disrespectful” and “gambling with World War III” by continuing Ukraine’s resistance against Russia’s invasion.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen praised Zelenskyy’s resolve, posting on X, “Zelenskyy’s dignity honors the bravery of the Ukrainian people. Be strong, be brave, be fearless. You are never alone, dear President Zelenskyy. We will continue working with you for a just and lasting peace.”

Germany’s likely next leader, Friedrich Merz, reaffirmed his stance, emphasizing that “we must never confuse aggressor and victim in this terrible war.” French President Emmanuel Macron also voiced strong support, stressing the importance of respecting the Ukrainians “fighting for their dignity, their independence, for their children and for the security of Europe.”

Perhaps the most striking statement came from European Union foreign minister Kaja Kallas, who asserted, “Today it became clear that the free world needs a new leader. It’s up to us, Europeans, to take this challenge.”

However, not everyone sided against Trump. Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban characterized the tense Oval Office meeting as “difficult” but commended Trump, saying he “stood bravely for peace.” Meanwhile, some observers argued that Zelenskyy escalated tensions unnecessarily by publicly challenging a far more powerful negotiating partner upon whom Ukraine heavily depends.

For Zelenskyy’s supporters, these European leaders’ strong backing reflects a belief that Ukraine’s struggle is not just a localized war but part of a broader hybrid conflict. They contend that Russia’s aggression extends beyond the battlefield, encompassing cyberattacks on Western democracies. They fear that granting Moscow a symbolic victory in Ukraine could embolden further expansionist moves. This concern is heightened by accusations that Trump is undermining the alliance by pressuring U.S. allies while fostering closer ties with Russian President Vladimir Putin, who is widely regarded in Europe as a war criminal.

This growing unease explains why U.S.-Europe relations were fraying even before the recent diplomatic debacle. Over the past several weeks, there have been increasing indications that European powers are seeking greater autonomy from their long-standing reliance on Washington.

Following his center-right Christian Democratic Union party’s victory in Germany’s elections, Merz signaled a shift in priorities. “My absolute priority will be to strengthen Europe as quickly as possible so that, step by step, we can really achieve independence from the U.S.,” he declared. He also questioned whether NATO’s upcoming June summit would maintain the alliance in its current form or require the rapid establishment of an independent European defense structure.

His remarks were particularly striking, given his traditionally pro-American stance. They suggested not only a willingness to boost defense spending—something Trump has long demanded—but also a desire for Europe to chart its own course. “I never thought I would have to say such a thing on a television program,” he admitted.

Yet, many questions remain about what this European military independence would entail. Would it require Europe to match U.S. defense spending within NATO? Leaders like Macron and British Prime Minister Keir Starmer have expressed no desire to reduce cooperation with Washington. Alternatively, would the U.S. gradually withdraw from its European commitments altogether?

Regardless of the approach, the challenges are immense. The U.S. military’s deep integration into Europe means that its removal would leave critical gaps in air defense, military satellites, and cyber capabilities. Sven Biscop, a director at the Brussels-based Egmont Institute, warned that such a shift would create “huge holes” in European security infrastructure.

Since World War II, the U.S. has provided military protection to Europe in exchange for influence across the continent. Unraveling this interdependence would require hundreds of billions of dollars—costs that would likely fall on European taxpayers already struggling with a cost-of-living crisis and cuts to public services.

Last year, the European Union’s collective defense budget stood at $457 billion, far below the U.S. defense budget of $968 billion. Even Russia’s military spending, at $462 billion, surpassed that of the EU, despite Russia’s smaller economy. Since its invasion of Ukraine three years ago, Moscow has refocused its entire economy on military production.

Achieving full European military deterrence without U.S. support would take a minimum of five years, according to Luigi Scazzieri, assistant director at the London-based Centre for European Reform. “You can probably get something that fills a large part of the gap in two to three years—but only with a lot of urgency,” he added.

Despite these logistical hurdles, Merz’s statements reflect an acknowledgment that trans-Atlantic relations are entering a new phase. Sophia Besch, a senior Europe fellow at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, noted that the Trump administration “no longer acknowledges shared community of values, shared interests, and puts forward a very ‘great power competition’ view of the world, where Europe is a side player and Russia is an equal.”

Merz is not alone in his call for European self-reliance. Macron has long advocated for Europe to reduce its dependence on Washington. In response to Merz’s remarks, Macron declared, “We are experiencing a historic moment. It can lead to an unprecedented Franco-German agreement.”

Biscop believes that European leaders must act swiftly to organize this shift in defense strategy. He suggested forming a European “war Cabinet” to coordinate efforts, potentially including leaders such as Britain’s Starmer, Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk, NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte, and the EU’s von der Leyen.

“They need agility and they need to move fast,” Biscop urged. “Even faster on Ukraine—because the Americans and Russians are already negotiating.”

As tensions between Washington and Europe continue to rise, the question remains whether Europe can truly break free from its historical reliance on U.S. military and economic support. For now, leaders across the continent appear determined to chart a new course—one that may redefine the future of the trans-Atlantic alliance.

India Leads Global Whisky Market with Unmatched Sales

When people think of whisky (or whiskey in the U.S. and Ireland), they often picture Scotland’s rolling highlands or distilleries steeped in centuries-old traditions. However, the best-selling whiskies in the world today come from an unexpected source: India.

In collaboration with Rare Whisky 101, Visual Capitalist has analyzed recent whisky sales to identify the most popular brands worldwide.

The Dominance of Indian Whisky

The global alcohol industry is currently valued at approximately $1.8 trillion and is projected to expand at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 9.7% between 2025 and 2030. A significant portion of this growth is being driven by the Indian and Chinese markets, where demand for luxury and artisanal beverages is surging. Given this trend, it is not surprising that eight of the world’s 20 most popular whisky brands originate from India.

Below is a ranking of the world’s best-selling whisky brands based on sales volume in million 9-liter cases:

Rank Brand Country Sales (Million 9L Cases)
1 McDowell’s Whisky India 31.4
2 Royal Stag India 27.9
3 Officer’s Choice India 23.4
4 Imperial Blue India 22.8
5 Johnnie Walker Scotland 22.1
6 Jim Beam U.S. 17.0
7 Suntory Kakubin Japan 15.8
8 Jack Daniel’s Tennessee Whiskey U.S. 14.3
9 8PM India 12.2
10 Jameson’s Ireland 10.2
11 Blender’s Pride India 9.6
12 Royal Challenge India 8.6
13 Ballantine’s Scotland 8.2
14 Crown Royal Canada 7.7
15 Canadian Club Canada 6.0
16 Sterling Reserve Premium Whiskies India 5.1
17 Chivas Regal Scotland 4.6
18 Grant’s Scotland 4.4
19 William Lawson’s Scotland 3.4
20 Dewar’s Scotland 3.3

Top 10 Wealthiest States in India and Their Economic Strength

India’s alcohol industry is vast and expanding at a rate significantly faster than the global average. According to estimates from The Spirits Business, India’s alcohol market is projected to be seven times larger in 2027 than it was in 2019. This exceptional growth highlights the country’s strong preference for whisky.

Why India’s Whisky Market Stands Out

India’s whisky market has flourished due to the country’s deep-rooted enthusiasm for the drink. While India imports whisky from renowned producers in Scotland, the U.S., and Japan, it is the country’s locally made whiskies that dominate global sales.

The most popular Indian whisky, McDowell’s, is also the best-selling whisky in the world. In 2023, the brand recorded sales of 31.4 million cases, reflecting a 2.1% increase from the previous year. To put this in perspective, McDowell’s nearly doubled the sales of the most popular American whisky, Jim Beam.

A Global Whisky Market Driven by India

The global whisky industry is currently shaped by soaring demand for premium and luxury spirits in large markets like India. This shift has positioned India as a dominant force in the whisky industry, with its brands consistently surpassing global sales figures from other regions.

For those interested in exploring whisky trends further, Rare Whisky 101 offers one of the most comprehensive whisky databases in the world. It includes regional sales comparisons, valuations of rare Scotch bottles, and much more.

Top 10 Wealthiest States in India and Their Economic Strength

India’s economic structure is shaped by the contributions of its 28 states, each playing a significant role in the nation’s Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP). Some states have gained wealth through advancements in agriculture, tourism, and technology. Maharashtra leads as the richest state in India, with Mumbai serving as its financial hub and home to Bollywood and numerous multinational corporations. Tamil Nadu, known for its IT, textile, and automotive industries, ranks second. Karnataka, particularly Bengaluru, recognized as India’s tech capital, secures the third position. Other states benefit from natural resources, industrial growth, and trade, which help sustain their economies.

Top 10 Richest States in India and Their Annual GSDP

The following list, based on Forbes data for 2024–2025, highlights the wealthiest states in India and the primary sources of their economic strength.

Rank State Name GSDP (2024-2025)
1 Maharashtra ₹42.67 Lakh Crore
2 Tamil Nadu ₹31.55 Lakh Crore
3 Karnataka ₹28.09 Lakh Crore
4 Gujarat ₹27.9 Lakh Crore
5 Uttar Pradesh ₹24.99 Lakh Crore
6 West Bengal ₹18.8 Lakh Crore
7 Rajasthan ₹17.8 Lakh Crore
8 Telangana ₹16.5 Lakh Crore
9 Andhra Pradesh ₹15.89 Lakh Crore
10 Madhya Pradesh ₹15.22 Lakh Crore

Overview of the Wealthiest States and Their Economic Drivers

  1. Maharashtra
  2. Maharashtra continues to be India’s economic powerhouse, with a projected GSDP of ₹42.67 lakh crore for 2024–2025. The state’s economy thrives on manufacturing, entertainment, banking, and information technology. Mumbai, India’s financial capital, houses major financial institutions and corporate headquarters, further strengthening its economic dominance.
  3. Tamil Nadu

Tamil Nadu’s economy, estimated at ₹31.55 lakh crore in 2024–2025, is diverse, encompassing manufacturing, textiles, automotive, and information technology. The state’s coastal location provides an advantage for trade and exports, boosting its financial standing.

  1. Karnataka

Karnataka is anticipated to record a GSDP of ₹28.09 lakh crore in 2024–2025. The state is known for its strong manufacturing, biotechnology, aerospace, and IT sectors. Bengaluru, its capital, is often called the “Silicon Valley of India” due to its thriving tech industry.

  1. Gujarat

Gujarat has established itself as an industrial hub, specializing in petrochemicals, textiles, and pharmaceuticals. The state’s economy, projected at ₹27.9 lakh crore, benefits from significant investments, excellent infrastructure, and policies that favor businesses.

  1. Uttar Pradesh

With a GSDP of ₹24.99 lakh crore, Uttar Pradesh maintains its economic strength largely through agriculture, particularly the production of rice, wheat, and sugarcane. Additionally, the state has recently witnessed growth in manufacturing and service industries, further diversifying its economic base.

  1. West Bengal

West Bengal’s economy, valued at ₹18.8 lakh crore, is supported by agriculture, manufacturing, and the service sector. As India’s leading producer of jute and paddy, the state also has a growing IT sector, particularly in Kolkata, which contributes to its overall development.

  1. Rajasthan

Rajasthan’s economy, estimated at ₹17.8 lakh crore, relies on tourism, mining, and agriculture. The state’s historical landmarks and cultural heritage attract a large number of tourists, making tourism a key economic driver.

  1. Telangana

Telangana’s economy is expected to reach ₹16.5 lakh crore in 2024–2025, driven primarily by IT, pharmaceuticals, and biotechnology. Hyderabad, the state capital, serves as a major IT hub, attracting investments from global technology firms.

  1. Andhra Pradesh

Agriculture remains the backbone of Andhra Pradesh’s economy, with a GSDP of ₹15.89 lakh crore. The state is also focusing on horticulture and expanding its manufacturing sector to strengthen economic growth.

  1. Madhya Pradesh

Madhya Pradesh’s economy, projected at ₹15.22 lakh crore, depends on agriculture, mining, and forestry. The state is a leading producer of wheat, soybeans, and pulses, and is gradually moving towards industrialization to further economic progress.

Meta’s Bold Push Toward a Post-Smartphone Future

Meta is wasting no time in shaping what it envisions as the era beyond smartphones. Following Mark Zuckerberg’s assertion that smart glasses will eventually replace mobile phones, the company is accelerating efforts to make this idea a reality. With a lineup of new models and cutting-edge augmented reality initiatives, Meta is moving ahead at full speed. But will consumers be ready to embrace this shift?

Supernova and Hypernova: Smart Glasses for Different Lifestyles

Meta is not only improving its Ray-Ban Stories but also expanding its reach into different markets. Under the Supernova project, the company is working on multiple smart glasses models designed for various user groups.

The first of these, Supernova 2, is set for release this year, taking inspiration from Oakley’s Sphaera sports eyewear. Aimed at cyclists and athletes, this model will feature an embedded camera, built-in speakers, and AI-powered enhancements tailored to active lifestyles.

For users seeking a more advanced option, Meta is developing Hypernova. This premium version will include a small screen integrated into the right lens, capable of displaying notifications, messages, and previews of photos.

While this doesn’t yet offer full augmented reality capabilities, it marks a significant step toward truly interactive eyewear. However, the cost may be a barrier for many, with an expected price tag of around $1,000—substantially higher than the $300 starting price of the Ray-Ban Stories.

Orion and Artemis: Meta’s High-Stakes Augmented Reality Bet

Beyond refining everyday smart glasses, Meta is also aiming to transform augmented reality. The most ambitious development in this space is Orion, a prototype unveiled last year that is designed to provide full AR functionality.

Unlike models that merely show notifications, Orion will require both a wrist-worn control device and an external processing unit, making it an advanced and complex system.

Its cost? A staggering $10,000. Clearly not intended for mainstream consumers, Orion is instead positioned as a tool for developers and is slated for release by 2026.

Following Orion, Meta is already working on Artemis, expected to debut in 2027. This next-generation model will be lighter and more streamlined while maintaining features such as gesture control via a smart wristband. The objective is clear: to make augmented reality more practical and accessible to tech enthusiasts.

Beyond Smart Glasses: Meta’s Expanding Ecosystem of Wearable Technology

Meta’s ambitions extend beyond smart glasses. The company is actively developing a range of wearable accessories designed to enhance the digital experience.

Among these efforts is a smartwatch, a project that has faced multiple cancellations and revivals, as well as wireless earbuds equipped with built-in cameras.

These high-tech earbuds could facilitate AI-driven real-time environmental analysis, potentially paving the way for even more immersive and interactive experiences.

Will Smart Glasses Truly Replace Smartphones?

Meta is pushing forward aggressively, but the crucial question remains: will consumers embrace smart glasses as their next essential device? While the Ray-Ban Stories have achieved moderate success, persuading users to abandon their smartphones in favor of glasses presents a far greater challenge.

Ultimately, factors such as cost, convenience, and widespread adoption will determine whether Zuckerberg’s vision becomes reality. If Meta succeeds, we could be witnessing the dawn of the post-smartphone era—but if it falls short, smart glasses might remain nothing more than an ambitious but niche experiment.

What Bollywood Can Learn from the South: Five Lessons to Revive Its Box Office Success

Among the eight Indian films that have crossed the remarkable Rs 1000 crore milestone, only two—Dangal and Pathaan—are pure Bollywood productions. The remaining six? Five are entirely Southern films (Baahubali, Pushpa 2, RRR, KGF: Chapter 2, and Kalki 2898 AD), while the sixth, Jawan, was helmed by a South Indian director. This raises a crucial question: Is Southern cinema excelling in a way Bollywood isn’t, or is Bollywood making critical missteps?

To find answers, one would need to explore the Southern film industry or, as the Screenwriters Association (SWA) recently did, invite experts from the South to share their insights at its seventh conference. A panel featuring representatives from all four Southern film industries laid out their approach to filmmaking. If Bollywood pays attention, it could apply these five key lessons to regain its box-office dominance.

  1. Rootedness: Staying True to the Soil

Vivek Athreya, a Telugu director known for Mental Madhilo, Brochevarevarura, Ante Sundaraniki, and the recent vigilante hit Saripodhaa Sanivaaram, succinctly explained why South Indian films resonate deeply: “In South cinema, the films are rooted. The ideas are rooted. KGF and Pushpa worked not because of the scale of the film, but the rootedness of the characters and emotions.”

Imagine pitching a story to Bollywood producers about a hot-headed villager who turns to looting jungle redwood. The typical response might be dismissive: Who would relate to a village nobody? Too small for the big screen! Not pan-India enough—maybe OTT? Can you make it for two crores? Yet this very concept became the Pushpa franchise, now worth over Rs 2000 crores.

Bollywood’s obsession with creating ‘pan-India’ films often leads to superficiality. In attempting to cater to everyone, it satisfies no one. Like Trishanku, a mythical figure suspended between worlds, Bollywood finds itself neither fully connected to its roots nor successfully universal.

Consider the biggest Indian hits of 2024. Bollywood had Stree 2, a film rooted in the Hindi heartland, featuring ordinary local boys in extraordinary circumstances—eerily similar to the Malayalam blockbuster Manjummel Boys. Tollywood’s biggest success was again the deeply local Pushpa 2.

Ironically, many of Bollywood’s greatest hits—Awara, Mother India, Hum Aapke Hain Kaun, Andhadhun, Piku, 3 Idiots, Lagaan, and Bajrangi Bhaijaan—were not grand spectacles but small stories firmly anchored in their social and cultural milieu.

Tamil filmmaker C. Prem Kumar, known for 96 and Meiyazhagan, even included Imtiaz Ali’s Amar Singh Chamkila in this category. He admired the film and believed, “If it had been released in theatres instead of straight to OTT, it would have been a blockbuster.”

Contrast this with Bollywood’s post-pandemic failures, such as Bade Miyan Chote Miyan. Despite a large-scale premise where heroes save the nation, they couldn’t save the film from bombing at the box office.

  1. Single Producer: Cutting Through Corporate Red Tape

Bollywood takes pride in being ‘corporatized,’ which does offer benefits, particularly in contractual security for writers. However, it has created inefficiencies.

Kannada filmmaker Hemanth M. Rao (Godhi Banna Sadharana Mykattu, Kavaludaari, and the Sapta Saagaradaache Ello series) described the advantages of pitching to an individual producer: “I go into a room, pitch my idea to an actor or producer, and if he likes it, the film is on. We’re already discussing release dates. I get to make the story I want to make.”

Prem Kumar shared a frustrating contrast: he once waited six months for a corporate studio’s response, only to receive feedback from a different person than he initially spoke to. “He spoke like he was the other person, starting where the other had left off. I had to ask him, Who are you?” The audience laughed, but the inefficiency was evident.

  1. Feedback: The Danger of ‘Autopsy Panels’

Throughout the SWA conference, one word unsettled screenwriters: notes—the dreaded studio feedback process. Sometimes valuable, these notes often originate from executives with little understanding of cinema.

A Mumbai production house reportedly outsourced screenplay feedback to film school students, passing their critiques to directors and writers. Imagine legends like S.S. Rajamouli or Mani Ratnam receiving notes from 19-year-olds with minimal cinematic experience.

A fellow screenwriter analyzed the psychology of corporate executives compelled to give feedback. Many, he suggested, once aspired to be filmmakers but settled for stable jobs in studios, leading to subconscious resentment and unnecessary critiques. One renowned Bollywood director once told an executive, “Don’t try to justify your salary with ridiculous notes on my film.”

Hemanth Rao aptly called these groups autopsy panels—but autopsies are for things that were once alive, whereas these critiques target films not yet made.

  1. Algo Filmmaking: Prioritizing Metrics Over Talent

Bollywood increasingly relies on algorithms to select actors based on social media metrics rather than acting ability. The logic appears sound—if an actor has millions of followers, even a fraction watching their film should guarantee success.

However, this approach leads to absurd casting decisions. Filmmakers report being forced to work with actors solely due to their online presence, even if their performances are subpar. This explains why some wooden actors repeatedly land roles while skilled performers struggle.

This metric-driven approach is more prevalent in Bollywood than in Southern industries, where casting prioritizes role suitability over digital influence.

  1. Marketing Laziness: The ‘Pan-India’ Trap

Bollywood’s fixation on the ‘pan-India’ label often results in diluted narratives that fail to connect with any specific audience. Instead of tailoring marketing strategies to different viewer groups, studios prefer films that can be mass-marketed without additional effort.

Hemanth Rao warned against creating with a broad audience in mind: “I never want to reach everyone. Out of 10 people, I know only eight will watch the film. My job is to be honest with those eight and ensure they see it.”

Filmmakers create for specific audiences, but corporate studios often fail to market films effectively. As Rao put it, “That’s not the job of the writer, director, or actor. It’s the marketing department’s job to ensure the film reaches the right audience.”

Additional issues raised included the undervaluing of writers. Christo Tomy, writer-director of Ullozhukku, noted that in Malayalam cinema, writers and directors sometimes receive equal IP rights alongside producers—unthinkable in Bollywood, where even securing fair royalties has been a struggle.

Ultimately, the key takeaways for Bollywood are clear:

  • Stay true to cultural roots, even in fantastical stories.
  • Avoid excessive bureaucratic interference.
  • Resist unnecessary corporate feedback that dilutes creative vision.
  • Prioritize acting talent over social media popularity.
  • Demand more from marketing teams instead of making films overly generic.

These principles seem like common sense, yet Bollywood remains resistant to change. High-paid executives prefer the status quo, and producers continue making money regardless of a film’s artistic merit. The real casualties are fresh ideas, frustrated creators, and audiences deprived of great cinema.

If Bollywood doesn’t course-correct, something will eventually give—but what that will be remains to be seen.

Indian Students Face Rising Costs as Rupee Weakens Against US Dollar

With the Indian rupee continuing its decline against the US dollar, students from India planning to study abroad are facing increasing financial hurdles. Recently, the rupee crossed the 87-mark against the dollar, making it more expensive for students heading overseas for higher education.

Adding to their concerns, US President Donald Trump’s anti-immigration policies have unsettled many students who aspire to settle in the United States after completing their studies. Given that a large number of Indian students invest substantial amounts in their education in the US with long-term settlement in mind, these policy changes are causing anxiety among them.

Over the past month, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has intervened in the foreign exchange market to curb the rupee’s decline. While these efforts have helped strengthen the rupee by about one per cent against the dollar, the currency still remains nearly five per cent weaker than its value a year ago.

As a result, students heading to the US or other Western nations this year will need to pay significantly more in Indian rupees to cover tuition and living expenses.

A decline of 5 per cent in one year

According to Investing.com data, the US dollar was valued at approximately ₹82.87 against the Indian rupee a year ago. As of February 25, the dollar is trading at ₹87.089 per unit, marking a depreciation of over five per cent in just one year.

Studying in the US comes with a hefty price tag, typically ranging between $60,000 and $100,000 annually. In addition, students must account for living expenses, which can amount to another $20,000 per year.

This means that the overall annual cost of studying in the US is around $80,000. With the current exchange rate, this translates to ₹69.67 lakh instead of ₹66 lakh, an increase of ₹3.67 lakh per year. For a two-year program, this additional expense doubles to ₹7.34 lakh.

Larger budgets required

Financial experts are advising students and their families to prepare for higher expenses this year, not just for tuition fees but also for accommodation and other living costs. They also recommend hedging against currency fluctuations by diversifying investments.

“The depreciation of the Indian rupee significantly impacts the cost of studying abroad, making tuition fees, living expenses, and other expenditures more expensive in rupee terms. For instance, if the rupee weakens against the US dollar or other major currencies, students have to allocate a higher budget for education expenses by compromising on retirement or other goals, increasing the financial burden,” says Rozy Efzal, Co-founder of Invest4edu.

She further advises, “Parents and students must proactively hedge against currency risks by investing in such assets as mutual funds and foreign currency deposits.”

India to Fully Commission World’s Longest LPG Pipeline by June

India’s state-owned refiners are set to complete the world’s longest liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) pipeline by June, a major milestone expected to significantly reduce fuel transportation costs and mitigate the risk of fatal road accidents.

“This will be a game changer in the LPG supply chain,” stated N. Senthil Kumar, director of pipelines at Indian Oil Corp., in an interview. “It’s like putting LPG on a conveyor belt.”

The $1.3 billion infrastructure project is anticipated to replace hundreds of trucks currently transporting LPG from refineries to bottling facilities across the country, a method that increases the risk of accidents. A recent example was seen last month when a tanker overturned in Coimbatore, causing disruptions in the southern city. Similarly, in December, an accident involving an Indian Oil truck in Jaipur resulted in 20 fatalities, 45 injuries, and damage to three dozen vehicles.

Indian Oil, Bharat Petroleum Corp., and Hindustan Petroleum Corp. have collaborated to establish IHB, a joint venture responsible for constructing the extensive 2,800-kilometer pipeline. This network will stretch from Kandla on India’s west coast to Gorakhpur in the north. According to Kumar, who also serves as the chairman of the joint venture, the first phase is slated for commissioning in March, with full-scale operations expected by mid-year.

The pipeline will have the capacity to transport approximately 8.3 million tons of LPG annually, accounting for around 25% of India’s total demand. This development is set to notably cut transportation expenses in the world’s third-largest consumer of the fuel, as nearly 70% of bottling plants still rely on truck deliveries. In response to growing volumes and safety concerns, the Petroleum and Natural Gas Regulatory Board has been advocating for the expansion of the nation’s pipeline infrastructure.

Domestic consumption of LPG, primarily used for cooking, has surged by 80% over the past decade, reaching 29.6 million tons in the fiscal year that ended in March 2024. This increase has surpassed the 47% growth seen in overall demand for refined oil products. The rise in LPG usage has been largely driven by government subsidies under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s administration, which aims to encourage low-income households to transition away from polluting biomass fuels for cooking.

Despite its significance, the project has faced multiple setbacks since its announcement in 2019. Delays were caused by pandemic-induced lockdowns as well as supply chain disruptions stemming from Russia’s war in Ukraine. India’s current LPG pipeline network spans nearly 5,000 kilometers, and this latest expansion marks a crucial step in strengthening the country’s energy infrastructure.

Zelensky Urges Stronger U.S. Support After Heated Clash with Trump

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has called on the United States to “stand more firmly on our side” following what he described as a “tough dialogue” with former U.S. President Donald Trump.

Zelensky stated that Ukraine is prepared to finalize the U.S.-proposed minerals deal but stressed that Kyiv requires concrete security guarantees from Washington.

His remarks follow a heated exchange at the White House on Friday, during which Trump accused him of “gambling with World War Three.”

Meanwhile, the British government has confirmed that Prime Minister Keir Starmer will host Zelensky at Downing Street today. This meeting comes ahead of an important summit with European leaders set for Sunday.

How U.S. Media Outlets Are Reacting

American media outlets are actively covering the fallout from last night’s public diplomatic standoff between Zelensky and Trump.

Fox News ran the headline “‘World War III’ fears,” previewing an interview with Zelensky conducted by host Bret Baier. In the interview, Baier questioned whether Zelensky believed the relationship with Trump could be salvaged after the confrontation.

Bloomberg’s front page carried the headline: “President Zelensky’s blow-up with Trump leaves allies facing disaster.”

The Washington Post reported that the “fiery meeting” in the Oval Office had “upended Trump’s Russia-Ukraine peace deal.” Meanwhile, CNN focused on the global implications, running the headline: “Western leaders scramble to back Ukraine.”

MSNBC’s Anthony L. Fisher characterized the encounter as a disgraceful moment for the United States, writing, “Trump’s Oval Office meeting with Zelensky was a shameful moment for America.”

The New York Times framed the incident as emblematic of a broader shift in U.S. foreign policy, stating that the meeting “points to Trump’s foreign policy revolution.”

Ukrainian Reactions: ‘Trump Looks Like a Partner for Russia’

The reaction in Ukraine has been swift, particularly from residents in Lviv, located in the western part of the country.

One local commented that Trump does not seem to be aligned with Ukraine’s interests, saying, “He looks like a partner for Russia.”

Another citizen expressed the need for greater European involvement, stating, “Europe should be much more active economically and in terms of military support.”

A third resident noted that he had low expectations ahead of Zelensky’s trip to Washington, suggesting that the recent developments have only reinforced doubts about U.S. commitment.

Observers have pointed out that the once-solid alliance between Ukraine and the U.S. appears to be fracturing, forcing European nations to step in and fill the gaps, particularly in terms of military aid.

The White House meeting itself has drawn mixed interpretations—some viewing it as a moment of necessary bluntness, while others see it as a display of arrogance.

Senator JD Vance’s involvement in the confrontation also stood out. Typically, vice presidents play a more restrained role in high-level diplomatic meetings, but Vance’s aggressive approach surprised many.

Zelensky, appearing visibly frustrated, engaged in the verbal sparring, escalating tensions further. “I’ve never seen anything like last night’s argument in the White House before,” an observer remarked. Some speculate that the confrontation was orchestrated to provoke the Ukrainian leader.

Moscow Watches as U.S.-Ukraine Tensions Rise

The Kremlin has taken a cautious approach in responding to the fallout from the White House meeting. Russian President Vladimir Putin has not commented on the situation, though analysts believe the confrontation played into Moscow’s hands.

During a meeting with Russian security officials, Putin acknowledged that Trump’s stance on Russia offers some “hope” but refrained from making any predictions about whether improved relations with Washington could influence the war in Ukraine.

Despite increased diplomatic engagement between Moscow and the White House, no concrete agreements have emerged, and there is no scheduled meeting between Trump and Putin.

For Russia, the optics of Trump and Vance confronting Zelensky serve as an unexpected strategic advantage. Nevertheless, while rhetoric may be shifting, the war in Ukraine persists, and fears over U.S. aid reductions have yet to materialize.

Putin appears to be treading carefully, ensuring that his comments do not alienate the Trump administration while also maintaining Russia’s longstanding adversarial stance toward the U.S.

A Devastating Visit for Ukraine

Regardless of whether Zelensky was intentionally provoked or should have handled the situation with greater diplomacy, the visit to Washington proved to be disastrous for Ukraine.

Many Ukrainians watching from Kyiv perceived the encounter as a moment of existential importance for their nation.

Yulia, a Kyiv resident, defended Zelensky’s approach, saying, “It was an emotional conversation, but I understand our president. Maybe it wasn’t diplomatic, but it was sincere. It’s about life, we want to live.”

Andriy, a 30-year-old local, criticized Trump and Vance’s conduct. “They were so rude,” he said. “They don’t respect the people of Ukraine.”

Dmytro, 26, voiced concerns that U.S. policy might be shifting in Russia’s favor. “It looks like Washington supports Russia,” he observed.

Inna Sovsun, a Ukrainian member of parliament, described the reaction in Kyiv as one of “shock.”

“It was difficult to watch a president who’s been a victim of Russian aggression being attacked by the leader of the free world,” she said. “It’s painful.”

Moscow Declares Zelensky’s Trip a Failure

Russia has wasted no time in labeling Zelensky’s visit to Washington as a diplomatic disaster.

Maria Zakharova, the Kremlin’s foreign ministry spokeswoman, claimed the Ukrainian leader was “obsessed” with prolonging the war. She reiterated Moscow’s goals of “demilitarizing” Ukraine and permanently annexing occupied territories.

Zakharova also accused Zelensky of being a reckless instigator of global conflict. “With his outrageously rude behavior during his stay in Washington, Zelensky confirmed that he is the most dangerous threat to the world community as an irresponsible instigator of a major war,” she said.

She added that Kyiv and certain European capitals must recognize this reality if there is to be any hope for a peaceful resolution to the crisis.

Meanwhile, Putin remains silent on the Oval Office incident. While world leaders have weighed in, the Russian president has opted to observe developments from the sidelines.

However, former Russian President Dmitry Medvedev did not hold back. Writing on social media, Medvedev said Zelensky had been “slapped down in the Oval Office” and urged Washington to halt military assistance to Ukraine.

Zelensky Calls for U.S. Support as the War Continues

Zelensky has reiterated his plea for stronger U.S. backing, emphasizing that Ukraine needs more than just diplomatic assurances.

Posting on X, he reaffirmed his willingness to sign a minerals deal with Trump but underscored the necessity of clear security commitments from Washington.

His remarks come in the wake of the contentious Oval Office meeting, where he faced sharp criticism from Trump and Vice President JD Vance.

Trump has since characterized the encounter as a misstep for Zelensky, asserting that the Ukrainian leader “overplayed his hand with a weak set of cards.”

Following his Washington visit, Zelensky has arrived in London, where he is set to meet Prime Minister Keir Starmer. Later, he will attend a European summit where Ukraine’s security and military aid will be key discussion points.

Meanwhile, the war rages on in Ukraine. The city of Kharkiv has suffered further casualties following a Russian drone attack, highlighting the ongoing devastation despite the political drama unfolding on the world stage.

Maha Kumbh Mela 2025 Concludes with Record-Breaking Devotee Participation

The Maha Kumbh Mela 2025, recognized as one of the largest religious congregations globally, concluded on Wednesday after a 45-day-long celebration in Prayagraj, Uttar Pradesh.

This year’s event set a historic record, with nearly 66 crore devotees taking a dip at the Triveni Sangam, the sacred confluence of the Ganga, Yamuna, and the mythical Saraswati rivers. Reports suggest that the number of pilgrims who attended the Kumbh Mela was approximately twice the population of the United States, which is estimated to be around 34 crore.

The Kumbh Mela is a deeply significant religious gathering that draws millions of pilgrims, saints, and visitors seeking spiritual cleansing and blessings.

The Next Kumbh Mela in 2027

The forthcoming Kumbh Mela is scheduled to take place in 2027 in Nashik, Maharashtra. This religious event will be organized at Trimbakeshwar, a sacred site located roughly 38 kilometers from Nashik. The city is situated along the banks of the Godavari River, India’s second-longest river, and is renowned for the Trimbakeshwar Shiva Temple, one of the twelve revered Jyotirlingas.

According to reports, the Kumbh Mela in Nashik will be held from July 17 to August 17, 2027. The event is expected to draw millions of devotees from around the world, continuing the centuries-old tradition of mass pilgrimage and ritual bathing in the holy river.

During the NASSCOM Technology and Leadership Forum 2025 in Mumbai, Maharashtra Chief Minister Devendra Fadnavis shared his vision for integrating advanced technology into the 2027 Nashik Kumbh Mela. He emphasized how technological innovations would play a crucial role in allowing those unable to physically visit the site to participate in the holy experience virtually.

“Technology will play a key role in enabling those unable to bathe in the holy water to experience it virtually,” Fadnavis stated, highlighting the potential of digital advancements in broadening access to religious practices.

Why Is the Next Kumbh Mela in Just Three Years?

Kumbh Melas are held in four major cities—Prayagraj, Haridwar, Nashik, and Ujjain—with at least one of these grand religious gatherings taking place every three years.

The event that occurs every four years is referred to as the Kumbh Mela, whereas the version held every six years is known as the Ardh Kumbh Mela. The Purna Kumbh Mela, which takes place every 12 years, is considered a highly significant religious occasion. The recently concluded Maha Kumbh Mela is believed to be an even rarer event, occurring only once every 144 years.

Key Highlights of Maha Kumbh Mela 2025

The Maha Kumbh Mela 2025 attracted a host of notable figures, including Prime Minister Narendra Modi, Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath, and Gujarat Chief Minister Bhupendrabhai Patel. Business magnates Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani were also present at the event, emphasizing the significance of the gathering in both religious and socio-cultural spheres.

Several Bollywood celebrities were among the attendees, with actors such as Akshay Kumar, Katrina Kaif, and Vicky Kaushal making their presence felt. The internationally acclaimed lead singer of Coldplay, Chris Martin, also participated in the religious event, marking a rare appearance by a global music icon at the Kumbh Mela.

Additionally, the event witnessed the participation of at least 118 diplomats representing 77 different countries, showcasing its far-reaching impact beyond Indian borders. The massive scale of this gathering, along with its cultural and religious significance, reaffirmed the Kumbh Mela’s status as one of the most extraordinary spiritual events in the world.

European Leaders Rally Behind Zelensky After White House Clash with Trump

European leaders have expressed strong support for Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky following his tense encounter with former U.S. President Donald Trump at the White House.

Leaders from Germany, France, Spain, Poland, and the Netherlands took to social media to reaffirm their backing for Ukraine. Zelensky responded to each message, personally thanking them for their solidarity.

Zelensky has since traveled to London for a summit hosted by UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer, whose government has emphasized its unwavering commitment to Ukraine, according to Downing Street.

The show of European unity follows a heated exchange in the Oval Office on Friday, where Trump told Zelensky to negotiate a settlement with Russia or risk losing U.S. support.

During the confrontation, Trump criticized Zelensky for not showing enough gratitude for the military and political aid the U.S. has provided to Ukraine in its war against Russia. Trump warned him that failing to appreciate this assistance was akin to “gambling with World War Three.”

As international leaders reacted to the confrontation, social media was flooded with messages of support for Ukraine, including statements from the prime ministers of Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. Zelensky responded to each one with a simple but direct acknowledgment: “Thank you for your support.”

French President Emmanuel Macron strongly condemned Russia’s actions, stating, “There is an aggressor: Russia. There is a victim: Ukraine. We were right to help Ukraine and sanction Russia three years ago—and to keep doing so.”

Dutch Prime Minister Dick Schoof reiterated the Netherlands’ commitment, writing, “We support Ukraine now more than ever. We want a lasting peace and an end to the war of aggression started by Russia. For Ukraine and its people, and for Europe.”

Germany’s outgoing Chancellor Olaf Scholz stressed the Ukrainian people’s desire for peace, remarking, “No one wants peace more than the citizens of Ukraine.” His expected successor, Friedrich Merz, reinforced this stance, stating, “We stand with Ukraine” and emphasizing that the world “must never confuse aggressor and victim in this terrible war.”

Spain’s Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez kept his message straightforward: “Ukraine, Spain stands with you.” Meanwhile, Poland’s Prime Minister Donald Tusk addressed Zelensky and the Ukrainian people directly, stating, “Dear [Zelensky], dear Ukrainian friends, you are not alone.”

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen praised Zelensky’s leadership, stating, “Your dignity honors the bravery of the Ukrainian people.”

Beyond Europe, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau assured, “Canada will continue to stand with Ukraine and Ukrainians in achieving a just and lasting peace.”

Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese echoed similar sentiments, writing, “Australia has proudly supported the brave people of Ukraine in their struggle to defend their sovereignty against the brutality of Russian aggression and in support of international law.”

Additional statements of support came from Austria, Belgium, Croatia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Ireland, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Moldova, Romania, Sweden, and Slovenia.

However, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán offered a different perspective, siding with Trump. He posted, “Strong men make peace, weak men make war. Today President @realDonaldTrump stood bravely for peace. Even if it was difficult for many to digest. Thank you, Mr. President!”

Following his confrontation with Trump, Zelensky left the White House earlier than expected. Nevertheless, he later expressed gratitude to Trump on social media, writing, “Ukraine needs just and lasting peace, and we are working exactly for that.”

On Saturday, Zelensky took to the messaging platform Telegram to emphasize the significance of global attention on Ukraine. “It is very important for us that Ukraine is heard and that no one forgets about it, neither during the war nor after,” he wrote.

He added, “It is important for people in Ukraine to know that they are not alone, that their interests are represented in every country, in every corner of the world.”

In an interview with Fox News after his White House visit, Zelensky admitted that his dispute with Trump was “not good for both sides” but expressed hope that their working relationship could be repaired.

The tense encounter unfolded as the two leaders were set to sign an agreement granting the U.S. access to Ukraine’s deposits of rare earth minerals. However, the conversation took a turn when U.S. Vice President JD Vance, who was present in the meeting, suggested that the war needed to be concluded through diplomatic means.

Zelensky pushed back, asking, “What kind of diplomacy?” He referenced a 2019 ceasefire agreement negotiated before Russia’s full-scale invasion, a deal that took place while Moscow was still backing separatist forces in eastern Ukraine.

Vance, in response, accused Zelensky of being disrespectful and “litigating” the conflict in front of the media. The conversation grew increasingly tense as both sides interrupted each other.

Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni has since called for an urgent summit between the U.S., Europe, and other allies to address the situation in Ukraine.

On Sunday, Sir Keir Starmer is set to host critical talks at Downing Street, where European leaders will discuss potential strategies for enforcing a future peace agreement.

The UK Prime Minister believes that any lasting settlement will require U.S. military assets to play a role in monitoring and enforcing the terms. This could include intelligence-sharing, surveillance efforts, and possibly even air support to deter further aggression from Russian President Vladimir Putin.

Trump and Zelenskyy Clash in Heated White House Meeting Over Ukraine War

A dramatic confrontation unfolded at the White House between U.S. President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, shocking many observers.

The tense encounter on Friday escalated into what was described as a “virtual shouting match” between the two leaders, all of which played out in front of the cameras.

During the intense discussion, Trump accused Zelenskyy of “gambling with World War Three,” while U.S. Vice President JD Vance criticized the Ukrainian leader for being “disrespectful.” In response, Zelenskyy challenged Vance, asking, “What kind of diplomacy are you speaking about?”

The primary topic of discussion was a potential peace deal between Russia and Ukraine. Trump issued a stark ultimatum to Zelenskyy, stating, “You’re either going to make a deal or we’re out. And if we’re out, you’ll fight it out. I don’t think it’s going to be pretty, but you’ll fight it out.” This strong rebuke underscored Trump’s growing impatience with the prolonged conflict.

How American Media Covered the Trump-Zelenskyy Showdown

New York Times

The New York Times reported that the confrontation took on the tone of a “verbal brawl,” suggesting that Trump appeared to take offense on behalf of Russian President Vladimir Putin. According to the newspaper, Trump scolded Zelenskyy “for hostility toward the man who had invaded his country.”

During the exchange, Zelenskyy labeled Putin a “killer” and a “terrorist,” intensifying the already charged atmosphere. The publication further noted that “the verbal brawl in the Oval Office on Friday between President Trump and President Volodymyr Zelensky of Ukraine startled Washington, unnerved Europe, outraged Kyiv, and delighted Moscow.”

Another article in The New York Times ran under the headline: ‘JD Vance Positions Himself as Trump’s Attack Dog During Blowup With Zelensky’. The report claimed that Vice President Vance “ambushed” Zelenskyy, setting off a heated argument of a kind rarely seen in the Oval Office.

Washington Post

The Washington Post focused on the broader implications of the meeting, running a headline that read, “Fiery meeting with Zelensky upends Trump’s Russia-Ukraine peace deal.” The newspaper reported that the intense Oval Office exchange left U.S. officials offering conflicting statements about the future of a potential peace agreement. At the same time, European allies struggled to interpret the impact of the encounter.

The Washington Post noted that the heated discussion introduced fresh uncertainty about America’s role in brokering an end to the three-year war between Russia and Ukraine.

Fox News

Fox News secured an exclusive interview with Zelenskyy following what it described as an “explosive Oval Office press conference” on Friday.

In the interview, Zelenskyy attempted to clarify his position, stating, “It’s not about [being] mad.” He emphasized that his frustration with Trump’s administration stemmed from a series of controversial remarks made in the five weeks following Trump’s inauguration.

Zelenskyy specifically took issue with comments from U.S. officials about Ukraine’s situation. “[When you hear] president, vice president or somebody or senators — doesn’t matter, big politicians — when they, for example, say that Ukraine is almost destroyed, that our soldiers run away, that they are not heroes, that Ukraine lost millions of civilians, that his president is dictator. The reaction is that, where is our friendship between Ukraine and United States?” he asked.

Zelenskyy’s remarks highlighted the strain in relations between Kyiv and Washington, as well as his concerns about how Ukraine was being portrayed by American leaders.

Political Fallout and Global Reactions

The fiery exchange in the Oval Office sent shockwaves through the political landscape in both the United States and abroad. In Washington, lawmakers and analysts debated the significance of Trump’s remarks and his apparent ultimatum to Ukraine. Some viewed the confrontation as a sign of Trump’s willingness to cut U.S. support for Ukraine, while others saw it as a calculated effort to push Zelenskyy toward negotiations with Russia.

Meanwhile, in Europe, the confrontation left officials scrambling to assess its implications for the ongoing war. European leaders, many of whom have strongly backed Ukraine, expressed concern that Trump’s stance could weaken Kyiv’s position in future peace talks.

Moscow, on the other hand, reportedly welcomed the Oval Office dispute, viewing it as evidence of deepening divisions between Ukraine and its Western allies. Russian media outlets framed the clash as a sign of diminishing American support for Kyiv.

Trump’s Approach to the Ukraine Conflict

Trump has repeatedly signaled a different approach to the Ukraine war compared to the Biden administration. While President Joe Biden has prioritized military aid to Kyiv and taken a firm stance against Russia, Trump has emphasized negotiation and hinted at scaling back U.S. involvement.

His remarks to Zelenskyy, particularly the ultimatum to either reach a deal or face the war alone, reinforced his long-standing skepticism about America’s deep engagement in the conflict. Trump’s comments also suggested that he sees little benefit in prolonging U.S. aid to Ukraine without tangible results.

JD Vance’s strong rebuke of Zelenskyy further illustrated the Trump administration’s tough stance. As vice president, Vance has been vocal about re-evaluating U.S. commitments abroad, and his remarks during the meeting underscored the administration’s frustration with Kyiv’s resistance to negotiations.

Zelenskyy’s Dilemma and Ukraine’s Position

For Zelenskyy, the White House showdown presented a difficult challenge. As Ukraine’s leader, he has consistently called for unwavering Western support in the fight against Russia. However, Trump’s comments signaled a potential shift in U.S. policy, raising questions about Ukraine’s ability to maintain its current level of international backing.

Zelenskyy’s pointed remarks about U.S. officials questioning Ukraine’s resilience reflected his growing concerns about Washington’s commitment. His criticism of statements that painted Ukraine as weakened or leaderless suggested he fears a narrative shift that could undermine his country’s morale and international standing.

What Comes Next?

The explosive Oval Office encounter has left many unanswered questions about the future of U.S.-Ukraine relations and the broader geopolitical landscape.

Will Trump follow through on his warning to withdraw support if a peace deal is not reached? If so, what impact will this have on Ukraine’s ability to defend itself?

How will European allies respond if the U.S. takes a step back? And will Moscow attempt to capitalize on the apparent tensions between Washington and Kyiv?

As the dust settles from the heated confrontation, the world is watching closely to see what direction U.S. policy on Ukraine will take under Trump’s leadership. The Oval Office showdown may have been just a moment in time, but its repercussions could shape the future of the war and global diplomacy for months, if not years, to come.

Moulton Slams Trump and Vance Over Tense Meeting with Zelenskyy

United States Democratic Representative Seth Moulton (D-MA) delivered sharp criticism of President Donald Trump and Vice President JD Vance after their tense Oval Office meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy.

In an interview with CNN, Moulton did not hold back, referring to Trump as a “coward” and a “puppet” of Russian President Vladimir Putin. He labeled the meeting an “embarrassment” for the country.

“The President of the United States is a coward who is Vladimir Putin’s puppet,” Moulton told CNN’s Boris Sanchez. “And the vice president is a coward who is Donald Trump’s puppet. What we saw in that meeting was two cowardly puppets facing a hero. Whether you support them or not, as an American, it’s embarrassing that the only real hero in that room was the Ukrainian president.”

Rejecting the notion that Zelenskyy should have been more measured in his approach compared to European leaders like Emmanuel Macron and Keir Starmer, Moulton questioned the basis for such deference. “Deferential to what?” he asked. “To a president who let a deal collapse in his first term because Putin ignored it? To a vice president who didn’t even visit Ukraine? I hardly know anyone in Congress who cares about national security and hasn’t been to Ukraine during this war.”

He further argued that Zelenskyy was under no obligation to show deference to Trump or Vance. “Zelenskyy doesn’t owe anyone in that Oval Office any deference. In fact, I wish he had put them in their place even more forcefully.”

Moulton’s comments add to the mounting criticism of Trump’s handling of the US-Ukraine relationship, especially after Trump suggested that Zelenskyy was ungrateful and pushed for a diplomatic resolution with Russia.

Air India Embarks on an Ambitious Overhaul with Fleet and Service Upgrades

Tata Group-owned Air India is undergoing a major transformation as part of its ambitious strategy to revamp its operations. The airline is focused on enhancing the passenger experience and strengthening its position in the competitive global aviation market. To achieve this, Air India is implementing several upgrades, including fleet modernization and improved service offerings.

Upgrading the Fleet for Enhanced Comfort

Air India is actively working on modernizing its fleet by incorporating advanced technology and reconfiguring cabin layouts to provide passengers with world-class comfort. A key aspect of this initiative is the introduction of newly designed seats across its aircraft, aimed at improving ergonomics, legroom, and overall travel experience.

The fleet transformation involves updates to Boeing 777s, Boeing 787 Dreamliners, and the newly acquired Airbus A350s. The redesigned seating will provide better recline, increased seat pitch, and enhanced lumbar support. Business and First-Class passengers can expect fully flat beds, privacy dividers, larger entertainment screens, and reimagined dining spaces for a more refined journey.

Economy Class passengers will also benefit from new seats with improved cushioning, adjustable headrests, and a more spacious layout. Additionally, Premium Economy seating is being introduced on select Airbus A320 aircraft, offering a more comfortable experience even on shorter routes.

Luxury Upgrades to Elevate Passenger Experience

Beyond seating enhancements, Air India is introducing several premium offerings to elevate onboard comfort. These include:

  • Exclusive Amenity Kits: Business and First-Class travelers will receive high-end amenity kits from luxury brands such as Ferragamo and TUMI. These kits will include premium skincare products, plush eye masks, and other high-quality travel essentials.
  • Enhanced Sleep Comfort: Long-haul flights will feature upgraded sleep products, including memory foam mattress toppers, Egyptian cotton pillows, and premium bedding, ensuring passengers can rest comfortably.
  • Sustainable Economy-Class Amenities: The airline is introducing eco-friendly amenity kits featuring biodegradable toothbrushes, reusable pouches, and soft eye masks to support sustainable travel trends.
  • Gourmet Dining Overhaul: Air India is refining its dining experience by introducing elegant bone china tableware, high-quality cutlery, and a gourmet menu curated to cater to diverse tastes.

To further enhance its premium offerings, Air India is partnering with luxury lifestyle brands to provide passengers with exclusive perks such as shopping discounts, access to premium airport lounges, and concierge services at key international hubs.

Strengthening Its Global Competitiveness

Holding a 24% share of India’s international air traffic, Air India is implementing strategic measures to strengthen its position among leading global carriers. The airline is competing with major international players such as Emirates, Qatar Airways, and Singapore Airlines by focusing on premium offerings to attract high-value travelers.

Some of the key initiatives include:

  • Dedicated Premium Lounges: Air India is establishing exclusive lounges at major international airports, including Delhi, Mumbai, Bengaluru, London, New York, and San Francisco, to provide passengers with a seamless pre-flight experience.
  • Expanded Long-Haul Routes: The airline is increasing its international connectivity, particularly in Europe, North America, and the Middle East, to meet growing demand for direct flights.
  • Enhanced Service Consistency: Air India is streamlining its customer service operations, focusing on improving baggage handling, punctuality, and in-flight assistance to ensure a more seamless experience for travelers.

Challenges and Future Prospects

Despite significant progress in its transformation efforts, Air India continues to face certain challenges. Delays in upgrading older Boeing 777 and 787 aircraft have slowed the full implementation of new seating configurations. Additionally, the airline has experienced occasional operational delays, impacting its on-time performance.

However, Air India is actively addressing these issues by accelerating fleet modifications and enhancing operational efficiency. The airline aims to have its upgraded services fully implemented across all U.S. and European routes by early next year.

Shaping the Future of Air Travel

Air India’s ambitious fleet and service overhaul marks a major step in its journey toward providing an enhanced passenger experience. By focusing on top-tier comfort, premium amenities, and expanded global connectivity, the airline is positioning itself as a strong competitor in the international aviation market.

As the transformation unfolds, Air India is redefining air travel standards for both Indian and international travelers, blending legacy excellence with modern aviation luxury.

From H-1B Visa to Billionaire: Raj Sardana’s Journey from Humble Beginnings to Innova Solutions

A recent Forbes report highlighting billionaire immigrants who began their careers in the United States on an H-1B visa features only a few individuals of Indian origin. One of them is Raj Sardana, the founder and CEO of Innova Solutions. Sardana, who initially moved to the U.S. for higher education, built his business from the ground up and has now amassed a fortune of $2 billion.

Born in 1960 to Punjabi parents who had migrated to India during the Partition of 1947, Sardana spent his early years in government housing in New Delhi. His family lacked modern amenities, living without heating, air conditioning, a refrigerator, a phone, a television, or a car, as reported by HT.

“Despite our humble beginnings, my parents instilled the values of relentless hard work and found a way to provide quality education to me and my brother,” Sardana shared in an interview with Authority Magazine.

Moving to the U.S. with Only $100

In 1981, Sardana relocated to the United States to pursue a master’s degree in mechanical engineering at Georgia Tech. Arriving with merely $100 in his possession, he took up a job in the college cafeteria to sustain himself financially.

“I started my life from scratch here,” he said. “I got a job at the cafeteria of Georgia Tech and supported myself through college.”

Upon completing his studies, he obtained an H-1 visa—predecessor to the current H-1B visa—and secured employment at Howmet Aerospace.

A Career Setback That Paved the Way for Success

By 1987, Sardana had landed a prestigious position at Teledyne CAE, a company engaged in the manufacturing of Tomahawk missile engines. However, in 1990, with the Cold War coming to an end, missile production was discontinued, and Sardana found himself unemployed.

“I had just bought a house with a mortgage, had a six-month-old daughter, and my parents were also living with me. At that moment, I had no income to support my family,” he recalled.

Rather than searching for another job, he chose to embark on an entrepreneurial journey.

Establishing Innova Solutions from the Ground Up

With savings amounting to $25,000, Sardana launched his own business. Over the next decade, his efforts culminated in the creation of Innova Solutions, an IT services firm. Today, the company has expanded to employ over 50,000 individuals across the globe, and Sardana’s net worth has soared to $2 billion.

Trump and Zelenskyy to Meet Amid Tensions Over Peace Talks and U.S. Policy Shift on Russia

President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy are set to meet at the White House on Friday following heated exchanges over peace negotiations and an unexpected shift in U.S. policy toward Vladimir Putin and Russia.

As the conflict nears its third anniversary, Trump has referred to Zelenskyy as a “dictator without elections” and a “modestly successful comedian,” while adopting a more accommodating stance toward Putin. Trump suggested that the U.S. would negotiate the terms of a settlement with Russia.

Zelenskyy, in response, accused Trump of being trapped in a “web of disinformation,” particularly after preliminary discussions between U.S. and Kremlin officials in Saudi Arabia. Trump also falsely claimed that Ukraine initiated the war, disregarding the fact that Russia launched the invasion.

The key issue at stake, which could influence the course of peace talks, is an agreement granting the U.S. access to Ukraine’s mineral resources. Trump has framed this deal as a means to ensure that American taxpayers receive some form of reimbursement for the financial aid provided to Ukraine during its conflict with Russia.

“We’ll be digging. We’ll be dig, dig, digging. Dig, we must,” Trump stated on Thursday, emphasizing that the U.S. would be actively involved in extracting rare earth minerals in Ukraine. “It’ll be great for Ukraine. It’s like a huge economic development project. So, it’ll be good for both countries.”

Zelenskyy, however, has presented the deal differently, viewing it primarily as a strategy to maintain U.S. support.

Although the agreement does not offer the security guarantees Zelenskyy deems essential for a lasting peace settlement, Trump administration officials argue that significant U.S. investment in Ukraine’s economy could function as a deterrent against further Russian aggression.

“I will meet with President Trump,” Zelenskyy stated on Wednesday. “For me, and for all of us in the world, it is crucial that America’s assistance is not stopped. Strength is essential on the path to peace.”

Details of the Agreement

According to officials familiar with the discussions, the agreement involves U.S.-Ukraine collaboration in extracting valuable minerals and other natural resources from Ukrainian soil.

Unlike previous proposals, this version does not require Ukraine to allocate revenue from mineral sales to repay the U.S. $500 billion—an amount the Trump administration previously described as “payback” for the approximately $183 billion in aid provided to Ukraine, as reported by the U.S. special inspector general overseeing Ukrainian assistance.

Instead, the deal proposes the creation of a joint investment fund for Ukraine’s post-war reconstruction. The specifics regarding the management and operation of this fund will be determined through subsequent negotiations.

Much of the success of this initiative will depend on market forces.

“The profitability of the fund is entirely dependent on the success of new investments in Ukraine’s resources,” said Gracelin Baskaran, director of the Critical Minerals Security Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies, and Meredith Schwartz, a research associate at the same program.

“Therefore, the response of private industry is key to the success of the fund and will determine how much value the United States ultimately derives,” they explained.

However, Ukrainian officials made some concessions. Initially, Kyiv sought firm security guarantees within the agreement, but the finalized framework lacks these provisions.

“However, the idea is that with joint U.S.-Ukraine investment in the nation’s resources, the United States will continue to have a stake in Ukraine’s security, stability, and lasting peace and therefore be incentivized to uphold and defend Ukrainian security,” Baskaran and Schwartz stated.

Should the deal prove successful, they suggest that the U.S. may enhance its mineral security, but tangible benefits might not materialize for decades.

“Mining is a long-term effort—so the United States may not yield benefits for another 20 years,” they noted.

Trump himself acknowledged the uncertainty.

“You know, you dig and maybe things aren’t there like you think they’re there,” he remarked on Thursday.

A Shift in Trump’s Rhetoric

After days of harsh criticism directed at Zelenskyy, Trump moderated his stance on Thursday.

When asked whether he still considered Zelenskyy a dictator—an assertion he made just over a week ago—Trump replied, “Did I say that? I can’t believe I said that,” before quickly moving on.

Later in the day, Trump also commended Zelenskyy and Ukrainian forces for their resilience in combat.

“We’ve given him a lot of equipment and a lot of money, but they have fought very bravely. No matter how you figure it, they have really fought,” Trump acknowledged. “Somebody has to use that equipment. And they have been very brave in that sense.”

Ukrainian officials advocating for the mineral deal may view Trump’s softened rhetoric as validation of their argument—that signing the agreement could strengthen ties between Kyiv and the Trump administration, whereas delaying it might further strain Trump’s perception of Zelenskyy.

However, whether this positive shift in tone will endure remains uncertain.

“Critical mineral resource access is the latest arena for Trump to focus his transactional methods of diplomacy,” Baskaran and Schwartz stated. “But the viability of the deal remains to be seen as tensions continue to rise between the two world leaders.”

Given Trump’s well-known impatience, some U.S. officials anticipate that slow progress on the deal could lead to frustration.

Additionally, any discord during Friday’s White House meeting could quickly sour Trump’s attitude toward Zelenskyy once again. While Trump is expected to emphasize the economic benefits of the agreement for the U.S., Zelenskyy is likely to push for additional security assurances.

Nonetheless, Trump projected optimism ahead of the meeting.

“I think we’re going to have a very good meeting,” he said. “We’re going to get along really well. Okay. We have a lot of respect. I have a lot of respect for him.”

John E. Herbst, senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Eurasia Center and a former U.S. ambassador to Ukraine, believes that the very fact that the meeting is taking place is a positive development for Ukraine.

“Zelenskyy’s visit highlights how far he has come from two weeks back, when Trump spoke of seeing Putin as many as three times in the near future, or even last week, when senior Russian and U.S. officials were meeting in Riyadh,” Herbst said. “Yet now it is Zelenskyy, not Putin, in the Oval Office.”

Ongoing Peace Talks

While public attention has largely shifted to negotiations over the mineral deal, discussions aimed at ultimately resolving the war in Ukraine are continuing through separate diplomatic channels.

On Thursday, American and Russian officials convened in Istanbul for a six-hour meeting focused on expanding the staffing of their respective embassies in Moscow and Washington. Secretary of State Marco Rubio previously emphasized that such diplomatic expansion was necessary to facilitate cooperation, including efforts to end the war in Ukraine.

Officials from both sides described the meeting’s outcome as favorable, predicting that a stronger diplomatic presence could pave the way for broader peace negotiations and a potential summit between Trump and Putin.

As European leaders push for U.S. security guarantees to enforce a truce in Ukraine, Trump has repeatedly asserted his confidence in Putin’s commitment to honoring a peace agreement.

“I’ve known him for a long time now,” Trump said. “I don’t believe he’s going to violate his word. I don’t think he’ll be back. When we make a deal, I think the deal is going to hold.”

However, before meeting with British Prime Minister Keir Starmer, Trump added an important qualifier.

“You know, look, it’s trust and verify, let’s call it that,” he remarked.

Clifford D. May, president of the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, stressed the importance of Trump maintaining a realistic perspective on Putin.

“As President Trump attempts to negotiate a halt to Russia’s war against Ukraine, it’s not unreasonable for him to show respect for Mr. Putin (as he has been) if he believes that will make Mr. Putin more likely to agree to concessions,” May said.

“But it’s imperative that President Trump harbor no illusions about Mr. Putin—about his character, ambitions, ideology, and his abiding hatred for American greatness,” he added.

USCIS Proposes Alien Registration Requirement Under Executive Order

On February 25, 2025, the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) introduced a proposed alien registration requirement, mandating many foreign nationals in the United States to complete an online registration and undergo fingerprinting. Individuals aged 18 and above will be required to carry proof of registration at all times.

This directive stems from President Trump’s controversial executive order, “Protecting the American People Against Invasion,” issued on January 20, 2025. Section 7 of this order, titled “Identification of Unregistered Illegal Aliens,” mandates compliance with a 1952 statute requiring the registration and fingerprinting of certain unregistered foreign nationals.

According to USCIS, “No alien will have an excuse for failure to comply with this law.” The agency further warned, “Failure to comply will result in criminal and civil penalties, up to and including misdemeanor prosecution and the payment of fines.”

Many foreign nationals in the U.S. are already considered “registered” because they were inspected upon entry, applied for immigration benefits, or have been placed in removal proceedings. However, the new requirement will apply to specific groups who remain in the country for 30 days or longer.

Individuals subject to this requirement include those who were not inspected and lawfully admitted at entry, visitors from Canada who entered by land without inspection, and certain foreign nationals under Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA), Temporary Protected Status (TPS), or similar programs not listed under 8 C.F.R. § 264.1(a) who lack an employment authorization document (EAD).

Registration must be completed within 30 days for aliens aged 14 or older who have not been previously registered. Parents or legal guardians must register children under 14 who remain in the U.S. for more than 30 days. Additionally, any alien turning 14 in the U.S. must register within 30 days of their birthday, regardless of prior registration status.

Certain foreign nationals are exempt from this requirement, including lawful permanent residents, those paroled into the U.S. under INA 212(d)(5), nonimmigrants with Form I-94 or I-94W (even if expired), those issued immigrant or nonimmigrant visas before arrival, individuals placed in removal proceedings, and those holding an EAD. USCIS notes that DACA and TPS recipients with EADs likely qualify as registered and are therefore exempt. Additionally, applicants for lawful permanent residence who filed Forms I-485, I-687, I-691, I-698, or I-700 (even if denied) and holders of Border Crossing Cards are also exempt.

All foreign nationals over 18 must carry proof of registration at all times. USCIS stated that DHS would “soon announce” the required form and registration process. Foreign nationals subject to this requirement are advised to create a USCIS Online Account.

This policy is expected to increase ICE arrests and removal proceedings. While creating a USCIS Online Account is not currently mandated, affected individuals may consider delaying registration until further details emerge. Foreign nationals aged 18 or older should ensure they carry proof of legal status at all times.

The registration requirement is likely to face legal challenges, and ongoing updates regarding its enforceability are expected.

Maha Kumbh 2025: A Historic Confluence of Faith, Culture, and Economic Growth

Prayagraj made history as Maha Kumbh 2025 concluded with an unprecedented scale of participation. The religious gathering attracted over 66 crore devotees from around the world, making it the largest human congregation ever recorded. While Maha Kumbh remained a profound spiritual and cultural event, it also played a key role in economic activities, with transactions reaching an estimated Rs 3 lakh crore (USD 360 billion). The financial impact of the event was felt far beyond Prayagraj, extending to areas within a 150-kilometre radius, highlighting its dual significance as a spiritual and economic powerhouse.

The religious intensity at Maha Kumbh 2025 was unmatched, as millions immersed themselves in the sacred waters at the Sangam, where the Ganga, Yamuna, and the mythical Saraswati rivers converge. All 13 Akharas actively participated, following time-honored traditions through grand processions and religious discourses. Among the major attractions was the Kinnar Akhara, associated with the Juna Akhara, which became a symbol of inclusivity within spiritual traditions.

Reflecting on the event’s importance, Swami Avdheshanand Giri Ji Maharaj, Acharya Mahamandaleshwar of Juna Akhara, remarked, “Mahakumbh is not just a gathering; it is a divine call to humanity to cleanse the mind and soul. The presence of millions of devotees reaffirms our faith in Sanatan Dharma.”

A Major Economic Catalyst: Rs 3 Lakh Crore in Transactions and Employment Growth

Beyond its religious and cultural significance, Maha Kumbh 2025 played a crucial role in boosting Uttar Pradesh’s economy. Government estimates suggest that the event generated Rs 54,000 crore in revenue, while nearly 60 lakh individuals benefited from direct and indirect employment in tourism, hospitality, transportation, and local trade. The influx of visitors led to an extraordinary demand for accommodation, food services, and religious merchandise.

Economist Dr. Arvind Mishra from Allahabad University highlighted the festival’s economic impact, stating, “Mahakumbh 2025 has demonstrated that large religious events are not just about faith but also about economic growth. Small businesses, vendors, and even large corporations have seen a significant boost in revenue.”

Financial Transactions Surge

To facilitate financial transactions for pilgrims, 16 banks set up branches within the mela grounds. These banks managed transactions amounting to Rs 37 crore, with the State Bank of India (SBI) recording the highest number of deposits. Officials noted that many devotees opted to deposit cash rather than withdraw funds.

“We saw a huge volume of cash deposits, indicating that people wanted to keep their money safe while they participated in the religious festivities,” an SBI official at Mahakumbh Nagar explained.

Additionally, 55 ATM booths, including 50 mobile ATMs, were installed throughout the mela site. However, due to the increasing preference for digital payments, ATM usage was lower than anticipated. Some ATMs required refilling only after a week, showcasing the shift towards cashless transactions.

An International Spectacle: Delegates from 76 Nations

Maha Kumbh 2025 was not just an Indian affair but a globally recognized event, with delegations from 76 countries participating. The festival’s growing international appeal was evident as the King of Bhutan, along with various ministers and dignitaries, took the sacred dip at the Sangam. Nepal alone sent over 50 lakh pilgrims to Prayagraj, while more than two lakh devotees arrived from 27 other countries.

Among the international visitors was Laurene Powell Jobs, philanthropist and wife of Apple co-founder Steve Jobs, who expressed her awe at the experience, stating, “This is a spiritual experience like no other. The energy, devotion, and sheer magnitude of this event are truly humbling.”

Notable Attendees: Political and Business Leaders Join the Festivities

The grand scale of Maha Kumbh 2025 attracted India’s top leadership, including the President, Vice President, Prime Minister, and numerous Union Ministers. Renowned industrialists like Gautam Adani and Mukesh Ambani also attended, alongside Bollywood star Akshay Kumar.

For the first time ever, two state governments—Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh—held their Council of Ministers meetings at the Maha Kumbh venue, marking a historic moment in governance. Additionally, the Prayagraj Municipal Corporation conducted its official meeting within Mahakumbh Nagar, further emphasizing the festival’s importance.

Infrastructure and Technological Upgrades

Under the leadership of Yogi Adityanath, Maha Kumbh 2025 was executed with meticulous planning, making it the most organized edition yet. Spanning 4,000 hectares and divided into 25 sectors, the festival grounds were designed to accommodate the record-breaking number of pilgrims. The infrastructure developments included:

  • 12 kilometres of paved ghats
  • 1,850 hectares of parking facilities
  • 31 pontoon bridges
  • Over 67,000 streetlights
  • 1.5 lakh public toilets
  • 25,000 accommodation units

The Uttar Pradesh government allocated ₹7,000 crore for the event, while the central government’s investment of ₹15,000 crore significantly contributed to Prayagraj’s transformation.

Technological Integration: AI and Digital Innovation

Technology played a pivotal role in improving logistics and the overall pilgrim experience. The Digital Mahakumbh initiative introduced a dedicated website and mobile application offering real-time updates and AI chatbot assistance. A partnership with Google ensured smooth navigation throughout Mahakumbh Nagar, while the Digital Khoya-Paya Kendra helped reunite thousands of lost individuals with their families, revolutionizing crowd management.

Maha Kumbh 2025’s Lasting Impact

As Maha Kumbh 2025 concluded, it left behind a lasting legacy that extended beyond its religious importance. The festival reaffirmed faith and unity while simultaneously reshaping Prayagraj’s economic landscape. By creating employment opportunities for millions and setting new standards for large-scale religious gatherings, it reinforced the idea that faith and economic progress can coexist.

Swami Chidanand Saraswati, President of Parmarth Niketan, captured the essence of the event, stating, “Maha Kumbh 2025 has shown the world that faith and development can go hand in hand. This is a celebration of spirituality, sustainability, and economic progress.”

The grandeur of Maha Kumbh 2025 showcased how religious events, when backed by visionary leadership and meticulous planning, can act as catalysts for economic growth. This edition set a benchmark that will inspire future events, ensuring that spirituality remains a foundation for both enlightenment and prosperity.

India’s Consumer Market Faces Growing Divide Amid Economic Shifts

India, with its 1.4 billion people, has a consumer base that is far smaller than its population size might suggest, according to a new report. While the country’s economy is expanding, approximately one billion Indians lack the financial means to spend on discretionary goods or services.

The report, released by venture capital firm Blume Ventures, estimates that India’s true consuming class, which represents the potential market for businesses and start-ups, is only about 130-140 million people—roughly the size of Mexico’s consumer base. An additional 300 million Indians fall into the “emerging” or “aspirant” category, meaning they are beginning to spend but remain cautious consumers. The rise of digital payments has made transactions easier, but their spending habits remain relatively restrained.

A key insight from the report is that India’s consumer market is not “widening” significantly; instead, it is “deepening.” In other words, while the number of wealthy individuals is not increasing dramatically, those who are already affluent are accumulating even greater wealth. This shift is reshaping consumption patterns in the country.

As a result, businesses are increasingly focusing on “premiumisation,” a trend in which brands prioritize high-end, expensive products for affluent consumers rather than expanding affordable options for the masses. This shift is visible in various sectors, including real estate, electronics, and entertainment.

Luxury housing sales have surged, while affordable homes now make up just 18% of India’s overall real estate market, down from 40% five years ago. The smartphone industry mirrors this trend, with premium models gaining popularity as lower-end variants struggle. Additionally, branded goods are capturing a larger share of the market.

The growing experience economy further reflects this shift, with high-priced tickets for concerts by international artists such as Coldplay and Ed Sheeran selling out quickly. These events highlight the willingness of India’s wealthier population to spend on premium experiences.

Companies that have adjusted to these changes have performed well, according to Sajith Pai, one of the authors of the report. “Those who are too focused at the mass end or have a product mix that doesn’t have exposure to the premium end have lost market share,” he told the BBC.

The report reinforces the view that India’s post-pandemic recovery has been “K-shaped,” meaning that while the rich have become wealthier, the purchasing power of the poor has declined.

This trend, however, predates the pandemic. Income inequality in India has widened over the decades. The top 10% of Indians now hold 57.7% of the national income, a significant jump from 34% in 1990. Meanwhile, the share of the bottom 50% has dropped from 22.2% to just 15%.

The latest slump in consumption is exacerbated by a combination of declining purchasing power, falling financial savings, and rising debt levels among the general population.

India’s central bank has also tightened its stance on unsecured lending, which had fueled post-pandemic demand. Many “emerging” consumers relied on such borrowing to finance their spending, and now that access to easy credit has been reduced, consumption patterns are expected to shift. “Turning off that tap will definitely have some impact on consumption,” Pai noted.

In the short term, two factors may help support spending. A record agricultural harvest is expected to boost rural demand, while a $12 billion tax relief package from the recent budget could provide some stimulus. While these measures may not lead to a dramatic turnaround, Pai estimates they could increase India’s GDP—largely driven by consumption—by over half a percentage point.

However, significant long-term challenges remain.

India’s middle class, historically a key driver of consumer demand, is under pressure. Data from Marcellus Investment Managers shows that wages have largely stagnated over the past decade.

“The middle 50% of India’s tax-paying population has seen its income stagnate in absolute terms over the past decade. This implies a halving of income in real terms [adjusted for inflation],” according to a Marcellus report published in January.

The report also highlights a concerning decline in savings. “This financial hammering has decimated the middle class’s savings—the RBI [Reserve Bank of India] has repeatedly highlighted that net financial savings of Indian households are approaching a 50-year low,” it notes. As a result, products and services traditionally associated with middle-class spending may face significant headwinds in the coming years.

Another challenge is the evolving job market. White-collar jobs in urban areas are becoming harder to find, partly due to automation and artificial intelligence replacing clerical and administrative roles. The Marcellus report points out that “the number of supervisors employed in manufacturing units [as a percentage of all employed] in India has gone down significantly.”

These concerns have also been acknowledged in the Indian government’s latest economic survey.

The survey warns that technological advancements could lead to significant labor displacement, particularly in India’s services-driven economy. Many IT sector jobs are in low value-added segments, making them vulnerable to automation.

“India is also a consumption-based economy, thus the fall in consumption that can result from the displacement of its workforce is bound to have macroeconomic implications,” the survey states.

It further cautions that if worst-case projections materialize, they could derail India’s long-term economic growth trajectory.

Ultimately, while India remains a high-potential market, its consumer landscape is evolving in ways that deepen economic divides. The concentration of wealth among a relatively small consuming class is shifting business strategies, favoring premium products and services while leaving the broader population with limited purchasing power. Whether economic policies and structural reforms can address these challenges remains to be seen.

UnitedHealth Group Faces Civil Fraud Investigation Over Medicare Billing Practices

UnitedHealth Group (UNH) is facing scrutiny over its Medicare billing practices, with the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) launching a civil fraud investigation into the company’s methods for recording diagnoses that result in additional payments for its Medicare Advantage plans, according to a report by The Wall Street Journal on Friday.

Following the news, UnitedHealth’s stock dropped nearly 9% during Friday morning trading. Both the DOJ and UnitedHealth have not immediately responded to requests for comment regarding the investigation.

In Medicare Advantage plans, private insurers receive fixed payments from the U.S. government to manage the healthcare of enrollees. However, these payments increase if patients are diagnosed with specific conditions. The Wall Street Journal reported last year that Medicare had paid UnitedHealth billions of dollars based on diagnoses that were questionable. In December, the publication analyzed Medicare records and discovered that patients treated by doctors employed by UnitedHealth exhibited a significant increase in high-value diagnoses after transitioning to the company’s Medicare Advantage plans.

Several physicians informed the Journal that they had been instructed to document diagnoses that would generate higher revenue. They further claimed that the company utilized software that suggested medical conditions and incentivized doctors with bonuses to consider these diagnoses.

Justice Department attorneys have been actively investigating these claims, interviewing medical providers named in the Journal’s reports, with the most recent interviews taking place on January 31.

This investigation is separate from another ongoing DOJ antitrust probe into UnitedHealth. Additionally, last year, the Justice Department blocked the company’s planned $3.3 billion acquisition of Amedisys, a home healthcare provider.

UnitedHealth Group operates as the parent company of UnitedHealthcare, the largest health insurer in the U.S., as well as Optum, its pharmacy benefit management division, which oversees a vast network of medical practices.

The investigation follows a particularly difficult period for the company. One of its subsidiaries, Change Healthcare, recently suffered a significant cyberattack. Additionally, UnitedHealth’s insurance division faced intense public criticism over its practices of denying insurance claims, particularly in the wake of the murder of UnitedHealthcare CEO Brian Thompson.

Decoding Johnnie Walker’s Iconic Labels: A Guide to the Whisky Giant’s Expressions

Johnnie Walker’s famous colored labels have been a staple on whisky shelves for over a century, but there is more to these bottles than their distinctive packaging. Ranging from the affordable Red Label to the prestigious Blue Label, each expression has its own unique characteristics.

As the world’s most recognizable Scotch whisky brand, Johnnie Walker accounts for 20% of the global whisky market. It offers six distinct expressions, each designed for different drinkers and occasions. While many recognize Black Label as a dependable choice and Blue Label as a premium indulgence, the history and nuances behind each variant might surprise even seasoned whisky enthusiasts.

The Foundation: Red and Black Labels

Johnnie Walker’s range begins with two well-established expressions, each serving a distinct purpose. Red Label, priced between $26 and $33 (£20-25), was one of Alexander Walker’s early blending experiments. It was developed with the emerging cocktail culture in mind and remains a bold, mixable whisky frequently used by bartenders for creating long drinks.

In contrast, Black Label ($30-40/£25-30) tells a different story. Introduced in 1909 and initially branded as ‘Extra Special Old Highland Whisky,’ this 12-year-old blend has become synonymous with consistency and accessibility in Scotch whisky. The recipe, which prominently features Cardhu malt, combines approximately 40 whiskies to deliver what could be described as a “greatest hits” of Scotch flavors, including subtle smoke, honeyed sweetness, and orchard fruit notes.

While Red Label finds its niche in the world of mixed drinks, Black Label remains a reliable gateway to blended Scotch, offering superior value compared to many similarly priced competitors.

Exploring the Premium Expressions

Double Black ($40-50/£35-40) was introduced in 2011 to cater to the growing demand for smoky whiskies. It can be considered a more intense version of Black Label, with an increased emphasis on peated malts. While this results in a bolder profile, the absence of an age statement has raised some questions about its pricing.

Many whisky enthusiasts regard Green Label ($65/£47) as the sweet spot of the Johnnie Walker lineup. Unlike its blended counterparts, it is composed entirely of single malts and comes with a guaranteed 15-year age statement. A blend of Talisker, Linkwood, Cragganmore, and Caol Ila, Green Label offers remarkable complexity and depth. It is akin to discovering a director’s cut of a favorite film—less commercial and more nuanced.

Gold Label ($60-70/£50-55), which is centered around Clynelish malt, positions itself as a luxurious everyday dram. It boasts a honey-forward flavor profile and smooth character. However, it occupies an awkward middle ground in the Johnnie Walker hierarchy—lacking the distinct personality of Green Label while falling short of the prestige associated with Blue Label.

The Pinnacle of the Range: Blue Label

At the top of the Johnnie Walker range sits Blue Label ($200-250/£160-180), a whisky designed to make a statement. From the moment the bottle is lifted, its weight—nearly a kilogram heavier than a Red Label bottle—reinforces its premium status.

Blue Label is crafted from rare casks, with only one in 10,000 barrels reportedly meeting the strict selection criteria. It incorporates high-quality malts from Benrinnes, Cardhu, Clynelish, and Caol Ila, along with carefully chosen grain whiskies. In bars, it often holds the highest shelf position, signifying both exclusivity and luxury.

This whisky can be compared to the Golf GTI in the automotive world—it is a significant step up from the standard range, offering refinement and craftsmanship within a specific framework. The result is a blend that is both sophisticated and well-balanced, featuring layers of honey, tropical citrus, and delicate smoke.

For many, Blue Label serves as an introduction to the world of premium spirits. From its elegantly designed satin-lined box to the gold-etched labeling, every aspect of the presentation reinforces its prestige. While experienced whisky connoisseurs might suggest alternative options at this price point, there is no denying the allure of unveiling a bottle of Blue Label for a special occasion.

Choosing the Right Johnnie Walker for You

Each Johnnie Walker expression fulfills a distinct role within the range. Red Label dominates the cocktail scene, while Black Label remains a dependable and affordable daily dram. Double Black provides a smokier alternative, albeit at a price that some might find difficult to justify.

For those in search of a balance between quality and value, Green Label’s all-malt composition and 15-year age statement make it an underappreciated gem. Gold Label offers a smoother entry into the world of premium whisky, while Blue Label provides a luxurious experience that extends beyond just the liquid itself.

“My verdict? While Blue Label may wear the crown, Green Label takes the title of best value, offering enthusiast-level complexity at a surprisingly accessible price point. If you’re making just one addition to your cabinet from the range, that’s where your money is best spent,” writes whisky expert Mark Littler.

Deputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan Inaugurates Green Mentors Inc.’s Global Office at the Iconic Trump Building, Wall Street, New York

New York, February 2, 2025 – Green Mentors Inc., a global leader in sustainable education, proudly inaugurated its first U.S. office at the iconic Trump Building, 40 Wall Street, New York—an architectural landmark that once stood as the tallest building in the world. This milestone event coincided with Basant Panchami, a day celebrating knowledge and wisdom, underscoring the organization’s commitment to education and sustainability.

The prestigious inauguration ceremony welcomed distinguished dignitaries, including:

  • Mr. Dilip Chauhan, Deputy Commissioner, NYC Mayor’s Office for International Affairs
  • Dr. Nick Pozek, Assistant Director, Parker School of Foreign & Comparative Law, Columbia University
  • Navroop K. Sahdev, CEO, The Digital Economist
  • Vida Sabbaghi, Director, COPE NYC
  • Dr. Claudinette Fetus, Principal, Manhattan Charter School, New York
  • Matbar Singh Negi, Former United Nations Officer

Their presence highlighted the vital collaboration between public service and nonprofit initiatives in tackling climate change and fostering environmental responsibility.

Pic A Deputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan Navroop Sachdev and Founder of Green Mentors Virendra Rawat unfolding the inaugural ribbon
Deputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan, Navroop Sachdev and Founder of Green Mentors Virendra Rawat unfolding the inaugural ribbon

Green Mentors Inc.: A Vision for Sustainability

Dr. Virendra Rawat, Founder of Green Mentors Inc., reaffirmed the organization’s mission, stating, “Our vision is to make America great again through environmental responsibility and ecological consciousness. Every student must embrace accountability for their future, and every school must cultivate Nature Champions to lead the sustainability movement.” With over 15 years of experience in green education across 45 countries, Green Mentors Inc. holds special consultative status at ECOSOC, United Nations, and actively contributes to UNESCO’s Greening Education initiative.

Deputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan commended Green Mentors’ efforts, emphasizing their alignment with New York City’s sustainability objectives. “New York City thrives on visionary leaders and organizations dedicated to a greener future. Green Mentors’ mission complements our city’s commitment to combating climate change and advancing green technology,” he stated, highlighting the city’s ongoing investments in sustainable infrastructure and clean energy.

Pic B Group Photo of Inaugural Ceremony
Group Photo of Inaugural Ceremony

Pioneering Green Education & Workforce Development

The inaugural event also introduced Green Mentors Inc.’s flagship programs, including:

  • Green Accreditation for Schools and Universities – Assisting institutions in integrating sustainability into their curricula.
  • Green Teacher Training & Curriculum Development – Equipping educators with climate-focused teaching methodologies.
  • Green Graduate Program – Certifying university graduates and placing them in green enterprises worldwide.
  • Green Jobs & Workforce Development – Connecting certified graduates with employment opportunities in green industries across the U.S., India, and China.

With its new headquarters in New York, Green Mentors Inc. is poised to expand its mission across the United States, fostering collaborations with educational institutions and businesses to advance sustainability education and workforce development.

About Green Mentors Inc.
Headquarters: Ahmedabad, India | New York City, USA
Presence in: 45+ countries
Special Consultative Status: ECOSOC, United Nations
UNESCO Partner in Greening Education

For media inquiries or collaboration opportunities, please contact:
Office: 2824, 40 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005
Email: info@greenmentors.world
Website: www.greenmentors.world
Phone: +1 (646) 480-4860

Together, let’s build a greener, more sustainable future—one school, one teacher, and one student at a time!

Emirates Issues Reminder on Carrying Personal Electronic Devices and Restricted Items

Emirates has issued a reminder to travelers regarding the regulations for carrying personal electronic devices (PEDs) on its flights.

According to the airline’s guidelines, passengers are allowed to carry or check in a maximum of 15 PEDs. These devices must be packed separately and should not be attached to other items. Any device that exceeds this limit or is not appropriately packed may be confiscated.

Furthermore, Emirates prohibits passengers from carrying personal motorized devices such as hoverboards, mini Segways, and smart bags due to the presence of large lithium batteries. These items are not permitted as either checked or hand luggage, even if other airlines allow them.

The airline advises travelers to familiarize themselves with customs regulations for restricted items, which may include electronics, cigarettes, alcohol, and medications. Rules regarding these items differ from country to country, as stated on the Emirates website.

Prohibited Items and UAE Regulations

Certain items that pose safety risks are strictly forbidden on board. Passengers should check Emirates’ list of restricted items and review government-imposed regulations to ensure compliance.

To facilitate customs procedures, travelers can use the iDeclare app by Dubai Customs. This app allows passengers to check which goods are permitted and declare any necessary items in advance, ensuring a smoother clearance process.

When it comes to medication, controlled drugs require prior approval from the UAE Ministry of Health before being brought into the country. However, uncontrolled and over-the-counter medications do not require prior approval. Passengers carrying such medications must have a prescription, and they are allowed to bring up to a three-month supply.

The UAE enforces a strict zero-tolerance policy on drugs. Even small amounts of illegal substances can lead to severe legal consequences.

Indian Students in the U.S. Face Job Struggles Amid Visa Uncertainty

India recently became the leading source of international students in the U.S., marking a significant milestone. However, this achievement feels hollow for many young graduates struggling to secure stable employment. A recent social media discussion has highlighted growing concerns among Optional Practical Training (OPT) candidates. A recruiter disclosed that their company’s legal team had advised against hiring OPT and TN visa holders due to immigration uncertainties.

Responding to this revelation, several recruiters from different companies acknowledged that while they had previously hired student visa candidates, they were now pausing this practice. Surprisingly, companies are still open to H-1B transfers, but OPT candidates are finding themselves shut out of job opportunities. The primary reason behind this shift is the unpredictability of the H-1B lottery. Employers are hesitant to take on the risk in a politically volatile environment, where visa policies could change unexpectedly.

As the U.S. adopts an increasingly restrictive stance on work visas, Indian graduates are now being viewed as a liability by employers. Some even argue that eliminating OPT and H-1B visas helps maintain higher wages for American workers. This trend could have devastating consequences for more than 300,000 Indian students in the U.S. Without a job offer, they cannot secure an H-1B visa, leaving them with no choice but to leave the country upon completing their studies.

Is Malayalam Cinema Losing Its Signature Variety?

It felt like déjà vu. After watching Kunchako Boban’s latest crime thriller Officer On Duty, I couldn’t shake off the familiarity—it had the same essence as Mohanlal’s 2012 hit Grandmaster. A cop with a fractured family, a crime that ties into their past—it was gripping, well-crafted, and fast-paced, yet undeniably a case of old wine in a new bottle. That’s when it hit me: Malayalam cinema’s crime thriller wave might be coming full circle.

Malayalam cinema has long been a sadhya—a feast offering a little of everything, balancing taste and texture. It had the comforting dal of family dramas, the fiery achar of political narratives, the crisp pappadam of comedies, and the sweetness of payasam in experimental films. This variety made it a distinct and exciting experience, with something new to savor each time. But now? The industry seems to be serving up the same dish over and over—crime thrillers.

A well-made thriller is like a solid plate of Kozhikode biryani—spicy and intense, making you crave more. But what happens when you’re served the same thing for breakfast, lunch, and dinner? Sooner or later, you’ll start longing for something else. Malayalam cinema seems to be approaching that point. Every film involves a chase, a murder, or gaslighting, followed by a last-minute twist—either leaving viewers stunned or prompting a weary, “Oh, this again.”

Thrillers dominate for a reason. They’re engaging and perfectly suited for today’s attention-deficient audience. In an era where viewers scroll past videos if they don’t captivate within three seconds, a gripping thriller wastes no time—it grabs you by the collar and doesn’t let go. But the real question is: Is Malayalam cinema tilting too far toward this genre? Has it begun sidelining the very diversity that once made it exceptional?

Credit where it’s due—Malayalam cinema has mastered thrillers. Unlike Bollywood, where “thrillers” often mean slow-motion shootouts and villains delivering monologues longer than a train ride across Kerala, Malayalam films thrive on silence, subtlety, and atmosphere. Drishyam (2013) didn’t need high-speed chases, Anjaam Pathira (2020) avoided excessive jump scares, and Joji (2021) transformed Shakespeare’s Macbeth into such an eerie experience that even broad daylight felt unsettling.

Thrillers are also cost-effective. Unless a filmmaker insists on making a half-baked KGF lookalike, they don’t require extravagant sets or CGI-heavy sequences. A sharp screenplay, an efficient crew, and a talented cast—things Kerala has in abundance—are all it takes to create a compelling thriller.

Then, there’s the social media factor. Movies today aren’t just made for theaters; they’re crafted for Instagram reels and viral memes. They’re filled with moments meant to be clipped and shared. Think of the jaw-dropping courtroom scene in Drishyam 2 (2021)—it wasn’t just watched, it was circulated widely. The unsettling silences in Rorschach (2022) were perfect for short video edits. That one-line revelation in Iratta? Instant meme material. Thrillers naturally lend themselves to this formula—a gripping moment, a shocking reveal—exactly the kind of content that trends online. Compare that to a slow-burning family drama—it may be great cinema, but it’s not exactly viral material.

However, an overdose of thrillers makes them predictable. Every film now feels obligated to have a twist, even when it doesn’t make sense (The Priest, 2021, comes to mind). Psychological breakdowns have become so commonplace that it seems like every Malayali character is just one bad day away from losing it (Joji did it well, Theerppu, not so much). Serial-killer thrillers, too, are becoming repetitive (Forensic’s creepy kid subplot—what was the point of that?).

If the industry keeps chasing viral twists, it risks losing the kind of cinema that set it apart: its range. When was the last time we saw another Maheshinte Prathikaram (2016), Kumbalangi Nights (2019), or Nanpakal Nerathu Mayakkam (2022)?

That’s not to say thrillers should stop being made—they work. But a mix is necessary. Malayalam cinema became great because of its variety. The same Padmarajan who directed the romantic classic Thoovanathumbikal (1987) also gave us Ee Thanutha Veluppan Kalathu (1990), one of the first serial-killer movies in Malayalam. Sathyan Anthikkad, known for his lush portrayals of rural Malayali life, also made the vengeance drama Pingami (1994). Anjali Menon, who gave us the meditative Manjadikuru (2008) and the vibrant Bangalore Days (2014), later adapted the Marathi psychological drama Happy Journey (2014) into Koode (2018).

There’s still so much left to explore! How about a cyberpunk thriller set in a futuristic Kerala, like the upcoming comedy Gaganachari (2024)? A post-apocalyptic survival story? A psychological sports drama delving into the mental toll of competition? Malayalam cinema has yet to produce a proper war film, a folk horror based on Theyyam, or a Pan’s Labyrinth-style dark fantasy drawing from Kerala myths. Even a rural musical, where the narrative unfolds through songs, could be groundbreaking.

The best films aren’t made for algorithms—they’re made because they deserve to exist. Malayalam cinema didn’t become one of India’s finest film industries by following trends; it created them. Imagine if the ’80s and ’90s had been dominated solely by slapstick comedies—we wouldn’t have gotten Adaminte Vaariyellu (1983), Yavanika (1982), Moonnam Pakkam (1988), or even Ramji Rao Speaking (1989). If the industry keeps pushing thrillers just because they sell, it risks missing out on the next great classic.

Crime thrillers will always be a vital part of cinema. But for Malayalam cinema to keep evolving, it must take bigger risks. It has already proven that it doesn’t need big budgets or heavy VFX to create masterpieces. What it needs now is fresh thinking. The films that stand the test of time aren’t just those with shocking twists—they’re the ones that dare to tell unique stories with exceptional craftsmanship.

Major Cardinal Successions Reshape the Roman Curia and Global Catholic Leadership

The retirement of Cardinal Oswald Gracias as the Archbishop of Bombay on January 25, along with the conclusion of Cardinal Christoph Schönborn’s three-decade tenure as Archbishop of Vienna, has set in motion a significant generational shift in the Roman Curia and the global Church hierarchy.

This wave of changes affects residential cardinal bishops, with seven of them turning 75 in 2025. Additionally, eight cardinal heads of dicasteries within the Roman Curia will either surpass or have already exceeded the age limit of 75 by the end of the year.

Adding to these developments is a notable case within the Diocese of Rome. On January 28, Pope Francis appointed Bishop Paolo Ricciardi, formerly an auxiliary bishop of Rome, to lead the small Italian Diocese of Jesi. His reassignment marks another phase in the near-total restructuring of the diocese’s leadership.

The Diocese of Rome has undergone a complete transformation under Pope Francis. Cardinal Baldassare Reina, who serves as the pope’s vicar for the Diocese of Rome, is now left with just three auxiliary bishops: Renato Tarantelli Baccari, who also holds the role of vicegerent of the diocese; Benoni Ambarus, who oversees Charity, Migrants, Roma, and Sinti (a nomadic community predominantly based in Central Europe); and Michele Di Tolve, responsible for seminaries.

Baccari is the sole auxiliary bishop managing Rome’s southern sector. Meanwhile, the eastern sector—previously overseen by Ricciardi—and the northern sector, formerly led by Bishop Daniele Salera, remain vacant. Reina administers the western sector.

Over the past year, Rome has lost five auxiliary bishops, including Reina himself, as they have been transferred to new roles either within Italy or at the Vatican. Alongside Ricciardi, the reassigned bishops include Riccardo Lamba, who was appointed Archbishop of Udine; Daniele Libanori, now the pope’s assessor for consecrated life; Dario Gervasi, serving as adjunct secretary of the Dicastery for the Laity, the Family, and Life; and Salera, who has become the Bishop of Ivrea.

This restructuring began in 2024 with the transfer of Cardinal Angelo de Donatis, who was previously the vicar of Rome, to a less influential position as the major penitentiary. The Office of the Penitentiary, one of the three ordinary tribunals of the Holy See, mainly deals with matters concerning the forgiveness of sins. While this role holds spiritual significance, it carries far less authority than that of the vicar for the Diocese of Rome, who effectively administers the pope’s own diocese.

Key Cardinal Successions in 2025

Already this year, three cardinal-led archdioceses have witnessed transitions in leadership. Cardinal Robert McElroy has been named the new Archbishop of Washington. The Archdiocese of Vienna is currently under an apostolic administrator. Meanwhile, the Archdiocese of Mumbai (Bombay) has been placed under the leadership of John Rodrigues, who was appointed just two months after being named coadjutor and only two days after assuming his position.

Cardinal Gracias, who turned 80 in December, would typically be expected to step down from the Council of Cardinals. However, no formal announcement has been made regarding his departure. It is possible that Pope Francis will delay any changes until the spring, at which point Cardinal Fernando Vérgez, president of the Vatican City State administration, will also turn 80. At that time, the pope could choose to restructure the Council of Cardinals by replacing Vergez, Gracias, and Cardinal Sean O’Malley of Boston, who also turned 80 last year. Additionally, Cardinal Vincent Nichols of Westminster, England, will reach 80 in November.

Prominent Residential Cardinals Approaching Retirement

Several key residential cardinals are set to reach 75—the age at which they must submit their resignations to the pope—though the Holy Father ultimately decides when or if to accept them.

The first to reach this milestone in 2025 was Cardinal Carlos Aguiar Retes, Archbishop of Mexico City, who turned 75 on January 9. However, Pope Francis has decided to postpone his retirement indefinitely.

On February 6, Cardinal Timothy Dolan, Archbishop of New York, also reached retirement age. By February 28, Cardinal Carlos Castillo Mattasoglio, who was elevated to the cardinalate in the last consistory, will do the same.

Cardinal Orani João Tempesta, Archbishop of Rio de Janeiro, will submit his resignation upon turning 75 on June 23. On July 9, Cardinal Ignatius Suharyo Hardjoatmodjo, Archbishop of Jakarta, will follow suit. Additionally, Cardinal Oscar Cantoni, Bishop of Como, Italy, will reach retirement age on September 1, while Cardinal Leonardo Ulrich Steiner, Archbishop of Manaus, will turn 75 on November 6.

Two already-retired cardinals—Kazimierz Nycz, Archbishop Emeritus of Warsaw, and Philippe Barbarin, Archbishop Emeritus of Lyon—will also turn 75 in 2025.

Other residential cardinals who have already surpassed this age in recent years include Cardinal Álvaro Leonel Ramazzini Imeri, 77, of Huehuetenango, Guatemala; Cardinal Albert Ranjith Patabendige Don, 77; Cardinal Juan de la Caridad García Rodríguez, 76, of Havana, Cuba; Cardinal Berhaneyesus Demerew Souraphiel, 76, of Addis Ababa, Ethiopia; Cardinal Blase Cupich of Chicago, 75; Cardinal James Michael Harvey, 75, Archpriest of St. Paul Outside the Walls Basilica; Cardinal Vincent Nichols, 79, of Westminster; and Cardinal Juan José Omella Omella, 78, of Barcelona.

Changes in the Roman Curia

Beyond Cardinal Vergez, several heads of dicasteries within the Roman Curia are approaching 80 or have already passed the retirement threshold of 75. Cardinal Stanisław Ryłko, Archpriest of the Basilica of Santa Maria Maggiore, will turn 80 in July and is expected to be succeeded by newly appointed Cardinal Rolandas Makrickas, currently serving as coadjutor archpriest.

Cardinal Michael Czerny, the 78-year-old prefect of the Dicastery for Promoting Integral Human Development, is expected to continue in his role until at least 80. Similarly, Cardinal Kevin Farrell, prefect of the Dicastery for the Laity, the Family, and Life, and Cardinal Marcello Semeraro, prefect of the Dicastery for the Causes of Saints, are both 77 and could be replaced.

Additionally, three top officials will reach 75 in 2025: Cardinal Arthur Roche, prefect of the Dicastery for Divine Worship and the Discipline of the Sacraments, on March 6; Cardinal Kurt Koch, head of the Dicastery for Promoting Christian Unity, on March 15; and Archbishop Vincenzo Zani, archivist and librarian of the Holy See, on March 24.

The College of Cardinals

By 2025, 14 cardinals will age out of the list of electors in a papal conclave, following 13 who did so in 2024. This generational transition could have significant implications for the future composition of the College of Cardinals.

The five-year terms of the dean and sub-dean of the College of Cardinals—Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re, 90, and Cardinal Leonardo Sandri, 81—expired this January. As this system is relatively new, there is no historical precedent for how soon their replacements will be named.

Furthermore, ten years have passed since Pope Francis’s second consistory. Under Canon Law, cardinal deacons can request elevation to cardinal priests after a decade. As a result, Cardinal Dominique Mamberti, prefect of the Supreme Tribunal of the Apostolic Signatura, is expected to vacate his position as cardinal protodeacon, which would then be assumed by Cardinal Mario Zenari, nuncio to Syria.

By November 2026, Zenari could also opt for a promotion to the order of cardinal presbyters, at which point Cardinal Kevin Farrell, currently serving as the camerlengo, would become cardinal protodeacon—the one tasked with announcing the election of a new pope with the words “habemus papam.”

Pope Francis’ Historic Papacy: Embracing the Marginalized and Facing Controversy

Pope Francis, who remains in critical condition due to pneumonia in both lungs, was elected to the papacy on March 13, 2013, following the unexpected resignation of Benedict XVI.

Before assuming the role of pope, he was known as Jorge Mario Bergoglio, the archbishop of Buenos Aires. His election marked several historic firsts—he was the first pontiff from the Americas and the first to choose the name Francis, a tribute to St. Francis of Assisi, the 13th-century mystic known for his compassion for the poor and deep connection to nature.

Unlike his predecessors, Pope Francis opted for simpler attire, forgoing the traditional red shoes and silk vestments. However, his impact on the church extended beyond his appearance. His leadership opened the church to the wider world in unprecedented ways.

Care for the marginalized

Pope Francis was deeply committed to reaching out to those on the fringes of society. He personally engaged with the poor, going so far as to transform a Vatican plaza into a sanctuary for the homeless, whom he referred to as “nobles of the street.”

His compassion extended to migrants and prisoners, whose feet he washed during the traditional Holy Thursday foot-washing ceremony. In a break from tradition, he also washed the feet of non-Christians, a move that was considered groundbreaking for a pope.

He also fostered a more inclusive approach toward LGBTQ+ individuals, inviting transgender people to the Vatican and encouraging a welcoming stance toward gay and lesbian Catholics.

On doctrinal matters, however, he upheld many traditional Catholic teachings. While he affirmed that homosexual behavior was a “sin,” he also clarified that it should not be criminalized. He was critical of gender theory, arguing that it “blurs” the distinctions between men and women.

Although he maintained the long-standing position that only men could be ordained as priests, he introduced significant reforms that expanded leadership roles for women. For the first time in history, he appointed a woman to head an administrative office at the Vatican. Women were also included in the 70-member body responsible for selecting bishops and the 15-member council overseeing Vatican finances. Additionally, he appointed Sister Raffaella Petrini as president of Vatican City, marking another milestone in female leadership within the church.

Not shy of controversy

Some of Pope Francis’ positions provoked resistance from within the Catholic Church.

One of the more contentious issues was his embrace of religious diversity. Speaking at the Seventh Congress of Leaders of World and Traditional Religions in Kazakhstan in 2022, he declared that people of different faiths were “children of the same heaven.”

While visiting Morocco, he discouraged Catholics from actively seeking conversions, instead urging them to live “in brotherhood with other faiths.” However, some critics felt such statements undermined the belief in Christianity’s unique truth.

Another source of controversy was his push for “synodality,” a call for a more democratic approach to church governance. His synod meetings in November 2023 included laypeople and women as voting members, a significant departure from past practices. This initiative was met with skepticism from bishops who feared it would diminish the authority of priests as spiritual leaders.

Pope Francis also made strategic appointments that could shape the future of the church. He increased the number of cardinals from the Global South, a move that reflected Catholicism’s demographic shift. However, not all Global South bishops aligned with his teachings. For instance, African bishops publicly opposed his December 2023 ruling that allowed blessings for individuals in same-sex relationships.

One of his most controversial actions was restricting the use of the Latin Mass, reversing a decision by Benedict XVI that had expanded its practice. Traditionalists saw the Latin Mass as a cherished part of Catholic heritage, while Francis believed its widespread use created divisions among worshippers.

His commitment to unity also led him to discipline high-profile critics within the church. Bishop Joseph Strickland of Tyler, Texas, and Cardinal Raymond Burke were among those penalized for their opposition to his reforms. Additionally, former Vatican ambassador Carlo Maria Viganò was excommunicated for inciting “schism.”

Pope Francis did not shy away from political matters either. He openly criticized the Trump administration’s immigration policies, particularly efforts to deport migrants. In a letter to U.S. bishops, he invoked the Holy Family, reminding them that Jesus, Mary, and Joseph had themselves been refugees in Egypt. He also asserted that undocumented migrants should not be treated as criminals, emphasizing their inherent dignity as human beings.

Writings on “the common good”

Pope Francis’ encyclicals—formal letters addressing critical issues—reflected his vision for a more just world. A recurring theme in his writings was the “common good,” or the shared rights and responsibilities necessary for human flourishing.

His first encyclical, Lumen Fidei (“The Light of Faith”), published in 2013, explored how faith can unite people across different backgrounds.

In Laudato Si’ (“Praise Be to You”), he addressed the environmental crisis, highlighting pollution, climate change, and economic inequality. He called for an “integral ecology” that respects both humanity and the natural world.

His 2020 encyclical, Fratelli Tutti (“Brothers All”), condemned what he termed a “throwaway culture,” where vulnerable groups—such as the poor, the unborn, and the elderly—are cast aside. Uniquely, he concluded this letter by acknowledging non-Catholic figures who inspired him, including Martin Luther King Jr., Desmond Tutu, and Mahatma Gandhi.

His final encyclical, Dilexit Nos (“He Loved Us”), centered on God’s love, symbolized by the Sacred Heart of Jesus. This sacred image, with flames emanating from Christ’s wounded heart, represents divine love and mercy.

Pope Francis also declared a special “Year of Mercy” in 2015-2016, urging the church to embrace compassion. He frequently described Jesus as “the face of God’s mercy,” reinforcing his message of forgiveness and inclusion.

A historic papacy

Pope Francis’ tenure has been one of historic significance. His commitment to the marginalized set him apart from his predecessors, as he extended the church’s mission to include those often overlooked by society.

He not only reinforced the Catholic Church’s dedication to the poor but also expanded its decision-making processes to be more inclusive. However, his rapid reforms were met with opposition from traditionalists who believed he moved too quickly. The longevity of his changes remains uncertain and will largely depend on his successor.

One of his lasting legacies will be his shift of influence in the Catholic Church from Western Europe to the Global South, where the majority of Catholics now reside. His papacy redefined the church’s engagement with social justice, interfaith dialogue, and governance, ensuring that his impact will be felt for generations to come.

Millions Participate in Kumbh Mela Despite Concerns Over Overcrowding and Pollution

Hundreds of millions of Hindu devotees have gathered to bathe in sacred waters, undeterred by concerns regarding overcrowding and pollution, as the world’s largest religious gathering concluded on Wednesday in India’s northern state of Uttar Pradesh.

Over a span of 45 days, the Maha Kumbh Mela, also known as the festival of the Sacred Pitcher, drew more than 620 million attendees—accounting for nearly one-third of India’s estimated 1.4 billion population. The event, held along the riverbanks in Prayagraj, was a grand display of color and devotion.

Pilgrims participated in a holy dip at the Triveni Sangam, the confluence of three sacred rivers—the Ganges, Yamuna, and the mythical Saraswati—believing that this act would purify their sins and bring them closer to “spiritual liberation.”

This festival, which occurs every 12 years with the prefix “Maha,” meaning great, is the largest form of the Kumbh Mela, which is otherwise held every three years in one of four designated cities.

“It is a unique, once-in-a-lifetime experience,” remarked Sushovan Sircar, a 36-year-old independent consultant from Delhi. “People from all over India are here, as I saw number plates of cars from almost every state.”

Despite concerns about overcrowding and reports of high contamination levels in key bathing sites, millions participated in the event. However, the celebrations were overshadowed by two separate tragic crowd crush incidents.

A report from the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), part of India’s Environment Ministry, highlighted alarming levels of coliform bacteria in the Ganges and Yamuna rivers. This finding raised concerns despite the government’s emphasis on sustainability initiatives and sanitation measures.

Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath dismissed the government report’s accuracy, asserting that the water was not only safe for bathing but also suitable for the Hindu ritual of drinking a handful after immersion.

Pilgrims often fully submerge themselves in the water, with some drinking or collecting the sacred water in containers.

‘My Sins Are Cleansed, But Not My Body’

Sircar recounted his experience of bathing at Sangam point—the most revered spot where the three rivers meet—twice last week.

“There is a concern because there is nothing I can do about the contamination in the water. In your mind, you tell yourself, this part looks clean, spend a few minutes in, recite prayers and come out,” he said.

He added humorously, “I took a shower for sins and then another shower for the contamination. So you need a bath after the bath… My sins are cleansed, but not (my) body.”

Ahead of the festival, India’s top environmental court had instructed state and federal pollution boards to ensure that the river water was clean enough for both drinking and bathing. The court mandated increased monitoring and sample collection of the Ganges and Yamuna rivers, prohibiting any discharge of untreated sewage or solid waste.

However, a report submitted by the federal pollution board on February 3 revealed that faecal coliform levels, a key indicator of untreated sewage, were significantly above the safe limit of 2,500 units per 100 milliliters.

At multiple locations along the Ganges and Yamuna rivers near Prayagraj, the contamination levels exceeded the safe threshold by more than 1,000 times, according to the report.

Adityanath assured that his administration was continuously monitoring water levels to maintain quality standards.

Kumbh Mela organizers also defended their efforts, stating that an “exhaustive survey” was conducted on all 81 drains that release water into the rivers before the festival began.

“We have ensured that the water quality has been maintained,” said Vivek Chaturvedi, an official overseeing the Kumbh Mela.

Aishwary Sharma, a 31-year-old finance professional from Delhi, admitted he was aware of the potential pollution but still took part in the ritual.

“I think it is quite evident that the Ganga and Yamuna are not clean rivers,” he stated. “(But) there are many things that are bad for you… The air we breathe is so toxic for our health… It is just another thing that is polluted that could have a harmful impact on my health.”

For many, faith and devotion took precedence over health concerns.

“What (most people) are interested in is their devotion and religion and that they want to take that holy dip,” said Sunny Parasher, a 34-year-old from Panchkula in Haryana.

“Where there is devotion, where there is religion, there is no question,” he emphasized.

However, Kalpana Mishra, a 55-year-old housewife from Prayagraj, decided against taking another holy dip after reading the pollution board’s report.

“What does being a literate person mean if you hear all this and still decide to go?” she questioned.

Health experts warn that exposure to faecal contamination can cause waterborne diseases such as typhoid, diarrhea, cholera, gastroenteritis, E. coli infections, skin ailments, and vomiting.

Push to Clean the Rivers

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi has prioritized cleaning the Ganges since assuming office in 2014, dedicating billions of dollars to sewage treatment, surface waste cleanup, and afforestation efforts.

The Ganges supports 400 million people who rely on it for their livelihood, but 50 cities along its course discharge nearly 3 billion liters of sewage daily. According to the World Bank, only a fraction of this waste undergoes treatment before entering the river.

The Yamuna, a major tributary of the Ganges, has also been severely impacted by untreated sewage and industrial chemicals for decades.

Ahead of the festival, authorities promoted the event as a “Green Kumbh,” emphasizing sustainability initiatives such as banning single-use plastics, introducing eco-friendly toilets, deploying electric rickshaws, and hiring 15,000 sanitation workers to manage waste during major bathing days.

In January, the Ministry of Culture stated that the festival had been “meticulously planned to uphold hygiene and ecological balance,” describing it as a model for future large-scale events worldwide.

Environmental responsibility was a major topic at a conference held during the festival, where religious and environmental leaders discussed ways in which religious institutions could contribute to addressing the climate crisis.

“If there is no water in the rivers, there is no Kumbh. We don’t consider it water, we consider it nectar,” said Swami Chidanand Saraswati, an Indian spiritual leader. “If we all do not make efforts to protect it, then the next (Kumbh Mela) will be on mere sand.”

Despite these efforts, the overwhelming turnout posed a significant challenge. The festival saw 250 million more attendees than initially anticipated. Authorities had planned for approximately 400 million people over six weeks—averaging about 9 million per day—but government estimates indicate that around 620 million participated.

“It is a mammoth task to take care of such a crowd,” stated Dr. Nupur Bahadur, associate director at The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), a research institute specializing in wastewater management.

To mitigate river contamination, Bahadur suggested implementing better on-site prevention and disinfection strategies.

“One of them could be halting the dip after every 12 hours for one hour” and allowing fresh water to flow through the bathing areas before “the dips can be restarted,” she proposed.

While the festival’s record-breaking turnout strained its infrastructure, Bahadur acknowledged that the management had achieved “the best human effort possible” under the circumstances.

For residents of Prayagraj, however, the return to normal life could not come soon enough.

“My eyes are constantly burning and there is so much dust,” said Mishra. “I want the festival to end so I can get back to my life.”

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella Highlights AI’s Transformative Role in Indian Agriculture

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella recently underscored the profound impact of artificial intelligence (AI) on India’s agricultural sector. In a post on X, he shared insights into how AI is reshaping the lives of small-town sugarcane farmers, who have long struggled with significant challenges, including debt and suicides caused by pests, droughts, and crop diseases.

The integration of AI has significantly improved the fortunes of these farmers. Nadella showcased a video on X that featured a small-scale farmer from Battis Shirala, Maharashtra, who benefited from AI-driven solutions. By leveraging AI, the farmer was able to boost crop yields, cut down on chemical usage, and optimize water consumption. Nadella described AI’s impact on agriculture as “phenomenal.”

He elaborated, stating, “The one example that I wanted to highlight was one of the small farmers who was part of the Baramati Co-op, where you can take this powerful technology but make it have an impact, where a small landowner is able to improve the yield of their land. And the numbers they shared in terms of reduction in chemicals, improvement in water usage and, ultimately, yield was phenomenal.” Additionally, he emphasized the role of geospatial data collected from drones and satellites, which can provide crucial insights to farmers in their native languages.

Following Nadella’s post, Elon Musk responded to the video with a brief but strong endorsement, writing, “AI will improve everything.”

In 2022, Microsoft launched an agri-tech project in Baramati in collaboration with the Agricultural Development Trust (ADT). The initiative utilizes AI tools to assist farmers in achieving sustainable and healthy harvests. Moreover, Microsoft’s partnership with Microsoft Research aims to incorporate AI, satellite imagery, and other advanced technologies to bring transformative changes to the agricultural sector.

In a separate discussion, Nadella also reflected on a major misstep in Microsoft’s strategic decisions. He acknowledged that one of the company’s biggest mistakes was underestimating the potential of search engines, a market that Google effectively capitalized on. He admitted that Microsoft had initially believed that the web would remain decentralized, failing to foresee that search engines would evolve into its most valuable business model.

Describing it as an important learning experience, Nadella remarked, “We (Microsoft) missed what turned out to be the biggest business model on the web because we all assumed the web is all about being distributed.”

Trump Administration’s Move to Control Press Pool Sparks Media Uproar

A dispute over a long-standing media practice in Washington has become a flashpoint in the broader struggle between the Trump administration and the press.

At the center of the controversy is the White House press pool, a rotating team of journalists who cover the president when it is not feasible for the entire press corps to be present. Traditionally, the White House Correspondents’ Association (WHCA) has overseen this arrangement—but that changed this week.

On Tuesday, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt announced that the administration would now decide which journalists would be part of the pool. She argued that the WHCA had unfairly maintained a “monopoly over the privilege of press access.”

Leavitt framed the move as an effort to modernize the press corps, stating it was designed to align with “the media habits of the American people in 2025, not 1925.” She added that the White House sought to “restore power to the American people who President Trump was elected to serve.”

However, the WHCA and press freedom advocates see this shift in starkly different terms.

Critics argue that the administration’s move is a deliberate attempt to exert control over media coverage of Trump, prioritizing outlets favorable to the administration while sidelining those that take a more independent stance.

WHCA President Eugene Daniels warned that the decision “tears at the independence of a free press in the United States.” He added, “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

This battle over the press pool is emblematic of a larger pattern in Trump’s approach to the media.

Trump played a key role in redefining the term “fake news,” which originally referred to deliberately misleading content spread on social media for profit. He repurposed the phrase to discredit critical reporting, turning it into a rallying cry against mainstream media.

Although most presidents have had conflicts with the press, Trump’s hostility stands out.

During his first term, he frequently branded the media as “enemies of the people.” On multiple occasions, he shared memes depicting violent attacks on CNN, one of his main media adversaries.

Now, just over a month into his second term, Trump is engaged in a legal battle with The Associated Press (AP). The dispute stems from the AP’s refusal to adopt Trump’s preferred terminology for a body of water bordering southern Louisiana, western Florida, and eastern Mexico.

For decades, it has been known as the Gulf of Mexico. However, Trump issued an executive order renaming it the Gulf of America.

The AP has refused to comply fully, citing its large international audience and journalistic standards. The agency stated that it would continue referring to the Gulf of Mexico while acknowledging Trump’s executive order.

This stance did not satisfy the administration, which responded by barring the AP from key events and excluding it from the press pool.

The AP has challenged the decision in court. While a judge recently denied its request for immediate reinstatement, a full hearing is scheduled for next month.

Meanwhile, another media controversy erupted on Wednesday when Trump misrepresented a dispute involving CBS’s “60 Minutes” and former Vice President Kamala Harris during last year’s campaign.

Trump has sued CBS over an edited quotation from Harris that he claims constituted election interference. Many journalists argue that the edit was a routine practice used to accommodate time constraints.

During remarks on Wednesday, Trump alleged that CBS had manipulated Harris’s statements. “They gave her an answer … And they wrote out a—they put her words from another question that was asked about a half an hour later, and they put that into the question,” he claimed.

CBS, however, has denied any wrongdoing, stating that Harris’s words were not taken out of context.

Despite these various disputes, much of the attention in Washington remains focused on the White House press pool.

The pool was created out of necessity due to space limitations. The entire White House press corps cannot fit into locations like the Oval Office or Air Force One. As a result, a smaller group of reporters takes turns covering events and provides updates to the rest of the media.

Participation in the pool often comes with significant travel costs, which can be prohibitive for journalists from smaller or independent outlets. Those who are included typically follow a rotating schedule that is assigned on a monthly, alphabetical basis.

Following Leavitt’s announcement, a new controversy emerged when HuffPost revealed that its reporter, S.V. Dáte, had been removed from the press pool rotation.

Dáte had been scheduled to cover the White House on Wednesday but was informed late the previous night—after 10 p.m.—that there was “no room” for him in the pool. However, Axios ultimately took his place.

An Axios spokesperson later told Politico that the outlet had been “unaware” of the circumstances under which it was given the assignment.

As tensions escalate, the dispute has sparked rare moments of media solidarity.

Conservative outlets such as Newsmax and Fox News have publicly supported the AP’s efforts to challenge the White House’s restrictions.

On Tuesday, Fox News Senior White House Correspondent Jacqui Heinrich issued a warning to right-wing social media users who cheered the Trump administration’s press pool decision.

“Just wait til a Dem admin plays that same game. You’ll hate it,” Heinrich posted on social media.

Oscar Nominees Gather for Exclusive Pre-Awards Dinner

Hollywood’s brightest stars gathered on Tuesday for a special event ahead of this year’s Academy Awards.

Instead of its traditional annual luncheon, the Academy chose to host a dinner for nominated artists before Sunday’s prestigious ceremony. The luncheon had been canceled earlier this year due to the Los Angeles wildfires.

The evening saw a strong turnout from nominees, including Timothée Chalamet, who is in the running for Best Actor for his role in A Complete Unknown. Wicked stars Cynthia Erivo and Ariana Grande were also in attendance, with Erivo nominated for Best Actress and Grande vying for Best Supporting Actress. Demi Moore, who is competing in the Best Actress category for her performance in The Substance, also made an appearance.

For Erivo, Grande, and Moore, this marks their first-ever Oscar nominations. Chalamet, on the other hand, previously received a Best Actor nod in 2018 for his performance in Call Me by Your Name.

Grande was among four of the five Best Supporting Actress nominees present at the event. Others included Monica Barbaro (A Complete Unknown), Isabella Rossellini (Conclave), and Zoe Saldaña (Emilia Pérez).

During the evening, Good Morning America captured a lighthearted moment between Saldaña and Erivo, showing Erivo playfully teaching Saldaña how to perfect her signature red carpet walk.

The 2024 Academy Awards, hosted by Conan O’Brien, will take place this Sunday and will be broadcast live on ABC.

Evening Habits That Make the Happiest People Stand Out

Ever notice how some individuals exude happiness despite not necessarily being wealthier, more accomplished, or leading flawless lives? They carry a sense of peace and joy that’s difficult to overlook.

This isn’t due to luck or some mysterious force—it’s a result of their daily habits.

How you spend your evenings significantly influences your overall well-being.

While many people end their days by endlessly scrolling through their phones or worrying about the next day, the happiest individuals engage in simple yet impactful nightly routines that set them up for a more fulfilling life.

If your goal is to wake up feeling more refreshed and content, these eight evening habits could be the secret to achieving that.

  1. They disconnect from screens before bedtime

Screens dominate modern life, from televisions and smartphones to tablets and laptops. While they facilitate connectivity, they also overstimulate the brain, making it challenging to unwind.

Those who consistently experience happiness recognize this and deliberately step away from screens at least an hour before sleeping.

Rather than spending their final moments of the day watching videos or scrolling through social media, they opt for activities that promote relaxation, such as reading, journaling, or engaging in meaningful conversations.

By distancing themselves from screens, they give their minds a chance to slow down, leading to improved sleep quality and a more tranquil end to the day.

  1. They focus on positive moments from the day

Many people go to bed replaying everything that went wrong—the awkward exchanges, workplace errors, or missed opportunities.

However, those who are generally happier refuse to let negativity dominate their thoughts before sleeping.

Each night, I take a few minutes to recall the day’s positive moments. Sometimes, these are major accomplishments, like completing an important project, while other times, they are small joys—a delicious cup of coffee or a stranger’s kind smile.

Initially, this practice felt unnatural because my mind was conditioned to dwell on stressful events. But over time, it reshaped my perspective.

Now, even on the most difficult days, I can find small moments of happiness—and this shift in mindset has greatly enhanced my overall well-being.

  1. They maintain a consistent sleep schedule

Quality sleep isn’t just about duration—it also depends on consistency. Those who are happier tend to wake up and go to bed at the same time daily, including weekends.

The human body operates on a natural rhythm, and frequently altering sleep patterns disrupts energy levels, mood stability, and the ability to manage stress effectively.

By sticking to a routine, the body instinctively prepares for rest and waking, making mornings feel like a fresh start rather than a struggle.

This doesn’t mean being overly rigid or never staying up late; rather, it’s about providing the body with the stability it needs to wake up feeling revitalized rather than drained.

  1. They engage in a calming pre-sleep routine

The activities performed in the final hour before bedtime set the tone for the next day. Happy individuals prioritize winding down with relaxing habits that signal their brain that it’s time to rest.

For some, this means reading a book. Others prefer meditation, light stretching, or listening to soothing music. Regardless of the specific activity, the goal is to slow down and detach from the day’s chaos.

By establishing a bedtime ritual that promotes relaxation, they not only enhance sleep quality but also create a peaceful moment in an otherwise hectic world.

This intentional approach to unwinding makes finding happiness feel more natural.

  1. They plan something enjoyable for the next day

I’ve observed that my most joyful days don’t happen randomly—they begin with preparation the night before. Before sleeping, I always try to schedule something small to look forward to the next day.

This doesn’t have to be anything extravagant. It could be as simple as planning to have a favorite breakfast, taking a walk in the park, or setting aside time for a beloved hobby.

Just knowing that something enjoyable awaits makes getting out of bed feel exciting rather than like an obligation.

Naturally, happy people do this effortlessly. They create small moments of anticipation, preventing life from becoming a monotonous cycle of stress and work. And honestly? It’s incredibly effective.

  1. They welcome moments of boredom instead of avoiding them

Most people go out of their way to escape boredom. The moment silence creeps in, they instinctively grab their phone, turn on the television, or find another distraction.

However, the happiest individuals do the opposite—they allow themselves to experience boredom.

Rather than filling every second with external stimulation, they make space for their thoughts to wander. This is when creativity flourishes, deep reflections emerge, and genuine relaxation occurs.

Constant distraction prevents the brain from processing the events of the day or simply existing in a state of peace.

By sitting with boredom, even briefly, they open themselves up to clarity, fresh ideas, and a tranquility that distractions simply cannot provide.

  1. They practice gratitude each night

Happiness isn’t about accumulating more—it’s about valuing what one already has. This is why consistently happy individuals integrate gratitude into their nightly routine.

Some document their gratitude in a journal, listing a few things they appreciate. Others take a quiet moment for reflection or express their thanks to loved ones. The method varies, but the practice remains consistent.

When you train your mind to focus on what’s going well rather than what’s lacking, your entire outlook transforms.

You begin noticing more positive aspects of life, feeling greater contentment, and understanding that happiness isn’t something to chase—it’s something to nurture.

  1. They don’t go to bed clinging to negativity

Going to sleep feeling angry, anxious, or overwhelmed doesn’t just impact that night—it carries into the following day. Happier individuals make a conscious effort to release negativity before resting.

They choose to forgive—whether it’s someone else or themselves. They remind themselves that tomorrow presents a fresh start. They refuse to let a single bad experience ruin their night and subsequently, their next day.

This doesn’t mean ignoring problems, but rather, not allowing them to occupy unnecessary mental space when rest is the priority.

Why happiness starts the night before

If you’ve read this far, you’ve likely realized that happiness isn’t solely determined by life events—it’s shaped by how you set yourself up for it.

The way you conclude your day influences how you experience the following one. Consistently practicing small yet meaningful habits can be the difference between waking up feeling exhausted and waking up ready to embrace the day.

Happiness isn’t something that just happens—it’s cultivated in quiet moments, through the choices made when no one is watching, and in the way you care for yourself before closing your eyes each night.

New Visa Rules: What Travelers Need to Know About ETIAS Implementation

For those planning a European trip, upcoming changes to visa-free travel are on the horizon. The European Union is introducing the European Travel Information and Authorization System (ETIAS), and understanding its phased rollout is essential. This guide outlines the transitional and grace periods, ensuring travelers are prepared for the new requirements.

ETIAS: A Step-by-Step Introduction for Travelers

The European Union (EU) has announced that ETIAS will be introduced gradually, incorporating both transitional and grace periods. This approach is designed to help travelers adjust before the system becomes a mandatory entry requirement.

Transitional Period: ETIAS Not Immediately Required

When ETIAS officially launches, there will be an initial six-month transitional phase. During this time, travelers will be encouraged to apply for an ETIAS travel authorization, but it will not be mandatory for entry into the EU.

Travelers who meet all other entry conditions will still be allowed to enter without ETIAS.

This transitional phase is expected to last for at least six months, providing ample time for travelers to familiarize themselves with the new system.

ETIAS Becomes Mandatory, With Some Exceptions

After the transitional period, the EU will enforce a grace period where ETIAS becomes a requirement for most travelers. However, there will be one important exception.

First-time visitors to the EU during the grace period will be permitted entry without an ETIAS authorization, provided they meet all other entry criteria.

However, travelers who previously entered the EU during the transitional period must have a valid ETIAS authorization for subsequent visits.

The grace period is also expected to last at least six months.

ETIAS and EES: Key Timelines for Implementation

The EU has specified that ETIAS will only become mandatory several months after the launch of the Entry/Exit System (EES).

Delays in EES Impacting ETIAS Rollout

The EES, which was initially scheduled for earlier implementation, has encountered delays. These postponements have pushed back the expected launch of ETIAS to late 2025 or even 2026. Travelers should stay informed through official updates.

Understanding EES

The EES is an automated system designed to register non-EU travelers every time they cross an EU external border.

Who Needs ETIAS and How to Apply?

ETIAS will apply to visa-exempt travelers from non-EU countries who currently do not require a visa to enter the Schengen Zone. Once fully implemented, travelers can apply for ETIAS through the following platforms:

  • The official ETIAS website
  • The ETIAS mobile application

The application process involves a €7 fee, and the authorization will be valid for three years or until the traveler’s passport expires—whichever comes first.

Final Considerations: Staying Ahead of ETIAS Requirements

With ETIAS set to become a mandatory travel requirement, it is essential for travelers to remain updated on the official launch schedule. While the initial phases provide some flexibility, applying early is recommended to prevent travel complications.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Domestic Agenda

President Donald Trump’s domestic agenda took a significant step forward on Tuesday as House Republicans managed to overcome internal divisions over spending to pass a crucial framework for a multitrillion-dollar plan covering defense, energy, immigration, and tax policy.

The approval of this framework is a vital milestone, as it allows Republicans to utilize a complex legislative process known as reconciliation. This tool enables them to bypass a Democratic filibuster in the Senate, but they first had to come to an agreement on a budget blueprint to unlock it.

“We got it done,” House Speaker Mike Johnson told reporters following the vote. “This is the first important step in opening up the reconciliation process. We have a lot of hard work ahead of us, but we are going to deliver the America First agenda.”

With a slim majority in the House, Republicans needed nearly unanimous support from their members. The measure ultimately passed by a narrow 217-215 margin, with just one Republican opposing the budget resolution.

Tuesday’s vote represents an early victory in what is expected to be a long and challenging road to passing the GOP’s policy priorities. The Senate, which is also under Republican control, had already advanced its own budget reconciliation plan, frustrated by the delays in the House. Now, both chambers must pass an identical bill to move the process forward.

At the start of the day, GOP leaders were still working to consolidate support. Johnson and his team spent weeks engaged in difficult negotiations, struggling to reconcile the demands of various factions within their party.

Fiscal conservatives pushed for deep spending cuts, while other Republicans voiced concerns about reductions affecting Medicaid, the government insurance program that provides health coverage for millions of low-income and disabled Americans.

The House’s budget proposal includes a funding boost for securing the southern border, an increase in military spending, and an increase in the nation’s debt limit by $4 trillion.

Additionally, the plan calls for $4.5 trillion in tax cuts over the next decade. These include an extension of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, which are set to expire at the end of the year, as well as other tax proposals Trump championed during his campaign, such as eliminating taxes on tips, overtime pay, and Social Security benefits.

Spending Cut Compromise

To advance the budget proposal to this stage, Johnson had to concede to demands from some conservative lawmakers for $2 trillion in spending reductions. However, the exact details of these cuts will be determined later by various House committees.

For instance, the House Energy and Commerce Committee has been assigned the task of finding $880 billion in savings. Given that this committee oversees spending on major programs like Medicare and Medicaid, moderate Republicans worry that essential social safety net programs could be targeted for cuts.

Democrats quickly seized on these concerns, particularly regarding Medicaid, which serves low-income, elderly, and disabled Americans.

“The House Republican budget resolution will set in motion the largest Medicaid cut in American history,” House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries, D-N.Y., told reporters after the vote.

Ahead of Tuesday’s vote, several House members had expressed reservations. However, in the end, only one Republican, Rep. Thomas Massie of Kentucky, voted against the resolution.

On Monday, Massie voiced his opposition in a social media post, writing, “If the Republican budget passes, the deficit gets worse, not better.” His statement drew a response from billionaire Elon Musk, who replied, “That sounds bad.”

House Budget Committee Chair Jodey Arrington, R-Texas, credited Speaker Johnson for successfully rallying enough support to pass the resolution. Arrington acknowledged that there were multiple holdouts before the vote but said Johnson was instrumental in securing the outcome.

“I think that small margin forces you to work together,” Arrington said. “This was a historic election. We know this is a monumental opportunity for us to course correct, for us to reverse course on the last four years, to be frank, and nobody wants to miss that. And everybody had to make some sacrifice or some pain involved.”

Warren Buffett’s Secret to Success: The Power of an Inner Scorecard

Warren Buffett is widely regarded as one of the most accomplished investors in history, yet he does not gauge his success by his immense fortune. Instead, he follows what he calls an “inner scorecard”—a personal framework of values and principles that shape his decisions, regardless of external opinions.

The Decision Everyone Must Make

Unlike most people who measure their achievements based on external markers such as wealth or status, Buffett believes that true success stems from staying committed to one’s own values. According to him, focusing on how others perceive you can lead to prioritizing their approval over what genuinely matters.

Buffett’s philosophy extends beyond financial gains; he emphasizes three key values that serve as the foundation for a meaningful life and a strong career: integrity, honesty, and generosity. These principles, he argues, are essential for long-term fulfillment and professional success.

The Impact of Integrity

For Buffett, integrity is an absolute necessity. He has famously stated, “In looking for people to hire, you look for three qualities: integrity, intelligence, and energy. And if they don’t have the first one, the other two will kill you.”

But why is integrity so crucial? It fosters trust. When individuals consistently do what is right, they earn the confidence of clients, colleagues, and business partners. This trust leads to stronger relationships, increased opportunities, and doors opening in unexpected ways.

The Benefits of Honesty

Honesty is more than just a moral virtue—it is also a way to improve efficiency. Being truthful eliminates the need to cover up mistakes, fabricate half-truths, or constantly worry about being exposed. It allows individuals to stay focused, work more effectively, and approach tasks with greater confidence.

Furthermore, honesty enhances communication. When people are transparent, they avoid unnecessary disputes and misunderstandings, making teamwork and leadership significantly smoother.

How Generosity Fuels Success

Although generosity may not directly increase wealth, its positive ripple effects can enhance one’s career, reputation, and overall happiness.

Research indicates that giving to others leads to increased happiness. Studies have shown that individuals experience greater joy when they spend money on others rather than on themselves. This sense of fulfillment, in turn, motivates them to continue being generous.

Additionally, generosity strengthens personal and professional relationships. According to research published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, acts of giving help people feel more connected, fostering deeper social bonds. Strong relationships create opportunities for collaboration, mentorship, and growth, ultimately contributing to success.

The Key Lesson

Buffett’s inner scorecard revolves around defining success from within rather than seeking external validation. Integrity, honesty, and generosity are invaluable tools for building both a lasting career and a meaningful life. Instead of chasing approval, focus on developing your character and values. If Warren Buffett’s approach has proven effective for him, it may very well work for you, too.

Trump Proposes ‘Gold Card’ Visa for Foreign Investors Seeking US Residency

US President Donald Trump on Tuesday suggested launching a new “gold card” visa initiative aimed at foreigners willing to invest in the United States and generate employment opportunities.

The proposed “gold card” visa would serve as an alternative to the existing EB-5 visa program, which has been a popular route for High Net-worth Individuals (HNIs) from India seeking US residency and eventual citizenship.

Further details about Trump’s “gold card” visa initiative are still awaited. Meanwhile, it remains unclear whether this visa would provide a direct path to US citizenship for foreign investors.

What is the “Gold Card” Visa?

The “gold card” program is designed to grant residency to foreign investors who pay a $5 million fee for the card. It would also offer green card benefits, such as US permanent residency and authorization to work in the country.

While unveiling the program, Trump stated, “We’re going to be putting a price on that card of about $5 million, and that’s going to give you green card privileges.”

Will the “Gold Card” Visa Lead to US Citizenship?

Although the “gold card” visa does not immediately grant US citizenship, it provides a pathway for investors to eventually obtain American citizenship.

Trump emphasized that the program would extend green card benefits and serve as a “route to American citizenship” for affluent individuals. This means that “gold card” holders would initially become permanent US residents, making them eligible for citizenship in the future.

According to US Citizenship and Immigration Services, a person who has maintained US permanent resident status for five years can apply for American citizenship through the naturalization process.

What is the EB-5 Immigrant Investor Visa Program?

The newly proposed “gold card” initiative is expected to replace the EB-5 immigrant investor visa program. The existing EB-5 program enables foreign investors to secure US residency by investing a specified amount—ranging between $800,000 and $1,050,000—into US businesses.

However, the EB-5 visa program has faced scrutiny due to allegations of fraud and misuse.

Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick addressed these concerns on Tuesday, stating, “The EB-5 programme … it was full of nonsense, make-believe and fraud, and it was a way to get a green card that was low price.”

Trump Proposes ‘Gold Card’ Visa for Foreign Investors Seeking US Residency

US President Donald Trump on Tuesday suggested launching a new “gold card” visa initiative aimed at foreigners willing to invest in the United States and generate employment opportunities.

The proposed “gold card” visa would serve as an alternative to the existing EB-5 visa program, which has been a popular route for High Net-worth Individuals (HNIs) from India seeking US residency and eventual citizenship.

Further details about Trump’s “gold card” visa initiative are still awaited. Meanwhile, it remains unclear whether this visa would provide a direct path to US citizenship for foreign investors.

What is the “Gold Card” Visa?

The “gold card” program is designed to grant residency to foreign investors who pay a $5 million fee for the card. It would also offer green card benefits, such as US permanent residency and authorization to work in the country.

While unveiling the program, Trump stated, “We’re going to be putting a price on that card of about $5 million, and that’s going to give you green card privileges.”

Will the “Gold Card” Visa Lead to US Citizenship?

Although the “gold card” visa does not immediately grant US citizenship, it provides a pathway for investors to eventually obtain American citizenship.

Trump emphasized that the program would extend green card benefits and serve as a “route to American citizenship” for affluent individuals. This means that “gold card” holders would initially become permanent US residents, making them eligible for citizenship in the future.

According to US Citizenship and Immigration Services, a person who has maintained US permanent resident status for five years can apply for American citizenship through the naturalization process.

What is the EB-5 Immigrant Investor Visa Program?

The newly proposed “gold card” initiative is expected to replace the EB-5 immigrant investor visa program. The existing EB-5 program enables foreign investors to secure US residency by investing a specified amount—ranging between $800,000 and $1,050,000—into US businesses.

However, the EB-5 visa program has faced scrutiny due to allegations of fraud and misuse.

Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick addressed these concerns on Tuesday, stating, “The EB-5 programme … it was full of nonsense, make-believe and fraud, and it was a way to get a green card that was low price.”

DBS Bank to Reduce 4,000 Temporary and Contract Jobs Over Three Years as AI Takes Over Tasks

Singapore’s largest bank, DBS, anticipates eliminating approximately 4,000 roles within the next three years due to artificial intelligence (AI) increasingly handling tasks currently performed by humans, according to a report by the BBC.

A spokesperson for the bank clarified that the job reductions would primarily affect temporary and contract workers, with the decrease in workforce occurring through “natural attrition” as specific projects reach completion.

The layoffs will not impact permanent employees. Piyush Gupta, the outgoing chief executive of DBS, also stated that the bank plans to generate around 1,000 new jobs related to AI.

With this announcement, DBS becomes one of the first major financial institutions to provide concrete details on how AI implementation will reshape its workforce.

The bank has not specified the number of jobs that will be lost in Singapore.

“Over the next three years, we envisage that AI could reduce the need to renew about 4,000 temporary/contract staff across our 19 markets working on specific projects,” the spokesperson said.

“As such, we expect the reduction in workforce will come from natural attrition as these temporary and contract roles are completed over the next few years.”

Currently, DBS employs between 8,000 and 9,000 temporary and contract workers, while its total workforce stands at approximately 41,000 employees.

Last year, Gupta highlighted that DBS had been engaged in AI development for over ten years.

“We today deploy over 800 AI models across 350 use cases, and expect the measured economic impact of these to exceed S$1bn ($745m; £592m) in 2025,” he stated.

Gupta is scheduled to leave his position at the end of March, with current deputy chief executive Tan Su Shan set to succeed him.

The rapid advancement of AI technology has sparked debates regarding its advantages and potential drawbacks. In 2024, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) reported that AI is expected to impact nearly 40% of jobs worldwide.

Kristalina Georgieva, the IMF’s managing director, remarked that “in most scenarios, AI will likely worsen overall inequality.”

Meanwhile, Bank of England Governor Andrew Bailey told the BBC last year that AI would not be a “mass destroyer of jobs” and that human workers would adapt to new technological changes.

Bailey acknowledged the risks associated with AI but also emphasized its “great potential.”

Shreya Ghoshal’s ‘Namo Shankara’ Released, Calls It a Heartfelt Journey to Mahadev

Renowned singer Shreya Ghoshal has unveiled her latest track, Namo Shankara, describing it as more than just a song. She expressed that it represents a heartfelt journey, deeply connected to the cosmic energy of Shambho Shiva.

With MahaShivratri approaching, Ghoshal has introduced Namo Shankara, a track blending devotion and energy, as stated in an official release. The song, which serves as an invocation to Lord Shiva, is a composition by Kinjal Chatterjee and Shreya Ghoshal, with lyrics penned by Shraddha Pandit.

Announcing the song’s release, Shreya shared, “The wait is over! Namo Shankara is out now! Let the resonance of this soul-stirring ode to Lord Shiva awaken the Mahadev within you.” She further added, “This is more than just a song—it’s a heartfelt journey that connects you to the cosmic energy of Shambho Shiva.”

The track, infused with damru beats, Sanskrit chants, and Shreya’s powerful vocals, carries an energy that evokes devotion and transports listeners into Mahadev’s divine realm.

Prior to its release, she had teased Namo Shankara on Instagram with an announcement that read, “Har Har Mahadev! This Mahashivratri, let devotion take over as we present #NamoShankara—a soul-stirring offering to the divine. This song is an ode to the supreme energy of Mahadev. Feel the power and lose yourself in the chants of Shiva. Coming soon! Stay tuned.”

Apart from her latest devotional release, Shreya Ghoshal is preparing for a series of live concerts in Chennai and other cities as part of her All Hearts tour, where she is set to mesmerize audiences with her extraordinary vocal prowess.

Speaking about the All Hearts tour, her team previously stated, “Shreya Ghoshal’s All Hearts Tour has been receiving an overwhelming response, and the excitement only continues to grow. She is set to perform next in Chennai, followed by Mumbai and Ahmedabad.” They added, “Her ability to captivate audiences with her soulful voice and diverse repertoire makes every concert a truly unforgettable experience.”

Swami Vivekananda’s Enduring Impact on America: A Celebration of His 1900 Visit

For most Americans at the turn of the 20th century, their first encounter with Swami Vivekananda was his speech at the Parliament of the World’s Religions in Chicago in 1893. Addressing the audience as “sisters and brothers,” the 30-year-old Hindu delegate immediately captured their attention. He spoke about Hinduism’s concept of the “oneness of existence,” introducing a spiritual philosophy that resonated deeply with Western audiences.

However, that speech was only the beginning of Vivekananda’s engagement with America. Seven years later, he returned, focusing exclusively on the West Coast and delivering lectures to thousands in California. His spiritual outreach was cut short by his untimely death in 1902 at the age of 39, yet his influence remains strong, particularly in the state where he believed he had given his best.

“He is our brand,” stated Swami Prasannatmananda, who leads the Vedanta Society of Berkeley. “His name is enough.”

In recognition of Vivekananda’s legacy, the Vedanta Society of Berkeley, in collaboration with the Indian consulate in San Francisco, is launching a yearlong celebration, marking 125 years since his visit. The inaugural event, scheduled for Saturday, February 22, will be a discussion among religious leaders at the First Unitarian Church of Oakland. This historic venue was where Vivekananda delivered eight lectures in 1900.

“I personally consider that place as a place of pilgrimage,” Prasannatmananda said.

A plaque on the pulpit and a chair inside the church commemorate Vivekananda’s presence there on February 25, 1900. His lectures at the church were arranged by Rev. Benjamin Fay Mills, who was the church’s spiritual leader at the time. Mills had first encountered Vivekananda at the 1893 Parliament and extended an invitation. Each of the eight lectures drew an audience of more than 2,000, with another 500 gathered outside, unable to enter.

Rev. Laurel Liefert, who now leads the First Unitarian Church, expressed amazement at the church’s role in allowing Vivekananda to speak at a time when few venues in Northern California would have done so. “1900 is a long time ago, so that’s amazing. That is just so powerful and very in keeping with who we want to be in the community,” she said.

During his speech, Vivekananda posed a profound question to the audience: “Where is the solution of this world?” He then offered an answer, urging people to turn inward. “Those who look outside will never find it; they must turn their eyes inward and find truth. Religion lives inside.”

Liefert admitted that she knew little about Vivekananda before joining the church, but she felt an immediate connection with his message. “When I picture Vivekananda in our pulpit, I picture that he’s just emanating light,” she said. She also reflected on her own role as a minister, stating, “For me as a minister, I always feel like I’m an instrument of something that is coming through me. And I just can’t even imagine what an instrument he was.”

Vivekananda’s teachings align closely with the church’s philosophy, which embraces a diverse congregation that includes Buddhists, Sufis, atheists, agnostics, humanists, and pagans. Liefert pointed out that his vision of multiple paths leading to the divine mirrors the Unitarian Church’s commitment to radical inclusivity.

Sarah Watts, a choir member and congregant at the church, echoed this sentiment. She believes that Unitarian Universalists owe much to Eastern spiritual thinkers like Vivekananda, who influenced the faith’s early leaders. “I am proud of a lot of the things that Unitarian Universalists have done in the past, standing up and saying, ‘Hey, you know what? The way we do things? You know we could do it differently, or look at it this way,’” she said.

Watts was drawn to the church by its emphasis on dialogue and mutual support among people with different beliefs. “I can have the beliefs I have, and other people can have theirs, and we can be in conversation. We can support each other,” she explained.

In his time, Vivekananda encouraged Christian Americans to peacefully coexist with people of different faiths. Liefert believes his message is still relevant today, though it requires an even deeper level of understanding. “Now we’re thinking we need to go beyond tolerance, and try to seek something deeper, like understanding,” she said. “I think that if he was alive today, he would get that right.”

Prasanna Vengadam, an English professor at Laney College and a Vedanta Society devotee, considers Vivekananda’s 1900 visit to be unparalleled. “There has been no Hindu who’s commanded this much respect, who’s given the most beautiful teachings, as Swami Vivekananda has, and I want to absolutely adore that,” she said.

Vengadam, who spoke about interfaith understanding at the 2006 Parliament of the World’s Religions, credits Vivekananda with giving Hindu Americans a strong sense of identity. “He’s given our community members here a strong foothold to stand on and to take pride in ourselves,” she said.

Having immigrated to the United States in the 1980s, Vengadam found that Vivekananda’s teachings provided her with the language to express her beliefs. She was raised in a Hindu household but also attended a Catholic convent school in Chennai, India. His philosophy helped her reconcile these influences.

Most importantly, his teachings shaped her approach to life, leading her to seek God in everyone she encounters. “He cannot be a ‘best kept secret,’” she said. “He cannot just sit in books. So at timely intervals, we’ve got to bring him out and say, ‘Hey people, we’ve got these teachings. Come over and listen to them. Please read this. Please know this.’”

She emphasized the need to keep his teachings alive so that more people can find spiritual fulfillment. “So reviving what he taught so that more people can gain more fulfillment and advancement in their own spiritual paths,” she said.

Vivekananda’s brief but impactful time in America continues to resonate, especially among those who see his philosophy as a guiding light for interfaith understanding and spiritual growth. The upcoming yearlong celebration in California is a testament to his lasting influence.

Trump Expresses Optimism on Ukraine War Resolution as Macron Stresses Caution

President Donald Trump voiced optimism that Russia’s war in Ukraine is approaching a resolution as he met with French President Emmanuel Macron on Monday, marking the third anniversary of the invasion. However, Macron emphasized the importance of ensuring that any potential agreement with Moscow does not equate to Ukraine’s surrender.

The discussions took place amid significant uncertainty regarding the future of transatlantic relations, as Trump seeks to reshape American foreign policy. His approach has largely sidelined European leadership while he pursues a swift resolution to the conflict in Ukraine.

Although Trump and Macron displayed cordiality at the White House, their respective nations were engaged in a dispute at the United Nations over resolutions that labeled Russia as the aggressor in the war.

Addressing the broader conflict, Trump stated that he believed Russian President Vladimir Putin would be open to the presence of European peacekeepers in Ukraine.

“Yeah, he will accept it,” Trump said to reporters. “I have asked him that question. Look, if we do this deal, he’s not looking for more war.”

Trump also expressed hope that the war could conclude within weeks. He suggested that Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy would soon travel to the United States to finalize an agreement allowing America access to Ukraine’s essential minerals, which are crucial for advanced technology.

The economic deal Trump is promoting is intended to compensate for some of the $180 billion in U.S. aid that has been allocated to Kyiv since the war began. A portion of these funds has been utilized domestically to replenish aging weapons that were supplied to Ukraine.

“It looks like we’re getting very close,” Trump said regarding the minerals deal before his meeting with Macron. He indicated that Zelenskyy might visit Washington this week or next to sign the agreement.

Ukraine’s Security Considerations

Ukraine is also seeking long-term security assurances as part of any settlement. However, Trump did not specify whether the developing agreement would include such commitments from the United States. Instead, he remarked, “Europe is going to make sure nothing happens.”

A French official familiar with the discussions between Macron and Trump indicated that the U.S. president did not oppose the idea of American security guarantees in a potential peace agreement, though the specifics were still being negotiated. The official spoke anonymously, as they were not authorized to comment publicly.

During a joint press conference, Macron acknowledged that European nations must increase their defense efforts but warned against conceding too much to Russia.

“This peace must not mean a surrender of Ukraine,” Macron asserted. “It must not mean a ceasefire without guarantees. This peace must allow for Ukrainian sovereignty.”

Macron had ceased direct communication with Putin after Russian forces carried out atrocities in the Kyiv suburb of Bucha early in the conflict. However, he stated that the situation had evolved and expressed hope that Trump’s engagement with Putin could lead to progress.

“Now, there is a big chance because there is a new U.S. administration, so this is a new context,” Macron said. “So there is good reason for President Trump to reengage with President Putin.”

Putin, however, stated on Monday that he had not discussed a detailed resolution to the conflict with Trump. Additionally, Russian and American negotiation teams had not delved into specifics when they met in Saudi Arabia last week.

Putin also mentioned that Russia was open to including European nations—who were initially excluded from the talks in Riyadh—in future peace negotiations.

A Shift in American Foreign Policy

The third anniversary of the war and the discussions at the White House occurred at a time of considerable unease in Europe. Trump’s administration has ushered in a drastic shift in U.S. foreign policy.

Trump has made bold territorial demands involving Greenland, Canada, Gaza, and the Panama Canal. Just over a month into his second term, his “America First” approach has raised concerns among diplomats and former government officials who previously viewed the United States as a pillar of global stability.

Despite occasional missteps, the United States’ military, economic, and diplomatic influence has defined the post-World War II era, particularly after the Soviet Union’s collapse ended the Cold War. Many fear that Trump’s strategy could dismantle these long-standing principles, including those that underpin the United Nations and other international institutions.

“The only conclusion you can draw is that 80 years of policy in standing up against aggressors has just been blown up without any sort of discussion or reflection,” said Ian Kelly, a former U.S. ambassador to Georgia during the Obama and first Trump administrations and currently a professor at Northwestern University.

Meetings with European Leaders

Trump is set to meet with another key European leader, British Prime Minister Keir Starmer, on Thursday.

His approach to Ukraine has unsettled European allies, particularly his repeated criticism of Zelenskyy for not engaging in negotiations to end the war. Trump has also pushed for Ukraine to sign an economic deal granting the U.S. access to its vital mineral resources, which are valuable to American aerospace, medical, and technology industries.

Initially, Zelenskyy resisted the proposal, citing the lack of security guarantees. On Sunday, he wrote on X that “we are making great progress” but insisted that “we want a good economic deal that will be part of a true security guarantee system for Ukraine.”

During a public dispute, Trump accused Zelenskyy of residing in a “Russian-made disinformation space” and labeled him a “dictator,” falsely asserting that Kyiv had instigated the war. In reality, Russia invaded its smaller, less-equipped neighbor in February 2022.

When asked on Monday whether he considered Putin a dictator as well, Trump declined to use the term, stating, “I don’t use those words lightly.”

Differences Among Allies

While Macron and Trump engaged in discussions, including a virtual meeting with fellow Group of Seven (G7) leaders, the United States diverged from its European allies at the United Nations. The U.S. refrained from endorsing resolutions that explicitly blamed Russia for the invasion of Ukraine.

The United States ultimately abstained from voting on its own resolution after European countries, led by France, succeeded in amending it to explicitly identify Russia as the aggressor.

Before meeting with Trump, Macron emphasized that he would urge the U.S. president to recognize the shared interest of Americans and Europeans in not appearing weak in front of Putin.

“It’s not you, it’s not your trademark, it’s not in your interest,” Macron said. “How can you then be credible in the face of China if you’re weak in the face of Putin?”

Despite this stance, Trump has indicated his desire for Russia to rejoin the G7, from which it was expelled in 2014 following its annexation of Crimea.

“I really believe he wants to make a deal,” Trump said regarding Putin. “I may be wrong, but I believe he wants to make a deal.”

Vivek Ramaswamy Announces Candidacy for Ohio Governor with Promises of Economic and Education Reforms

Vivek Ramaswamy, a Cincinnati-born biotech entrepreneur who stepped down from the Department of Government Efficiency initiative on President Donald Trump’s first day in office, launched his campaign for Ohio governor on Monday. He has pledged to introduce work requirements for Medicaid and implement merit-based pay for all public school educators and administrators.

At 39, Ramaswamy officially kicked off his campaign in Cincinnati, entering the 2026 Republican primary just weeks after presumed front-runner and then-Lt. Gov. Jon Husted withdrew to accept an appointment to the U.S. Senate.

Ramaswamy had previously pursued the Republican nomination for president in 2024 before suspending his campaign to support Trump. His loyalty to Trump earned him a role co-chairing the efficiency initiative alongside billionaire Elon Musk. Nearly a billionaire himself, Ramaswamy has actively highlighted his relationship with Trump while securing key endorsements and financial backers for his gubernatorial campaign. Trump formally endorsed Ramaswamy on social media Monday night.

“I spent most of last year working tirelessly to help send Donald Trump back to the White House because it was a fork in the road,” Ramaswamy declared to a cheering crowd. “It was a fork in the road for the future of the country.”

Trump, posting on his Truth Social platform, praised Ramaswamy as “something SPECIAL.”

“He’s Young, Strong, and Smart!” Trump wrote. “Vivek is also a very good person, who truly loves our Country. He will be a GREAT Governor of Ohio, will never let you down, and has my COMPLETE AND TOTAL ENDORSEMENT!”

Ramaswamy’s entrance into the race intensifies an already competitive Republican primary to succeed Gov. Mike DeWine, a 78-year-old center-right politician who is ineligible for re-election due to term limits.

Ohio Attorney General Dave Yost had already announced his candidacy in January, while Heather Hill, a Black entrepreneur from Appalachia, is also in the running. Meanwhile, Dr. Amy Acton, the former Ohio health director who played a pivotal role in navigating the state through the initial stages of the COVID-19 pandemic, is seeking the Democratic nomination.

The candidates will vie for the governorship in a state that, though once considered a political bellwether, has leaned solidly Republican in recent years. Trump secured Ohio in three consecutive elections by margins exceeding eight percentage points. The Republican Party also dominates statewide, holding all executive offices, a majority on the Ohio Supreme Court, and supermajorities in both legislative chambers.

At his campaign launch event, Ramaswamy promised to “end the war on work” by reinstating work requirements for Medicaid and other welfare programs.

He also vowed to eliminate income and property taxes, positioning Ohio as the first state to implement a merit-based compensation system for every teacher, principal, superintendent, and administrator.

Reflecting on Ohio’s industrial heyday, Ramaswamy recalled when the state was home to leading global industries such as glass, rubber, and steel. He argued that Ohio could reclaim its economic prominence, albeit in different sectors such as semiconductor manufacturing, nuclear energy, biotechnology, and cryptocurrency.

“I believe deep in my bones that Ohio can lead the way again,” he stated. “If Silicon Valley was at the leading edge of the American economy for the last 10 years, it will be the Ohio River Valley for the next 10 years.”

Shortly after Ramaswamy’s campaign announcement, Yost issued a pointed statement welcoming him to the race “for however long he sticks around.”

A practicing Hindu, Ramaswamy has outlined his 10 fundamental beliefs, first introduced during his presidential campaign. These include declarations such as “God is real” and “there are two genders,” themes central to his 2024 book, Truths: The Future of America First. He initially gained national recognition with his 2021 book, Woke Inc: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam, in which he criticized corporations for exploiting social justice causes to further self-serving agendas.

Ramaswamy’s gubernatorial run represents a departure from the conventional path to Ohio’s top executive office, which typically involves extensive government experience spanning decades. Instead, he is attempting a Trump-style ascent directly from the business world into high-level political office.

This strategy has proven effective in recent years for political newcomers such as Vice President JD Vance and U.S. Sen. Bernie Moreno. Both won Senate seats with Trump’s endorsement in 2022 and 2024, respectively. However, Ramaswamy will be the first to test this approach in a statewide executive race in Ohio in recent memory.

DeWine had previously passed over Ramaswamy when filling the Senate vacancy left by Vance, opting instead for Husted due to his extensive experience in public office. Husted, a former Ohio House speaker and secretary of state, had secured numerous key endorsements and major donors before suspending his gubernatorial bid. Now, many of those endorsements and donors are back in play.

While speculation about Ramaswamy’s candidacy had been circulating for some time, Yost entered the race early, likely anticipating the entrepreneur’s eventual announcement. Since then, Ramaswamy has gained endorsements from Ohio Treasurer Robert Sprague and Republican Secretary of State Frank LaRose, strengthening his position in the race.

Indiaspora Forum for Good Kicks Off in Abu Dhabi, Fostering Global Collaboration

The Indiaspora Forum for Good (IFG) commenced in Abu Dhabi on February 24, 2025, bringing together global leaders, diplomats, and changemakers at the Grand Hyatt to deliberate on critical global challenges and explore sustainable solutions.

Sheikh Nahyan bin Mubarak Al Nahyan, the UAE’s Minister of Tolerance and Coexistence, served as the chief guest and opened the summit by highlighting the significance of the gathering. He acknowledged the forum’s role in fostering dialogue and innovation, stating, “It is a delight to be in the presence of such imaginative, talented, and dedicated global leaders. This summit is a very important event because of its focus on the generation of ideas and the exchange of knowledge around the major issues facing the world.”

Sheikh Nahyan also acknowledged the notable contributions of the Indian diaspora in the UAE, emphasizing their integral role in society. He remarked that they bring “vitality” to the community and have earned “respect and prosperity” in their adopted homeland. The minister further underscored the importance of international cooperation, stating, “Our dialogue and cooperation within a global community encourage the development of new ideas and initiatives that will benefit everyone. Your presence here in Abu Dhabi is an indication of the special relationship between our two countries,” reinforcing the strengthening ties between India and the UAE.

Raj Subramaniam, CEO of FedEx and a member of the host committee for the event, spoke about the necessity of fostering a sustainable ecosystem for connections, particularly as India’s global presence continues to expand. He recalled how the international business community, particularly Indian-origin CEOs, came together to support India during the peak of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021. He detailed how he utilized FedEx’s logistical capabilities to ensure the transportation of crucial life-saving medical equipment.

Subramaniam highlighted this collaboration as a testament to the power of collective action during crises. Encouraging participants to maximize their impact, he said, “With this community, make one plus one ten. It’s that ecosystem we’re talking about here—how do we connect in a way that makes us more sustainable, especially in an environment where the opportunity for India, for the Indian community, and the Indian diaspora is only increasing.”

Sunjay Sudhir, India’s Ambassador to the UAE, reflected on the evolving global perception of India and the role of the diaspora in shaping this image. He commended the contributions of Indian-origin individuals, stating, “I must acknowledge your (diaspora’s) contribution to the growing role and image of India. You are not mere witnesses. Actually, you are the participants in this growing brand. India counts on you.”

He emphasized that over the past decade, India’s global reputation has undergone a major transformation. Beyond being recognized as the world’s fastest-growing major economy, the country is increasingly viewed as a “factor of peace and progress” in global affairs.

The ambassador also highlighted the UAE’s strategic significance for India, calling it “India’s strongest strategic partner in the Middle East.” He praised the UAE for its remarkable evolution from an oil-dependent economy to a hub of innovation, artificial intelligence, and global business. He described the nation as a “magnet for global businesses and the diaspora,” reflecting its increasing appeal for professionals and entrepreneurs alike.

Sudhir further commended UAE-led initiatives such as the Ministry of Tolerance, which played a crucial role in the establishment of the BAPS Hindu Mandir in Abu Dhabi. The temple has since become an essential cultural landmark, drawing millions of visitors and serving as a testament to the country’s commitment to inclusivity.

Indiaspora founder MR Rangaswami shared his personal experiences at the event, reflecting on moments that demonstrated the selfless service of the Indian community. He recounted his visit to the Maha Kumbh and the newly inaugurated BAPS temple in Abu Dhabi, where he was deeply moved by the dedication of volunteers. “All I saw there was selfless service by our community,” he noted, underscoring how the spirit of giving is ingrained in Indian culture.

Discussing the origins of Indiaspora, Rangaswami recalled, “When I started Indiaspora 13 years ago, it was just an idea in my mind. But soon, I found others who believed in this cause.” He acknowledged the founding members who played a pivotal role in shaping the organization into the influential network it has become today. He revealed that more than 400 individuals actively fund Indiaspora’s philanthropic activities, demonstrating a collective commitment to social impact.

Rangaswami also paid tribute to his late nephew, Sreenivas, who was instrumental in naming Indiaspora and shaping its initial vision. He explained that the organization’s name is a blend of “India” and “diaspora,” with the middle three letters, “dia,” signifying “light in the darkness.” Sreenivas’s passing due to brain cancer was a tragic loss, but his legacy remains a fundamental part of Indiaspora’s journey.

Highlighting the power of networking, Rangaswami emphasized the strength of the 300 million-strong Indian diaspora worldwide. He pointed out that professionals across various sectors—including medicine, law, arts, business, and academia—contribute significantly to the community’s global influence. He stressed the importance of building a lasting legacy for future generations and acknowledged the presence of young voices at the forum. “About 40 young leaders are here as part of the next generation of Indiaspora’s movement,” he noted, indicating a commitment to empowering emerging leaders.

The Indiaspora Forum for Good has drawn participation from hundreds of delegates representing more than 30 countries. Over the course of the forum, discussions will focus on fostering greater collaboration within the global Indian community, shaping India’s future engagement with the world, and driving positive change across borders.

India-US Bilateral Trade Agreement to Be the “Mother of All Deals,” Says Piyush Goyal

India and the United States are set to embark on discussions for a comprehensive Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA), which Union Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal has described as the “mother of all deals.”

Speaking at the ‘Invest Kerala Global Summit’ on Friday, Goyal announced that India would soon initiate negotiations on a robust and influential trade deal with the US.

“It will be the mother of all deals, providing huge opportunities for both Indians and Americans while complementing each other’s strengths in a turbulent economic world,” Goyal stated.

He also highlighted Kerala’s potential, emphasizing that the state offers significant opportunities across various sectors, including tourism, manufacturing, and logistics.

The BTA was initially proposed during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to Washington, DC, where he met with then-US President Donald Trump. The primary objective of the agreement is to double bilateral trade between the two nations, aiming to reach $500 billion by 2030.

Negotiations for the first phase of the BTA are expected to conclude by the end of 2025. In preparation for this, both India and the US are set to appoint senior representatives who will spearhead discussions and facilitate the agreement’s progression.

Earlier in the week, Goyal emphasized that India and the US share a complementary economic relationship rather than a competitive one. He stated that ongoing discussions with stakeholders—both within and outside the government—aim to further strengthen trade ties.

During a virtual address at the NDTV Profit Conclave, the minister underscored the strong partnership between the two nations. “This is a relationship between two friendly nations, trusted partners, and powerful democracies, and we do not compete as much as we complement each other,” he said.

Goyal further noted that India’s approach to global trade negotiations has been reinforced by its commitment to protecting domestic industries from non-market economies that operate without transparent trading systems.

India-US trade relations have already seen significant progress through various strategic, bilateral, and multilateral engagements. These include collaborations in defense, education, and cultural exchanges that have deepened the connection between the two countries.

Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the US led to several concrete outcomes, such as enhanced cooperation in defense, counter-terrorism, and energy security, spanning both fossil fuels and nuclear power. Additionally, trade and investment opportunities have been strengthened, with a focus on leveraging India’s skilled workforce.

Study Reveals Cardiovascular Disease Rates Rising Faster in Most Asian American Subgroups

A recent study conducted in Northern California indicates that while cardiovascular disease (CVD) rates vary among Asian American subgroups, most of them are experiencing a faster increase compared to white adults. The research, which was presented at the American Heart Association’s Scientific Sessions in Chicago, found that only Japanese Americans and individuals of Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander descent did not show a higher rate of increase. However, since the full results have yet to be published in a peer-reviewed journal, the findings remain preliminary.

Dr. Kaylin Thuy Nguyen, the study’s lead author and a clinical fellow in the division of cardiovascular medicine at Stanford University, emphasized the importance of analyzing data for specific Asian American groups rather than treating them as a single entity. “Asian Americans are a diverse group,” Nguyen stated. “There’s a lot of heterogeneity – different cultures, socioeconomic backgrounds, nutritional patterns. There are stark differences we mask when we aggregate data and look at the groups as a whole. If we assume the same risk for everyone, we might miss the opportunity to treat risk factors.”

Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders represent the fastest-growing racial or ethnic population in the United States. According to the 2020 census, approximately 24 million people identified as Asian alone or in combination with another racial or ethnic group. Among them, individuals of Chinese, Asian Indian, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, and Japanese descent accounted for 85%.

Historically, health data on individuals from these various Asian ancestries have been studied collectively, often obscuring significant variations in cardiovascular disease risk factors and prevalence. Recent research, however, has started to highlight these differences. This new study focused on analyzing cardiovascular disease rates among Asian American subgroups within a Northern California healthcare system and compared these rates with their white counterparts. The study also examined how the rates evolved between 2007 and 2018.

The researchers evaluated medical records of middle-aged Asian American men and women who self-identified as Asian Indian, Chinese, Filipino, Japanese, Korean, Native Hawaiian, or other Pacific Islander, as well as individuals of mixed-race backgrounds. The findings indicated that all Asian subgroups, with the exception of Japanese Americans and Native Hawaiians or Pacific Islanders, exhibited a faster increase in cardiovascular disease rates compared to white adults. Similarly, hypertension, or high blood pressure, rose more rapidly for nearly all subgroups—except Japanese Americans—when compared to white adults.

Among all the subgroups analyzed, Filipino Americans had the highest cardiovascular disease rates. Throughout the study period, their rates were nearly twice as high as those of their white peers. In 2007, 32.2% of Filipino Americans had cardiovascular disease, which increased to 45.1% in 2018. In contrast, white adults experienced a rise from 16.5% to 21.9% over the same period.

The study also found that coronary artery disease rates increased more rapidly among the Filipino, Asian Indian, and Chinese subgroups than among white adults. Meanwhile, the rate of heart attacks rose more slowly among Chinese and Korean individuals compared to their white counterparts.

The study did not explore the reasons behind these subgroup differences in cardiovascular risks and disease prevalence. However, Dr. Nguyen suggested that one potential explanation for the lower cardiovascular risk among Japanese Americans could be their traditional diet. She noted that their diet closely resembles the heart-healthy Mediterranean diet, emphasizing fish and vegetables while minimizing red meat consumption. Previous research has already linked the Japanese-style diet to reduced cardiovascular risk.

Lan Doan, an assistant professor in the department of population health at NYU Grossman School of Medicine in New York City, emphasized the necessity of collecting additional data in future studies. She pointed out that factors such as the length of time individuals have lived in the U.S., their regular access to healthcare, their insurance status, and their dietary and lifestyle adaptations should be considered in assessing cardiovascular risks. Geographic variations in these risks should also be examined.

“If we don’t start tracking and disaggregating data, we’re not going to be able to understand what differences in health there might be, and we can’t target treatments or preventive measures,” Doan stated.

She further emphasized the importance of deepening the understanding of Asian American, Native Hawaiian, and Pacific Islander populations. “We need to keep deepening our understanding of who these Asian American and Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander populations are, and thinking about all the multilevel factors that influence the risk and progression of cardiovascular disease and risk factors across their lives,” she said.

USCCB Sues State Department Over Refugee Assistance Suspension

Last week, the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops (USCCB) filed a lawsuit against the U.S. State Department for halting refugee assistance to programs operated by church agencies under its oversight. The suspension is widely regarded as unjustified and detrimental.

For 45 years, long before the faith-based initiative introduced by George W. Bush, the USCCB has received federal funding allocated by Congress to assist legally admitted refugees. These individuals, often forced to flee their home countries due to threats or extreme hardship, rely on this support to integrate into American society. Under the Bureau of Population, Refugees, and Migration within the State Department, Catholic agencies play a crucial role in helping refugees obtain Social Security cards, secure health insurance, and enroll in English language programs. Additionally, they receive cultural orientation and employment assistance for their first 90 days in the country.

As the largest non-governmental organization dedicated to refugee resettlement in the U.S., the USCCB is responsible for assisting 17% of all admitted refugees. For the current fiscal year, it was awarded $65 million in government contracts and contributed an additional $4 million of its own funds. However, with the sudden suspension of assistance, the program has been forced to lay off 50 employees. Without reimbursement from the government for ongoing expenditures, the organization faces the grim reality of scaling back services for the 6,700 refugees under its care.

The Trump administration has justified this move by claiming that it aligns with executive orders aimed at pausing foreign development aid and “realigning” refugee admissions policy. However, this reasoning appears flawed, as aiding refugees already admitted to the U.S. has little to do with either objective. In its letter to the USCCB, the administration stated that the funds “may no longer effectuate agency priorities” but failed to clarify what those priorities are or why the funding no longer aligns with them.

The administration’s priorities regarding refugees are clear. Under Trump’s leadership, policies have consistently sought to limit the entry of both refugees and immigrants into the U.S. When he previously held office, Trump slashed the annual refugee admissions cap to 20,000, a dramatic reduction from the 86,000 permitted during the final year of the Obama administration. Historically, the U.S. has accepted more than 90,000 refugees per year on average.

The decision to make life more difficult for those already admitted serves these priorities. The USCCB has highlighted the importance of refugee assistance programs, stating that they “promote the successful settlement of refugees in their communities, including by promoting gainful employment or connections to educational opportunities, thereby diminishing the likelihood that newly arriving refugees will be dependent on ongoing public support.” In other words, ensuring that refugees become self-sufficient undermines the administration’s broader agenda of restricting refugee resettlement.

In its lawsuit, the USCCB argues that the suspension violates multiple legal statutes and disrupts the constitutional separation of powers, as Congress had appropriated the funds in question. However, beyond the legal argument, the organization also emphasizes religious motivations for its involvement in refugee assistance.

The lawsuit asserts that refugee assistance is “an expression of charity taken in fulfillment of Christ’s commandment to serve those in need.” It further states that “The Catholic Church has cared for refugees since the earliest days of Christianity.” Additionally, it cites a passage from the Gospel, emphasizing the church’s moral obligation: “I was hungry and you gave me food, I was thirsty and you gave me drink, a stranger and you welcomed me.”

The USCCB also references Pope Paul VI’s words on the duty of hospitality: “The ‘duty of giving foreigners a hospitable reception’ is ‘imposed by human solidarity and by Christian charity.’” Furthermore, Cardinal Blase Cupich has underscored the church’s commitment to this mission, stating, “USCCB does so not because the refugees are Catholic (many are not), but because we are Catholic.”

While the lawsuit raises religious arguments, it does not claim that the suspension violates the USCCB’s religious liberty under the First Amendment. The Catholic Church does not have an inherent right to federal funding for religiously motivated humanitarian work, and if the State Department’s policy applies to all recipients equally, there is no legal basis to argue that the church’s free exercise rights have been infringed.

However, this decision contradicts the rhetoric of an administration and political party that have positioned “religious liberty” as a core issue. Despite championing religious freedoms in other contexts, the administration appears indifferent when those freedoms intersect with immigration policy. The prevailing attitude seems to be: “Religious liberty be damned.”

This pattern is evident in other immigration-related actions taken under Trump. On the day of his second inauguration, the Department of Homeland Security revoked its long-standing “sensitive locations” policy, which had previously limited Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) from conducting raids, arrests, and other enforcement actions at houses of worship.

Following this change, multiple religious organizations filed a lawsuit arguing that the new policy violates the federal Religious Freedom Restoration Act. Just this past Monday, a federal judge in Maryland ruled against the administration, temporarily blocking ICE from conducting enforcement actions at the places of worship of the religious groups that had sued.

Meanwhile, in Texas, state Attorney General Ken Paxton is working to shut down Annunciation House, a Catholic nonprofit that has provided shelter to immigrants and refugees in the El Paso area since 1976. In a lawsuit argued before the Texas Supreme Court last month, Paxton contended that Annunciation House is not a Catholic institution and that its work—offering food and housing to impoverished migrants—does not constitute a religious practice.

This argument has been met with strong opposition from the Catholic bishops of Texas. In an amicus brief, they refuted Paxton’s claim, stating:

“The Catholic bishop of El Paso and his predecessors in office have determined that Annunciation House, whose very name invokes the angel Gabriel’s announcement of the incarnation of Christ, is and has been for many years a Catholic ministry. Determining who is Catholic or what ministerial activity is Catholic is left only to the Catholic Church, not to state actors. To allow otherwise would impermissibly place governance of the faith with the state rather than the religious organization itself, trampling on the very idea of free exercise of religion.”

Given these circumstances, one might expect legal organizations that have zealously defended religious freedoms in other contexts to support Annunciation House. After all, these same groups have fought for the right of religious institutions to refuse services to LGBTQ+ individuals, to keep places of worship open during public health emergencies, and to exclude abortion coverage from employee health plans.

However, when it comes to immigration, their silence is deafening.

Republicans Tout Musk’s Young Tech Team as Government Saviors Amid Privacy Concerns

Concerns have been raised about billionaire Trump adviser Elon Musk’s access to sensitive government data, with critics viewing his group of young tech experts as an unregulated risk to privacy. However, conservatives see the situation differently.

Influential voices in right-wing politics characterize these engineers, most of whom are in their early 20s, as some of the world’s brightest minds, stepping in to rescue the U.S. government from excessive bureaucracy.

This development comes at a time when young progressives feel sidelined by the Democratic Party, with the party’s grip on younger voters—particularly young men—weakening. Republicans have seized on this contrast as a promotional opportunity.

Charlie Kirk, founder of Turning Point, a group that has organized Republican voter turnout efforts, praised the engineers as “young prodigies” and “all-stars” with IQs so high they would “melt the charts.”

“This is a Gen Z, millennial takeover of the federal government,” Kirk said on his February 4 podcast. “And we always thought it was coming from the left. But this is the geriatric, the kind of nursing home regime that has been pushing the country into oblivion. Now the young guns are taking over the country for the better.”

Since President Donald Trump returned to the White House, Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency, or DOGE, has rapidly integrated itself into federal agencies, restructuring operations with little oversight while gaining access to sensitive taxpayer data.

Musk, the world’s richest man, has referred to the DOGE team as “some of the world’s best software engineers.” Trump, in a recent interview with Fox News Channel host Sean Hannity, also praised them as “very brilliant young people.”

“He attracts a young, very smart type of person,” Trump said of Musk. “I call them high-IQ individuals.”

Many of the engineers linked to DOGE have ties to Musk’s companies, while some are connected to Silicon Valley billionaire and longtime Musk associate Peter Thiel, according to WIRED magazine. One staffer, who resigned amid controversy over past racist social media posts, was quickly rehired. The Wall Street Journal initially linked the 25-year-old employee, Marko Elez, to an account that had posted statements such as “I was racist before it was cool” and “Normalize Indian hate.”

Kirk and other conservative commentators have celebrated the engineers’ involvement in the Trump administration. During the February 4 episode of the “Happy Women” podcast, host Jen Horn said, “these kids … are literally just living and breathing these numbers.” Her co-host, Katie Gorka, added, “I’ve often thought we’re going to be saved ultimately by these kids.”

A heated exchange over DOGE erupted between Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy and former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton on Musk’s social media platform, X. The debate revolved around the Trump administration’s decision to enlist DOGE in efforts to upgrade aviation safety.

“They have no relevant experience,” Clinton commented in response to Duffy’s announcement of DOGE’s involvement. “Most of them aren’t old enough to rent a car.”

Duffy fired back, saying, “We’re moving on without you because the American people want us to make America’s transportation system great again. And yes, we’re bringing the 22-year-olds with us.”

The Republican embrace of Musk’s engineers reflects their strategy in gaining support from younger voters in last year’s election.

Trump’s Democratic opponent in 2024, then-Vice President Kamala Harris, barely secured a victory among voters under 30, with nearly half opting for Trump, according to AP VoteCast, a survey of more than 120,000 voters. This marked a significant shift from 2020 when Joe Biden, the Democratic candidate, won around 60% of voters under 30 against Trump. Although other age groups also leaned more toward Trump last year, the shift was most pronounced among young voters.

For Alex Dwyer, chairman of the Kansas Federation of Young Republicans, the recognition of young DOGE engineers has been exhilarating. As a 28-year-old financial analyst in Wichita, he has long felt that young professionals were overlooked in both government and the workplace.

“DOGE is showing that our talents and abilities are finally being recognized as having value,” Dwyer said. “… The party has finally woken up that if you want to appeal to the youth, you have to involve them in the party.”

Trump’s campaign effectively engaged young men like Dwyer, many of whom were concerned about the economy and felt alienated by progressive social policies and the so-called “culture wars,” according to Melissa Deckman, CEO of the Public Religion Research Institute and author of The Politics of Gen Z.

Trump’s outreach strategy targeted young men through alternative media, including right-wing podcasts and social media platforms that amplify far-right views. Deckman noted that the glorification of DOGE in these spaces reinforces the message that young men are being prioritized.

“Historically, you think of the GOP being the party of old fuddy-duddy white guys not passing the baton, and then suddenly there’s this cultural shift to highlighting the contributions of younger people,” she said. “… Meanwhile, when given the chance to pass the torch, Democrats lately have not been very successful in doing that, and young people are fed up.”

However, not all young voters are buying into this narrative.

Sunjay Muralitharan, national president of College Democrats of America, dismissed DOGE as an “unconstitutional threat to American democracy” and doubted that it would significantly boost Republican youth support.

“Most young people can see through this surface-level pandering,” he said. “The image of the richest man in the world gutting vital agencies speaks more here.”

Muralitharan pointed out that young leaders have also been making an impact within the Democratic Party. Recent examples include gun control advocate David Hogg, who was elected vice chair of the party this month, and Florida Democratic Representative Maxwell Frost, currently the youngest member of the U.S. House.

John Della Volpe, director of polling at the Harvard Kennedy School Institute of Politics, argued that Democrats simply fail to highlight their young leaders as effectively as Republicans do.

“Democrats have plenty of young people in consequential jobs,” he said. “They’re just not as good at letting us know about it.”

Della Volpe added that seeing DOGE engineers influence real-world policy could serve as a powerful signal to young voters, further complicating Democratic efforts to mobilize a younger generation already questioning what the party has done for them.

“Republicans are seeing a weakness in Democrats through young people, and they’re taking advantage of it,” he said.

Basil Smikle, a Democratic political strategist and professor at Columbia University’s School of Professional Studies, noted that many young men disillusioned with the current political landscape might view DOGE as proof that they, too, can wield power. He urged Democratic leaders to step aside and give young people a greater role in shaping the party’s message.

“If you don’t, Republicans are going to go back to the same playbook and beat us every time,” he warned.

Indian Cardinals Among Electors in Future Papal Conclave as Pope Francis Remains Hospitalized

As Pope Francis continues to receive medical care at Rome’s Gemelli Hospital, discussions surrounding the future leadership of the Catholic Church have gained momentum.

While the Vatican has reassured the public that the Pope’s condition is stable, his advanced age and prior health challenges have led to increased preparations for the possibility of a papal conclave.

Should a conclave be convened, 138 cardinals under the age of 80 will be eligible to cast their votes, including four representatives from India.

The Four Indian Cardinals Eligible to Vote

Among those who will participate in the selection of the next pope are four Indian cardinals, each bringing distinct experience and perspectives to the process.

Cardinal Filipe Neri Ferrão, 72, serves as the Archbishop of Goa and Daman. He is widely recognized for his efforts in promoting social justice and fostering interreligious dialogue.

Cardinal Cleemis Baselios, 64, holds the position of Major Archbishop-Catholicos of the Syro-Malankara Catholic Church. He was elevated to the rank of cardinal in 2012, further strengthening India’s presence in the Church’s leadership.

Cardinal Anthony Poola, 63, made history as India’s first Dalit cardinal. His work primarily focuses on uplifting marginalized communities and advocating for their rights within the Church.

Cardinal George Jacob Koovakad, 51, brings diplomatic expertise to the conclave. As a Vatican diplomat and Syro-Malabar archbishop, he has played a key role in organizing the Pope’s international visits.

The Papal Conclave Process

In the event of Pope Francis’ resignation or passing, the process of selecting a new pontiff will take place in the Sistine Chapel, following time-honored traditions that have been observed for centuries.

The proceedings begin with all voting cardinals swearing an oath of secrecy. Once inside the conclave, they are completely cut off from the outside world to ensure confidentiality in the decision-making process.

Voting is conducted in multiple rounds, with each cardinal writing down the name of their chosen candidate on a ballot. To be elected as the new pope, a candidate must secure a two-thirds majority of the votes.

After each round of voting, the ballots are burned in a special stove within the chapel. If no candidate secures the required majority, black smoke is released from the chimney, signaling that deliberations will continue. Once a decision is made and a pope is chosen, white smoke rises, and the newly elected pontiff is introduced to the world with the traditional Latin announcement: “Habemus Papam,” which translates to “We have a Pope.”

India’s presence in the Catholic Church has grown steadily over the years, with its cardinals playing an active role in past papal elections. During the 2013 conclave that led to the selection of Pope Francis, Indian cardinals, including Oswald Gracias and Baselios Cleemis, were instrumental in the voting process.

With four Indian cardinals now set to participate in the next conclave, their role in shaping the future leadership of the Church is more significant than ever before.

Conservatives Win Narrow Victory in Germany as Far-Right AfD Sees Historic Surge

The opposition conservatives, led by Friedrich Merz, secured a modest victory in Germany’s election on Sunday, while the far-right Alternative for Germany (AfD) saw its support double, marking the strongest performance for an extreme-right party since World War II, according to projections.

Chancellor Olaf Scholz acknowledged defeat for his center-left Social Democrats, calling it “a bitter election result.” Projections from ARD and ZDF public television indicated that his party had finished in third place, marking its worst postwar performance in a national parliamentary election.

Merz expressed his intention to form a coalition government by Easter, though assembling such an alliance is expected to be challenging.

A Discontented Electorate

The election was held seven months ahead of schedule after Scholz’s unpopular coalition collapsed in November. His three-year tenure had been plagued by internal divisions, leading to widespread dissatisfaction among voters. However, there was little enthusiasm for any of the candidates.

Key concerns during the campaign included the prolonged economic stagnation in Europe’s largest economy and the pressure to control migration. Merz, in recent weeks, had strongly advocated for stricter immigration policies, fueling debate. Additionally, uncertainty surrounding Ukraine’s future and Europe’s alliance with the United States added to voter concerns.

As the most populous country in the European Union and a leading NATO member, Germany plays a crucial role in shaping Europe’s responses to global challenges. It has been the second-largest supplier of weapons to Ukraine, following the United States. The outcome of the election is expected to influence Germany’s stance on issues such as U.S. foreign policy under a potential new Trump administration.

According to projections based on exit polls and preliminary results, Merz’s Union bloc garnered around 28.5% of the vote, while the anti-immigration AfD received approximately 20.5%—nearly double its 2021 result.

Scholz’s Social Democrats managed just over 16%, significantly lower than their previous election performance and worse than their postwar low of 20.5% in 2017. The Greens, who had been part of the outgoing coalition government, secured about 12%.

Among the smaller parties, the hard-left Left Party showed resilience, making a comeback with up to 9% of the vote. The pro-business Free Democrats, also a part of the collapsed government, appeared poised to lose their parliamentary representation, with support hovering around 4.5%. Meanwhile, the Sahra Wagenknecht Alliance (BSW) was on the brink of the 5% threshold required to enter parliament.

Merz Faces Tough Road Ahead

The ability of Merz to form a coalition government depends on whether he can secure a majority with the Social Democrats or if a second partner, likely the Greens, will be necessary. The inclusion of the BSW in parliament could also influence coalition dynamics.

“The most important thing is to reestablish a viable government in Germany as quickly as possible,” Merz emphasized.

“I am aware of the responsibility,” he stated. “I am also aware of the scale of the task that now lies ahead of us. I approach it with the utmost respect, and I know that it will not be easy.”

Merz also warned that prolonged coalition negotiations would be detrimental. “The world out there isn’t waiting for us, and it isn’t waiting for long-drawn-out coalition talks and negotiations,” he told his cheering supporters.

Vice Chancellor Robert Habeck, the Greens’ candidate for chancellor, urged Merz to adopt a more moderate approach following an intense campaign.

“We have seen the center is weakened overall, and everyone should look at themselves and ask whether they didn’t contribute to that,” Habeck remarked. “Now he must see that he acts like a chancellor.”

Despite its role in Scholz’s unpopular administration, the Greens fared relatively well compared to their coalition partners. Matthias Miersch, the Social Democrats’ general secretary, admitted that their defeat had been long in the making. “This election wasn’t lost in the last eight weeks,” he observed.

A Triumphant Yet Isolated Far-Right Party

AfD co-leader Tino Chrupalla celebrated the party’s historic gains, addressing enthusiastic supporters. “We have achieved something historic today,” he declared.

“We are now the political center and we have left the fringes behind us,” Chrupalla asserted. AfD’sprevious best result was 12.6% in 2017 when it first entered parliament.

Alice Weidel, AfD’s candidate for chancellor, signaled the party’s openness to coalition talks with Merz’s conservatives. “We are open for coalition negotiations” with the Union, she said, adding, “Otherwise, no change of policy is possible in Germany.”

However, Merz and other mainstream leaders have consistently rejected working with AfD, and he reiterated this stance in a televised discussion with Weidel and other political leaders after the election.

Weidel suggested that AfD would not need to compromise much in any theoretical coalition, arguing that the Union had largely adopted its policies. She dismissed Merz’s victory as hollow, stating, “It won’t be able to implement it with left-wing parties.”

She predicted instability if Merz formed an alliance with the Social Democrats and the Greens. “It will be an unstable government that doesn’t last four years, there will be an interim Chancellor Friedrich Merz, and in the coming years, we will overtake the Union,” Weidel claimed.

Merz dismissed the possibility of a coalition with AfD, emphasizing that their policy positions were fundamentally at odds. “We have fundamentally different views, for example, on foreign policy, on security policy, in many other areas, regarding Europe, the euro, NATO,” he stated.

“You want the opposite of what we want, so there will be no cooperation,” he added.

Scholz also condemned AfD’s rising influence, asserting, “That must never be something that we will accept. I will not accept it and never will.”

The election saw more than 59 million eligible voters participate in choosing the 630 members of the Bundestag, Germany’s lower house of parliament, who will take their seats under the iconic glass dome of Berlin’s Reichstag building.

Pakistan Hosts Champions Trophy After Decades, But India’s Absence Looms Large

Jet fighters soared over a packed stadium in southern Pakistan, painting the sky with the green and white hues of the national flag, adding a grand spectacle to a sporting event the country had been longing to host for a generation.

The two competing teams made their way into the National Stadium in Karachi, greeted by a thunderous cheer from the crowd, marking the commencement of the Champions Trophy tournament. Cricket-loving Pakistan views this event as a crucial step in re-establishing its position in the global cricketing community.

For years, Pakistan has been excluded from hosting international tournaments due to persistent Islamist militancy and terror attacks, including a devastating assault on Sri Lanka’s cricket team in 2009. However, with cricket powerhouses such as Australia, Bangladesh, England, New Zealand, and South Africa now participating in the three-week-long tournament, local fans are elated.

Authorities in Karachi took stringent security measures for the opening match between Pakistan and New Zealand on Wednesday. Snipers were stationed on rooftops along the routes leading to the stadium, while commandos and SWAT teams monitored checkpoints across the vast port city.

Farah Qadri, who endured hours under the scorching sun while navigating security checkpoints outside the stadium, described the experience of witnessing the opening game as “surreal” and well worth the wait.

“There were people from all walks of life huddled together, cheering, chanting, and dancing nonstop,” she shared with CNN.

For Basit Ali, a 36-year-old cricket enthusiast watching the match from a teashop in Peshawar near the Afghan border, the tournament signified a positive development for the entire nation.

“I pray that Pakistan successfully defends its title and brings joy to the nation,” he said.

In Pakistan, cricket is more than just a sport—it holds a status akin to a second religion. National team players are celebrated like superstars, their images plastered across billboards. The team’s performance often dictates the public’s mood, oscillating between immense pride and intense frustration.

However, the last time Pakistan hosted an international cricket tournament was in 1996. As a result, an entire generation in the country, which boasts a population of approximately 220 million, has grown up without experiencing the thrill of welcoming the world’s top cricketing nations.

Farees Shah, a cricket podcast host who was among the crowd at the Karachi stadium on Wednesday, described a mixture of excitement and nervousness.

“It’s like you’re the biggest party animal out there, but after ages, you’re hosting the party, so you just want to make sure everything goes smoothly,” he told CNN.

Pakistan is no stranger to challenges off the cricket pitch.

Former Prime Minister Imran Khan, a World Cup-winning cricketer, remains behind bars on charges of corruption and revealing official secrets—accusations he claims are politically motivated efforts to prevent his return to power.

Meanwhile, the country’s economy teeters on the brink, heavily reliant on International Monetary Fund (IMF) bailouts. Critics argue that the powerful military maintains a strong grip over all aspects of life.

Pakistan has also endured a prolonged Taliban insurgency that has claimed tens of thousands of lives. Additionally, authorities continue to battle a violent separatist movement in the resource-rich southwestern region.

Cricket has not been immune to this turmoil.

In 2009, Sri Lanka’s national cricket team was ambushed by militants while en route to a match in Lahore. Gunmen sprayed the team’s bus with bullets as it approached the stadium, killing six policemen and two civilians. Several visiting players were injured, sending shockwaves throughout the cricketing world.

In the aftermath of that attack, Pakistan was stripped of its hosting rights for the 2009 Champions Trophy. Another militant attack later led to the country’s exclusion from co-hosting the 2011 World Cup.

Hosting this year’s Champions Trophy marks a “milestone moment” for Pakistan, said Mohsin Naqvi, chairman of the Pakistan Cricket Board (PCB), in a statement to CNN.

The tournament, he emphasized, provides “an opportunity to reaffirm Pakistan’s status as one of the most passionate and influential cricketing nations, fully capable of staging multi-nation tournaments at the highest level.”

Authorities are making every effort to ensure the smooth execution of the event.

Pakistan’s national airline has scheduled special flights to transport visiting teams between match locations. Moreover, authorities have granted “state guest status” to all players and match officials, treating them with the same level of hospitality typically reserved for foreign heads of state.

The Elephant in the Room

Despite the enthusiasm surrounding the tournament, one significant absence looms large.

India, the world’s top-ranked cricket team and Pakistan’s fiercest rival, has opted not to participate on Pakistani soil.

Citing “security reasons,” Indian cricket officials have refused to send their team to Pakistan. Instead, India’s matches will be played in the United Arab Emirates.

This decision has disappointed fans worldwide and angered Pakistani supporters, who have been deprived of the chance to witness a high-stakes India-Pakistan clash on home turf.

Since gaining independence from Britain in 1947, nuclear-armed India and Pakistan have fought three wars. The two nations have imposed strict restrictions on trade and cross-border movement, despite sharing deep historical, cultural, and linguistic ties—not to mention an undying passion for cricket.

India-Pakistan cricket matches are among the most highly anticipated sporting events globally, attracting massive sponsorship deals and widespread media coverage.

In the 2017 Champions Trophy final, an estimated 400 million viewers tuned in to watch Pakistan defeat India. By comparison, viewership for the most recent Super Bowl was significantly lower, drawing approximately 127 million spectators.

Naqvi, the PCB chairman, lamented India’s absence, calling it “a loss for spectators, broadcasters, media, and the tournament itself.”

“But it is also a missed opportunity for Indian players to experience the warmth, love, and hospitality that Pakistan has always extended to visiting teams,” he added.

CNN reached out to India’s cricket board for comment but received no response.

Despite India’s absence, for cricket fan Basit Ali in Peshawar, the most anticipated moment of the tournament remains Pakistan’s upcoming match against India—even if it will take place in Dubai rather than in Pakistan.

“The real excitement will be when Pakistan faces India. I can’t wait for that!” he said.

Farees Shah, the cricket podcast host, echoed this sentiment, saying he wanted “nothing more than Pakistan cricket to do well.”

“It is equally important to me that the tournament goes effortlessly,” he added.

US Visa Waiver Program 2025: Romania Joins as New Entrant, Policy Updates Announced

The U.S. Department of State has officially announced the 2025 list of countries eligible for the U.S. Visa Waiver Program (VWP), opening up greater travel opportunities for international visitors. This latest update enhances accessibility for millions of travelers by enabling visa-free entry to the United States for business, tourism, and transit purposes.

The Visa Waiver Program allows citizens of qualifying nations to visit the United States for up to 90 days without requiring a visa. Rather than undergoing the traditional visa process, eligible travelers can instead apply for an Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) before departure.

New Additions to the 2025 US Visa Waiver Program

The 2025 Visa Waiver Program now includes a total of 40 countries, with Romania joining as the newest participant. Meanwhile, Taiwan and the United Kingdom remain eligible, but under specific conditions.

Complete List of Countries in the 2025 US Visa Waiver Program

The following is an updated alphabetical list of countries whose citizens are eligible for visa-free travel to the U.S. under the VWP:

Country Country Country
Andorra Greece Norway
Australia Hungary Poland
Austria Iceland Portugal
Belgium Ireland San Marino
Brunei Israel Singapore
Chile Italy Slovakia
Croatia Japan Slovenia
Czech Republic Latvia South Korea
Denmark Liechtenstein Spain
Estonia Lithuania Sweden
Finland Luxembourg Switzerland
France Malta Taiwan*
Germany Monaco United Kingdom*
Netherlands New Zealand Romania (New Entry!)
Qatar

 

(*Taiwan requires a personal identification number; the United Kingdom requires the right of abode.)

Key Changes in 2025

While most of the VWP list remains the same, the inclusion of Romania represents a notable change. The U.S. government has also strengthened security measures, placing greater emphasis on countries with strong diplomatic ties and robust border security protocols.

Despite Romania’s inclusion in the program, it, along with Taiwan and the United Kingdom, is not covered under the U.S. visa and interview waiver program for 2025. This exclusion has drawn concern among travelers, with officials pointing to updates in security protocols and reciprocity agreements as primary reasons for the decision.

Why the Visa Waiver Program Matters

The VWP plays a crucial role in facilitating smoother travel for millions of visitors each year. Some of its key benefits include:

  • Faster Entry – Eliminates the need for visa interviews and lengthy processing times.
  • Simplified Travel – Travelers can apply for an ESTA, book their flights, and visit the U.S. without the usual visa-related hassles.
  • Economic Contribution – According to the U.S. Travel Association, the VWP enables over 20 million visits annually, generating billions of dollars in economic activity.

How to Apply for Visa-Free Travel in 2025

For those seeking to travel under the Visa Waiver Program, the following conditions must be met:

  • A valid passport from a VWP country is required.
  • Travelers must apply for an ESTA online before departure.
  • There must be no history of visa denials or past immigration violations.

For official ESTA applications, travelers should refer to the U.S. Department of State’s website.

Updated Interview Waiver Policy for 2025

Alongside the VWP updates, the U.S. Department of State has revised its Interview Waiver Policy for nonimmigrant visa applicants.

Who Qualifies for a Visa Interview Waiver?

Under the updated policy, consular officers now have the authority to waive in-person interviews for specific applicants, including:

  • Holders of diplomatic and official visas (A-1, A-2, C-3, G-1 to G-4, NATO-1 to NATO-6, and TECRO E-1).
  • Those renewing their visas within 12 months of expiration (previously, this period was 48 months).
  • Applicants filing from their country of nationality or residence.
  • Individuals with no prior visa refusals or ineligibilities.

One major change under this policy is that first-time visa applicants and those whose visas expired more than 12 months ago will now need to attend an in-person interview. Previously, visa renewals could be processed without an interview if the visa had expired within 48 months.

Final Thoughts

The 2025 updates to the US Visa Waiver Program promise a more efficient travel experience for citizens of participating countries. However, travelers should remain informed about any shifts in policy, particularly regarding the interview waiver program.

With the simplified ESTA process, visa-free travelers can look forward to a streamlined entry into the United States.

Hyatt Centric Expands Globally with Over 35 New Hotels by 2028

Hyatt Centric is transforming the hospitality scene with an ambitious global expansion, bringing immersive hotel experiences to some of the world’s most vibrant cities. The brand, recognized for placing travelers in the heart of key destinations, is rapidly growing with new locations in Cairo, Shanghai, San José, Santo Domingo, and more.

Looking ahead, Hyatt Centric plans to add over 35 hotels by 2028, increasing its presence by 50% and surpassing 100 locations by 2029. The most significant expansion will occur in the Asia Pacific region, where the brand’s footprint will grow by 75%, with additional key developments in the Americas, Europe, and the Middle East.

Hyatt Centric’s Expansion in the Americas

Several new properties will open across North America and the Caribbean, strengthening the brand’s presence in key urban and resort locations.

Hyatt Centric Chicago O’Hare, set to launch in 2025, will be a rebranded and fully renovated hotel near O’Hare International Airport. It will feature 206 modern rooms, upgraded meeting spaces, and a signature restaurant. The same year, Hyatt Centric Isla Verde San Juan will mark the brand’s debut in Puerto Rico, offering a resort-style pool deck, beer garden, and a private beach club in Isla Verde.

Another major opening in 2025 is Hyatt Centric Querétaro, located near the Historic Monument Zone of Querétaro, Mexico. The hotel will feature a rooftop pool and incorporate local design elements to create an authentic experience.

In 2026, Hyatt Centric will make its first appearance in Ohio with Hyatt Centric Cincinnati, a downtown property providing convenient access to the city’s entertainment district. That same year, Hyatt Centric Victoria – Old Town will open in British Columbia, marking the first Hyatt-branded hotel in Victoria. The hotel will feature 135 rooms, along with a lively restaurant, bar, and coffee shop.

Hyatt Centric Winnipeg Downtown is also slated for a 2026 launch, making it the second Hyatt Centric property in Canada. This hotel will offer a signature restaurant and open-concept social spaces, catering to both business and leisure travelers.

Hyatt Centric’s Rapid Expansion in Asia Pacific

The brand’s most aggressive growth will take place in Asia Pacific, where several new properties will be introduced by 2026.

Hyatt Centric Bengaluru Airport will open as a premium airport hotel in Bengaluru, offering 166 contemporary rooms with easy flight access. Another major opening in India will be Hyatt Centric Electronic City Bangalore, located in the country’s tech capital and catering to business travelers.

In Taiwan, Hyatt Centric East Taipei will launch in 2026, marking the first Hyatt Centric hotel in the country. Meanwhile, Hyatt Centric will expand its footprint in China with two properties in Shanghai—Hyatt Centric Shanghai Jinqiao and Hyatt Centric TODTOWN Shanghai. These hotels will be located in key business and shopping districts, offering modern accommodations.

Another notable expansion in China includes Hyatt Centric Tianxin Changsha, set to open in 2026. Overlooking the Xiangjiang River, this property will introduce the brand to Hunan province.

In India, Hyatt Centric Vrindavan will provide a unique stay experience in one of the country’s most spiritual locations, immersing guests in the city’s religious and cultural heritage.

Japan will also welcome its first Hyatt Centric property in Hokkaido with the opening of Hyatt Centric Sapporo in 2026. This hotel will provide panoramic views near Odori Park, adding to the country’s upscale hospitality options.

European and Middle Eastern Expansion

Hyatt Centric is also making strategic moves in Europe and the Middle East, with new properties in key cities.

In 2025, Hyatt Centric Reims will open near the iconic Notre Dame Cathedral in Reims, France. The hotel will feature three exclusive restaurants, offering guests a high-end dining experience.

In Germany, Hyatt Centric Altstadt Hamburg will launch in 2026, marking the brand’s first property in the country. Situated on Moenckebergstrasse, this hotel will include a rooftop restaurant with panoramic city views.

Hyatt Centric Reykjavik, scheduled to open in 2026, will be the first Hyatt-branded hotel in Iceland. This property will feature a rooftop bar that overlooks Reykjavik’s skyline, providing a unique experience for guests exploring the capital city.

Saudi Arabia will also welcome the brand with the opening of Hyatt Centric Madinah KEC in 2028. This hotel will blend modern design with traditional cultural elements, offering a distinctive hospitality experience in the country.

Hyatt Centric’s Signature Guest Experience

Every Hyatt Centric hotel is designed to offer an immersive and culturally rich experience, incorporating elements that highlight the uniqueness of each destination.

Locally Inspired Art & Design: Each property features bold interiors inspired by the local culture. For example, Egyptian sculptures will adorn the Cairo location, while Kuala Lumpur’s hotel will incorporate tin-mining motifs into its design.

Social & Entertainment Spaces: Hyatt Centric hotels are designed to encourage social interaction and engagement. Unique venues such as the House of Music in Xiamen and a mock recording studio in Madrid provide entertainment-focused spaces for guests.

Destination-Inspired Dining: The brand emphasizes local culinary experiences, offering rooftop dining in Hong Kong, craft cocktail lounges in Atlanta, and fresh sea-to-table dining in Key West.

With its ambitious global expansion, Hyatt Centric is reshaping modern travel by offering adventure, luxury, and locally inspired experiences in some of the world’s most exciting destinations.

Trump Administration’s Mass Layoffs Spark Fears of Public Health Crisis

The Trump administration’s sweeping overhaul of the federal government, led by Elon Musk and the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), has triggered concerns among public health experts, researchers, and advocacy groups. They fear a significant brain drain and severe consequences for public health.

In the past week alone, termination notices were sent to thousands of employees across various health agencies as the administration aggressively downsized the federal government.

These now-unemployed workers were engaged in critical projects such as infectious disease research, medical device safety, food safety, reducing healthcare costs, and improving maternal health outcomes.

“The federal government has a huge footprint. [These layoffs] will interrupt all fields of research. Every phase of our scientific endeavor has been interrupted, including that research that is essential for our national security,” said Georges Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association.

Benjamin expressed concerns that the damage inflicted by the administration could deter the next generation of scientists from pursuing careers in public service.

“I am very concerned that this generation of people will be so dissuaded that it’s going to take a lot more work and coaxing and assurances, even when things settle down, to get people to see this as a career that’s dependable,” he said.

Lawmakers and advocates warn that unless the job cuts are reversed, lives will be at risk. Senate Democrats have already taken action, sending a letter on Friday to Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., demanding transparency about the dismissals and whether any impact assessment was conducted beforehand.

“The Trump Administration is firing staff and harming programs that Americans rely on every day, and these arbitrary cuts will endanger children, seniors, and at-risk communities, set medical progress back by decades, curtail patient access to care, and make the nation less prepared for emerging public health threats,” the senators wrote.

Lisa Lacasse, president of the American Cancer Society Cancer Action Network, warned in a statement that the cuts could “dismantle the critical government infrastructure that has played a pivotal role in cancer survivorship for 18 million individuals who are alive today in the U.S., resulting in more suffering from cancer nationwide.”

She further explained the consequences: “Without the appropriate workforce necessary to drive the essential services and programs within HHS, active clinical trials could be abandoned, the nation’s drug shortages could worsen, the time it takes to review innovative new cancer treatments could lengthen, cancer prevention efforts may be halted and access to lifesaving cancer screenings could be cut off for millions of people in America.”

One former scientist at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) had been researching human papillomavirus, a virus that can sometimes lead to cancer.

Then, on a Saturday evening, an email arrived, informing the scientist that their position had been eliminated.

“They said, I’m probationary, and have poor performance, and I’m gone,” the individual said.

The layoffs appear to have disproportionately affected employees in the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) food, tobacco, and medical device divisions. One former worker, a medical device reviewer, said their team was slashed by nearly half overnight.

This employee had been hired just a year ago as part of an effort to expand the agency’s review capacity for medical devices.

What puzzled them the most was that their position—like many others in the FDA’s drug and medical device divisions—was not funded by taxpayer dollars but rather by industry-paid user fees.

“We spent a lot of money trying to hire these very qualified candidates because almost everybody in my team has a PhD or a master’s degree and has eight plus years of industry experience,” the employee said. “That’s taxpayer money wasted. You spend all the money hiring people, interviewing people, and now they just fired all of them without any reason.”

Nearly half of the FDA’s $7.2 billion budget is sourced from fees paid by the companies it regulates. Under federal law, businesses pay user fees to the FDA to ensure timely reviews of their products. These fees fund the additional scientists needed to conduct those evaluations.

The medical device trade group AdvaMed has urged HHS to reconsider the layoffs.

“Unfortunately, as a result of these reductions, FDA will lose hundreds of new employees, the best and most innovative hires under our most recent agreement,” AdvaMed President and CEO Scott Whitaker said in a statement.

A current employee in the FDA’s food safety division revealed that 10 scientists had been laid off from their office of 90.

“What’s going to happen with the work that they were in the middle of doing?” the employee asked. “We’re already understaffed … just to get these new people coming in the past year or two is a huge help, but we’re still below what we need. We’re close to our backs breaking, to be honest with you, to make up for all the work that the rest of us will pick up.”

Another FDA food division employee described widespread confusion surrounding the firings, as even managers were uncertain about who was being let go and when.

“We suspected they might be coming, but you know, none of our leadership knew … our office is still trying to take stock of who was even fired,” the employee said.

A recent office-wide conference call was described as somber.

“The mood was like a wake. The grief is palpable,” said one employee.

Despite the chaos and uncertainty, many remaining employees remain committed to their mission.

“How do we figure out what they were working on? How do we figure out who’s going to take that work? We’re going to keep doing what we said we were going to do, just keep the food supply safe,” the employee said.

Neera Tanden Returns as President and CEO of Center for American Progress

Neera Tanden, who previously served as President Joe Biden’s domestic policy advisor, has returned to the Washington, D.C.-based think tank, the Center for American Progress (CAP), as its president and CEO, the organization announced.

A veteran Democratic policy advisor, Tanden had earlier led CAP and its advocacy division, the Center for American Progress Action Fund.

Tanden made history as the first Indian American to head any of the major White House advisory councils while serving as Biden’s domestic policy advisor. In this role, she was responsible for managing the White House Domestic Policy Council and directing policy efforts across economic, social, and governance issues.

Expressing support for her appointment, CAP board chair John Podesta highlighted the importance of the organization at this juncture. “This is a moment where the Center for American Progress is more important than ever. There is a competition of ideas in the country. And this time calls for both a strong critique of the Trump administration’s policies and the development of an alternative agenda to solve the country’s problems,” he stated.

Podesta acknowledged CAP’s influence in shaping major policy initiatives, citing its role in the development of the Affordable Care Act under President Barack Obama and its contributions to climate investment strategies implemented by President Joe Biden. He voiced strong confidence in Tanden’s ability to lead the think tank, referencing her extensive experience in three different White House administrations and her efforts in defending the Affordable Care Act (ACA) from repeal during the Trump presidency.

Tanden expressed enthusiasm about her return to CAP and her opportunity to contribute to policy formation at a pivotal time in American politics. “I’m thrilled to join the Center for American Progress, with its talented leaders across multiple issues, at this critical moment in history,” she stated.

She further emphasized CAP’s commitment to developing a strong agenda in response to the political landscape, saying, “As CAP has done before, it will develop an agenda to build a resilient coalition and take on the Trump administration’s assault on core American values and its harms to Americans from all walks of life.”

Tanden, an Indian American, has held prominent positions in the Biden, Obama, and Clinton administrations. Additionally, she served as a senior adviser during Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaigns. She holds a law degree from Yale and completed her undergraduate studies at UCLA.

Trump to Appoint Kash Patel as Acting ATF Director Amid Controversy

President Donald Trump has decided to appoint newly confirmed FBI Director Kash Patel as the acting head of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), according to a source familiar with the matter who spoke to Reuters on February 22.

A staunch Trump ally, Patel will now lead the FBI, the nation’s top law enforcement agency, during a period of increasing instability, while simultaneously heading the ATF, which is responsible for enforcing U.S. gun laws.

Despite strong opposition from Democrats and two moderate Republicans, Patel secured enough support from the Republican majority to be confirmed as FBI director. Critics had voiced concerns over his previous statements advocating retribution against Trump’s detractors, arguing that such a stance rendered him unfit to oversee the FBI. However, these objections failed to prevent his confirmation.

Patel, who has been endorsed by the pro-gun rights organization Gun Owners of America, is expected to implement significant changes at the ATF, likely shifting its mission away from firearm regulation.

During his presidential campaign, Trump had frequently criticized the ATF, accusing it of being overly aggressive toward gun owners and arbitrarily revoking licenses.

Just days before Patel’s appointment, Attorney General Pam Bondi took decisive action by firing Pamela Hicks, the ATF’s longtime chief counsel, on February 20. According to a source familiar with the situation, Hicks was abruptly dismissed without any prior notice or explanation and was escorted out of the building by security.

Explaining the decision in an interview with Fox News, Bondi stated, “These people were targeting gun owners.”

Bondi has since directed the ATF to prioritize assisting the Department of Justice in addressing illegal immigration rather than its traditional responsibilities of regulating firearms, tobacco, and alcohol.

Patel is not the only Trump administration official taking on dual roles. Secretary of State Marco Rubio is also serving as the acting administrator of the United States Agency for International Development (USAID), an agency Trump has proposed dismantling and merging into the State Department.

Similarly, Russ Vought, the director of the Office of Management and Budget, has been appointed as the acting head of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, another agency the administration seeks to eliminate.

Additionally, Interior Secretary Doug Burgum and Energy Secretary Chris Wright have been named co-chairs of Trump’s newly established National Energy Dominance Council.

Satya Nadella Reflects on Microsoft’s Missed Opportunity in Search and the Future of AI

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella recently shared insights on past technological shifts, the rapid rise of artificial intelligence, and how businesses must evolve to remain competitive. In a candid admission, he acknowledged that Microsoft failed to capitalize on one of the most significant business opportunities on the internet—search engines.

During an interview with Indian-origin podcaster Dwarkesh Patel, Nadella reflected on the early days of the internet when many believed it would remain decentralized. However, Google recognized that search was the key to organizing the web and built a business model around it.

“…we missed what turned out to be the biggest business model on the web, because we all assumed the web is all about being distributed, who would have thought that search would be the biggest winner in organizing the web? And so that’s where we obviously didn’t see it, and Google saw it and executed super well,” Nadella remarked in the podcast interview.

He emphasized that simply identifying a technological trend is not enough; businesses must also recognize where the value will be generated. He pointed out that changes in business models are often more challenging to predict and adapt to than shifts in technology itself.

“So that’s one lesson learned for me: you have to not only get the tech trend right, you also have to get where the value is going to be created with that trend. These business model shifts are probably tougher than even the tech trend changes,” he stated.

Nadella also addressed a common belief that industries such as artificial intelligence and cloud computing operate on a winner-takes-all basis. Drawing from Microsoft Azure’s competition with Amazon Web Services (AWS), he recalled how investors once questioned Microsoft’s ability to challenge AWS’s dominance.

“Having competed against Oracle and IBM in client-server, I knew that the buyers will not tolerate winner-take-all. Structurally, hyperscale will never be a winner-take-all because buyers are smart,” he explained. Nadella highlighted that enterprise customers actively seek competitive markets, ensuring that no single company can completely monopolize cloud computing or AI.

Unlike consumer markets, where dominant players can emerge, businesses and IT departments prefer multiple suppliers to maintain flexibility and competition. “Consumer markets sometimes can be winner-take-all, but anything where the buyer is a corporation, an enterprise, an IT department, they will want multiple suppliers. And so you got to be one of the multiple suppliers,” Nadella added.

Regarding the future of AI, Nadella predicted that artificial intelligence models would not be controlled by just a few companies. He drew a comparison to the competition Windows faced from open-source operating systems, suggesting that AI will have similar open alternatives to prevent monopolization and drive innovation.

“I think in models there is one dimension of, maybe there will be a few closed source, but there will definitely be an open-source alternative, and the open-source alternative will actually make sure that the closed-source, winner-take-all is mitigated,” he said.

Nadella’s insights highlight Microsoft’s evolving approach to technology and business strategy. His reflections on past missteps and current market dynamics suggest that Microsoft is keen on ensuring a more competitive and diversified future, particularly in AI and cloud computing.

FBI Director Kash Patel Halts Employee Responses to Trump Administration’s Directive Amid Federal Job Cuts

Newly appointed FBI Director Kash Patel has instructed agency employees to refrain from responding to an email from the Donald Trump administration that requested federal workers to list their accomplishments from the past week. The directive comes as billionaire entrepreneur Elon Musk intensifies efforts to significantly reduce the size of the federal government.

Hundreds of thousands of federal employees had been given just over 48 hours to report their achievements to the Office of Personnel Management (OPM), creating confusion within key agencies, including the United States’ top law enforcement body, the FBI.

However, Patel, who was confirmed by the Senate on Thursday, countered the directive. As reported by ABC News, the FBI is now seeking additional guidance from the U.S. Department of Justice regarding how to proceed.

“FBI personnel may have received an email from OPM requesting information,” Patel stated in a message to his employees. “The FBI, through the Office of the Director, is in charge of all of our review processes, and will conduct reviews in accordance with FBI procedures. When and if further information is required, we will coordinate the responses. For now, please pause any responses.”

Patel’s statement came amid reports that he might also be appointed as the acting head of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), another domestic law enforcement agency that, like the FBI, falls under the Department of Justice.

Meanwhile, U.S. Attorney John Durham, the chief federal prosecutor for the Eastern District of New York, similarly instructed his staff to hold off on responding to the OPM request.

“Of course, a majority of our work is law enforcement sensitive (in addition to much classified work), so even assuming this is legitimate, we will need to be careful in how we respond to this inquiry. As noted, the deadline isn’t until 11:59 p.m. on Monday, so we have plenty of time,” Durham wrote in his communication.

Additionally, the Department of Defense also issued a similar directive.

“The Department of Defense is responsible for reviewing the performance of its personnel and will conduct any review in accordance with its own procedures,” the department’s undersecretary for personnel and readiness stated in a message, according to CNN’s Natasha Bertrand. “When and if required, the department will coordinate responses to the email you have received from OPM.”

While multiple federal agencies resisted the directive, Trump’s national health secretary, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., took a different approach. Unlike Patel, Durham, and the Department of Defense, Kennedy required his staff to comply with the OPM request.

“This is a legitimate email,” Kennedy’s agency informed its employees in an email. “Please read and respond per the instructions.”

The controversy stems from Musk’s expanded role in Donald Trump’s second administration, where he has been tasked with overseeing efforts to cut government spending. Musk signaled the sweeping directive through his social media platform on Saturday.

“Consistent with [Trump’s] instructions, all federal employees will shortly receive an email requesting to understand what they got done last week,” Musk posted on X, the platform he owns. “Failure to respond will be taken as a resignation.”

Shortly after Musk’s post, federal employees—including judges, court staff, and officials from federal prisons—received an email that read: “Please reply to this email with approx. 5 bullets of what you accomplished last week and cc your manager.”

The deadline for responses was set for Monday at 11:59 p.m., but the email itself did not include Musk’s social media warning that failure to reply would be considered a resignation.

Musk’s directive has created further upheaval across already strained federal agencies, including the National Weather Service, the State Department, and the federal court system. Senior officials scrambled to verify the email’s legitimacy and, in some instances, directed their employees to ignore the request.

Everett Kelley, president of the American Federation of Government Employees (AFGE), which represents 800,000 federal workers, issued a strong statement condemning the directive.

“Elon Musk and the Trump administration have shown their utter disdain for federal employees and the critical services they provide to the American people,” Kelley said.

“It is cruel and disrespectful to hundreds of thousands of veterans who are wearing their second uniform in the civil service to be forced to justify their job duties to this out-of-touch, privileged, unelected billionaire who has never performed one single hour of honest public service in his life,” Kelley added.

The administration’s aggressive approach to reducing government employment has already resulted in the forced departure of thousands of federal employees. Over the past month, both newly hired and long-term government workers have been dismissed or offered buyouts as part of sweeping workforce reductions.

Musk and the White House’s newly formed “Department of Government Efficiency” (Doge) have instructed agency leaders to prepare for “large-scale reductions in force” while freezing trillions of dollars in federal grant allocations.

While there is no official count of total layoffs or firings, the Associated Press has estimated that hundreds of thousands of employees across the country have been affected. Many of these job cuts have impacted agencies outside Washington, D.C., including the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, the Department of Health and Human Services, the Internal Revenue Service, and the National Park Service.

Musk has been openly celebrating his role in these reductions. At a recent conservative gathering, he brandished a massive chainsaw in the air, calling it “the chainsaw for bureaucracy.”

“Waste is pretty much everywhere in the federal government,” Musk declared.

Three Subtle Yet Powerful Ways to Make Your Partner Feel Deeply Loved

When people think of romantic love, they often picture grand gestures, intense passion, or an immediate spark. However, a 2024 study published in the Journal of Psychology suggests that love is far more than these fleeting moments.

Researchers sought to understand what specific actions made individuals feel most loved in their relationships. Their findings highlighted three key behaviors—often overlooked yet profoundly impactful.

Be Responsive to Their Needs

A major way people feel loved is when their needs are met through “positive responsiveness.” Research indicates that when individuals perceive their partners as caring, validating, and supportive, their relationship satisfaction increases. It’s not about granting every request but rather about demonstrating genuine care, affection, and encouragement.

The study found that people feel most loved when their partners exhibit three types of positive responsiveness:

  • Displaying Affection: Affection can take many forms, from a warm embrace to a heartfelt text. Grand romantic displays aren’t necessary; instead, small, consistent gestures communicate love. Holding hands, making eye contact during conversations, offering sincere compliments, or surprising a partner with a thoughtful note or gift are all meaningful ways to express affection.
  • Providing Support: Being a supportive partner extends beyond difficult times; it includes actively contributing to each other’s well-being. Emotional support might involve respecting a partner’s independence, providing words of encouragement, or simply being a dependable presence. Tangible support, like assisting with daily tasks, running errands, or offering advice when needed, also fosters a sense of love and security.
  • Enhancing Their Sense of Worth: A crucial way to make someone feel cherished is by helping them recognize their own value. This goes beyond occasional compliments. It’s about consistently appreciating and prioritizing them. Recognizing their achievements—big or small—showing respect for their opinions, and making them feel seen and appreciated all play a role. Participants shared how their partners demonstrated this, such as by offering “constant reminders that I am beautiful inside and out” or by going “out of their way to do things that I love, even if they do not.”

Lean Into Your Authentic Connection

Another fundamental way to ensure a partner feels loved is by fostering an authentic connection. This means being genuine in interactions, regularly checking in with each other, and prioritizing quality time together.

Participants identified two primary ways in which partners nurtured an authentic connection:

  • Cultivating Mutual Affinity: Love flourishes when two people genuinely enjoy being together—not out of obligation, but because they want to share experiences. This could involve engaging in deep conversations, planning a future together, or setting aside time for regular activities as a couple. Something as simple as scheduling a weekly date night without distractions can reinforce closeness.
  • Being in Sync Emotionally: A strong relationship is built on understanding. Feeling loved often stems from being heard, validated, and deeply understood. This requires active listening, empathy, and attentiveness to each other’s thoughts and feelings. For example, if a partner expresses anxiety about an upcoming work presentation, following up afterward to ask how it went shows emotional engagement.

As the researchers noted, “People (felt) loved when both partners’ feelings and thoughts were in sync with each other, such that the two parties become mentally one.”

Offer a Strong Sense of Stability

Finally, one of the most powerful ways to foster love is by providing a relationship built on trust and security. When people know their partners are reliable and steadfast, they feel valued and safe, even in difficult moments.

The study found that deep feelings of love often arose from experiencing this kind of stability. Here’s how to cultivate it:

  • Being Dependable: Reliability is about ensuring a partner can trust in one’s consistency. This doesn’t mean being flawless, but rather following through on promises, being honest, and providing support when needed. Even small gestures—like checking in with a quick message during a busy day or remembering meaningful dates—can reinforce dependability.
  • Demonstrating Unwavering Love: True love is not conditional. It doesn’t come with rigid expectations or requirements. It involves accepting a partner wholeheartedly, embracing both their strengths and flaws, and standing by them through both triumphs and challenges. For instance, if a partner is struggling with self-doubt or has made a mistake, offering kindness instead of criticism can strengthen the emotional bond. This fosters an environment where both individuals feel free to be their authentic selves without fear of judgment or rejection.

The beauty of these behaviors is that they do not require perfection—only genuine effort, intentionality, and consistency. At its core, love is about fostering a space where both partners feel safe, appreciated, and valued.

As the study suggests, making a partner feel loved doesn’t require elaborate or grand gestures. Instead, it’s the quiet, consistent moments of care—being present, showing kindness, and remaining dependable—that truly define a loving relationship.

Ultimately, these small, everyday actions don’t just make a partner feel loved. They create the foundation for a relationship where love is reciprocated, deepened, and continually nurtured.

Pope Francis in Critical Condition Amid Severe Respiratory Crisis

Pope Francis was in critical condition on Saturday after experiencing a prolonged asthmatic respiratory crisis that required high-flow oxygen support, according to the Vatican.

The 88-year-old pontiff, who has been hospitalized for a week due to a severe lung infection, also underwent blood transfusions after tests indicated a condition linked to anemia, the Vatican confirmed in a late update.

“The Holy Father continues to be alert and spent the day in an armchair although in more pain than yesterday. At the moment the prognosis is reserved,” the statement noted.

Earlier, doctors had reported that Francis was battling pneumonia along with a complex respiratory infection, describing his condition as precarious. They indicated that he would need to remain in the hospital for at least another week.

Despite the pope’s absence, the Vatican continued its Holy Year celebrations on Saturday.

A brief earlier update stated that Francis had slept well overnight.

However, doctors cautioned that the most significant risk he faces is sepsis, a serious and potentially fatal blood infection that can arise as a complication of pneumonia. As of Friday, no signs of sepsis had emerged, and Francis was responding to his medications, according to the first detailed medical update provided by his team.

“He is not out of danger,” his personal physician, Dr. Luigi Carbone, stated. “So like all fragile patients I say they are always on the golden scale: In other words, it takes very little to become unbalanced.”

Francis, who has a history of chronic lung disease, was admitted to Gemelli Hospital on February 14 following a weeklong bout of bronchitis that had worsened.

Medical examinations confirmed the presence of a complex viral, bacterial, and fungal respiratory infection, which then progressed to pneumonia in both lungs. As a result, doctors prescribed complete rest along with a treatment plan that includes cortisone, antibiotics, and supplemental oxygen as needed.

Carbone, along with Francis’ personal nurse, Massimiliano Strappetti, had been overseeing his care at the Vatican prior to his hospitalization. The physician acknowledged that Francis had insisted on staying at the Vatican to continue working, despite his deteriorating health.

“He remained at the Vatican because of institutional and private commitments,” Carbone revealed. Before being admitted to the hospital, the pope was being treated by a cardiologist and an infectious disease specialist, in addition to his personal medical team.

Dr. Sergio Alfieri, head of medicine and surgery at Rome’s Gemelli Hospital, emphasized that the most pressing concern is the possibility of the bacteria in Francis’ respiratory system entering his bloodstream and causing sepsis. The condition can lead to organ failure and even death.

“Sepsis, with his respiratory problems and his age, would be really difficult to get out of,” Alfieri explained at a press conference on Friday. “The English say ‘knock on wood,’ we say ‘touch iron.’ Everyone touch what they want,” he added, tapping the microphone for emphasis. “But this is the real risk in these cases: that these germs pass to the bloodstream.”

“He knows he’s in danger,” Alfieri continued. “And he told us to relay that.”

Meanwhile, deacons gathered at the Vatican for their special Jubilee weekend. Francis’ illness came at the start of the Vatican’s Holy Year, a celebration of Catholicism that occurs once every 25 years. The pope had been scheduled to lead events honoring deacons, a role in the Church that serves as a step before priestly ordination.

In his absence, the Vatican announced that the Holy Year organizer would preside over Sunday’s Mass. Additionally, for the second consecutive weekend, Francis was expected to forgo his traditional Sunday noon blessing. Although he could have delivered it from Gemelli Hospital, his condition made that uncertain.

“Look, even though he’s not (physically) here, we know he’s here,” said Luis Arnaldo Lopez Quirindongo, a deacon from Ponce, Puerto Rico, attending the Vatican’s Jubilee celebration. “He’s recovering, but he’s in our hearts and is accompanying us because our prayers and his go together.”

Doctors stressed that Francis’ recovery will be a gradual process. Even after his release from the hospital, he will continue to live with chronic respiratory issues at the Vatican.

“He has to get over this infection and we all hope he gets over it,” Alfieri remarked. “But the fact is, all doors are open.”

Erosion of Physician Autonomy Linked to Burnout and Workforce Challenges

Over the past several decades, physicians have witnessed a gradual decline in their control over their work environments, a shift driven by multiple factors. Regardless of the causes, the consequences are clear: autonomy and flexibility have become increasingly scarce for medical professionals. A study published in the Annals of Internal Medicine highlights a direct connection between this loss of control and heightened levels of physician burnout, as well as an increased likelihood of doctors reducing their hours or leaving their jobs altogether.

“With these shifts, physicians often feel treated as a unit of productivity to be manipulated and afforded little control over their work environment,” stated the study, which was co-authored by Christine Sinsky, MD, vice president of professional satisfaction at the American Medical Association (AMA).

The study, based on a survey conducted in 2022 and 2023 with over 2,100 physicians, identified a link between burnout and inadequate control over patient load, team composition, workload, clinical schedule, and other responsibilities. Physicians who reported lacking sufficient control in these areas were significantly more likely to express intentions to cut back their working hours.

Among the surveyed physicians, 61.4% believed they had adequate control over their patient loads, while 60.6% felt they had sufficient authority over the composition of their clinical teams. Similarly, 61.3% said they had enough control over their workloads. However, only 49% reported having control over hiring staff, and 74.6% said they had enough say over their clinical schedules. When it came to accountability, 58.3% stated they had sufficient autonomy in the matters for which they were held responsible.

While the study did not establish a direct cause-and-effect relationship, the findings strongly suggested a correlation between these factors.

The authors of the study emphasized that for most physicians, job satisfaction is not solely about financial compensation. Physicians seek more than just monetary incentives to remain engaged and fulfilled in their profession. Although demanding and stressful, the job can be deeply rewarding when the right conditions are met.

“Intrinsic motivators, such as autonomy, mastery and purpose, have been shown to be more powerful for physicians than extrinsic motivators, such as salary, and are associated with higher professional satisfaction and lower burnout,” the study noted.

As a leader in physician well-being, the AMA is actively working to combat burnout by reducing administrative burdens and offering practical solutions aimed at helping physicians rediscover their passion for medicine.

Lack of Autonomy: A Major Contributor to Burnout

Although physician burnout has decreased from its record high in 2021, when the COVID-19 public health crisis pushed the healthcare workforce to its limits, it remains a significant problem in the United States. From physicians choosing to leave their jobs or cut their hours to the impact on patient care and satisfaction, burnout affects nearly every aspect of the healthcare system.

The study’s authors argued that health systems and physician practices could mitigate burnout—and its detrimental consequences—by granting doctors more control over their jobs and daily workflows, particularly in areas where they are ultimately held accountable.

“Providing control over these aspects of practice may seem at odds with organizational initiatives to standardize practice operations, including scheduling and workflows,” the study stated. “It is imperative, however, that organizations find the right balance between standardization and customization/flexibility.”

The Financial Toll of Burnout and High Turnover

The reduction of physician autonomy is driven by various factors, including the shift from physician-owned practices to employer-based models, the adoption of an industrial approach that prioritizes standardization over customization, and cultural changes that treat physicians more as commodities rather than professionals with individual expertise and decision-making abilities.

The study pointed out that physician burnout and the resulting workforce turnover impose significant financial burdens on healthcare organizations. The cost of replacing a departing physician can range from $500,000 to over $1 million in lost revenue, depending on factors such as specialty, location, and institutional investment in hiring and training. The AMA offers a calculator to help healthcare organizations assess the financial impact of physician attrition.

While some hospital executives may assume that increasing physician control over their work would be too expensive, the study’s authors suggested that failing to address the issue is actually far costlier.

Providing physicians with greater influence and decision-making power “may decrease the likelihood of physicians experiencing burnout, reducing clinical work hours or leaving to pursue more control elsewhere, thus preserving access for patients, ensuring continuity of care and reducing recruitment/replacement costs,” the study explained. “These findings may be critical to organizational and societal efforts to maintain an adequate physician workforce.”

However, improving physician autonomy alone is not enough to curb burnout. The study emphasized that additional measures must be implemented to address this widespread issue effectively.

“Ensuring adequate control over the clinical work environment should be considered one component of a holistic strategy to reduce burnout and retain physicians,” the authors wrote. “Reductions in burnout and turnover, in turn, have the potential to ensure adequate access to care and foster continuity and quality.”

The AMA provides open-access toolkits through its STEPS Forward® initiative, offering physicians and healthcare organizations innovative strategies to combat burnout, enhance efficiency, and create an environment that fosters job satisfaction and professional fulfillment.

By addressing the root causes of physician burnout—particularly the erosion of autonomy—healthcare organizations can not only improve job satisfaction but also enhance patient care, reduce costs, and secure a more stable medical workforce for the future.

Trance: A Visually Striking Film That Struggles Under Its Own Ambition

Following a remarkable 2019 in which he delivered some of his most critically acclaimed performances in Kumbalangi Nights, Athiran, and Super Deluxe, Fahadh Faasil began 2020 by reuniting with acclaimed filmmaker Anwar Rasheed. The two had previously collaborated on the Aami segment of the 2013 anthology 5 Sundarikal. However, their new project, Trance, stood out not just from their previous works but also from other Indian films that explored similar themes.

Despite receiving varied reactions, Trance exposed the contradictions within Kerala society’s so-called progressiveness and its reluctance to critically analyze religion and its messengers. At the same time, the film highlighted the risks of pursuing grand ideas without a solid foundation. It served as a reminder that no matter how visually captivating a film is or how impressive the performances are, a weak screenplay can still undermine its success.

At its heart, Trance delves into a broad spectrum of themes, including the hypnotic power of theism, the essence of atheism, the commercialization of faith, the exploitation of human suffering, existentialism, nihilism, the impact of mental health struggles, and the devastating effects of substance abuse. However, one of its greatest strengths lies in how all these ideas are embodied within a single character. Every shift in his psyche creates ripples in the external world, making Viju Prasad’s (Fahadh Faasil) mind a personification of the concept of Everything Everywhere All at Once.

While films like PK (2014) and Oh My God! (2012) highlight the emptiness of superstitions and pseudo-gurus by adopting an outsider’s perspective, Trance takes a different approach. Instead of focusing on those who reject blind faith, the film closely examines the very institutions that manufacture these beliefs and the skilled individuals who recruit the gullible as believers using persuasive tactics. Unlike its Bollywood counterparts, which treat these subjects with humor and only scratch the surface of the consequences of challenging religious enterprises, Trance fully immerses itself in the dark realities beneath the glossy façade, exposing the metaphorical bloodstains that remain hidden from public view.

The story follows Viju, a motivational speaker living in Kanyakumari with his younger brother Kunjan (Sreenath Bhasi), who suffers from severe clinical depression. The first act of Trance focuses on their lonely and impoverished existence. Although Viju conducts motivational sessions to help others unlock their potential, he himself remains trapped in financial struggle. Having lost their mother to suicide as children, Viju assumed the role of caretaker for Kunjan, working odd jobs at the expense of their education. The film makes it evident that their unconventional upbringing had a lasting impact on their mental health.

Interestingly, Trance critiques the superficiality of motivational speaking through Viju’s journey. It draws a direct parallel between self-help seminars and religious gatherings, both of which rely on unwavering faith in a central figure who is believed to possess transformative powers. Notably, the primary audience for Viju’s “Success Juice” sessions consists of elderly individuals, mirroring the demographic that later flocks to Pastor Joshua Carlton, the identity Viju adopts in his new role. However, despite positioning himself as a guide to self-improvement, Viju is unable to prevent Kunjan’s suicide—a tragedy that sends him into a downward spiral.

Struggling with insomnia and auditory hallucinations, Viju begins taking his brother’s anxiety medication, which amplifies his energy but does little to numb his grief. Feeling lost, he leaves Kanyakumari for Mumbai, but his troubles persist. In one particularly striking sequence, he is seen through a broken dormitory windowpane, sitting under dim light in disheveled off-white clothing, symbolizing his fragile mental state. As the camera zooms out, revealing the building’s exterior, the presence of trippy purple and yellow decorative lights on the floor above visually hints at his descent into a trance-like state—marking the moment the film’s title appears on screen.

The narrative then shifts focus to how an atheist like Viju is transformed into Pastor Joshua Carlton, a self-proclaimed miracle worker. The film highlights how religious leaders, much like movie stars, can be meticulously manufactured through image-building. Initially hesitant when approached by a corporate firm that wants him to pose as a pastor, Viju receives what could be interpreted as a sign—he slips and falls while answering the phone call inviting him to meet the company’s heads, Solomon Davis (Gautham Vasudev Menon) and Issac Thomas (Chemban Vinod Jose). Perhaps this was a warning, but for someone on the brink of mental collapse and extreme poverty, recognizing such signals is a privilege he does not have. Hearing the financial incentives, Viju accepts the offer without hesitation.

A closer look at Solomon and Issac’s conversation with Viju reveals another parallel—just as Joshua later exploits his followers’ pain and desperation to rise in power, Solomon manipulates Viju’s suffering to make him feel trapped.

Once Viju’s transformation into Joshua begins, the film’s visual tone undergoes a drastic shift. The muted colors of the first act are replaced by vibrant hues, the pacing quickens, and the editing becomes sharper, emphasizing the staged nature of his newfound persona. Trance also deconstructs its own imagery, revealing the changing power dynamics. In training, Avarachan (Dileesh Pothan) asserts that he is Jesus while Viju is merely a servant. Later, Joshua assumes a Christ-like role himself, even symbolically resurrecting on the third day after being attacked by Solomon’s men for defying their control.

Despite struggling to gather 50 attendees for his motivational sessions, Joshua’s first prayer meeting attracts at least 1,500 people—demonstrating the immense power of religion as a commercial product. As he exploits vulnerability and blind faith, Joshua rises in influence, losing his sense of integrity in the process. Once too self-conscious to clap for himself in private, he later begins applauding his own success publicly, growing bolder with each step. The deeper Trance delves into its themes, the more it exposes how religious institutions evade accountability by attributing everything—both real and fraudulent—to divine intervention. “Miracles are not created, they happen,” Joshua proclaims.

The film also introduces biblical parallels, with the most notable being the character of Esther Lopez (Nazriya Nazim), a sex worker whose role mirrors that of Mary Magdalene. However, at this point, Trance takes a problematic stance on psychotropic drugs, inaccurately portraying prolonged use as fatal without acknowledging that dosages are determined by medical professionals.

In the film’s final act, Joshua, now freed from corporate control and blind believers, sets out to find Esther. Their reunion in Amsterdam is depicted in a fourth-wall-breaking moment, symbolizing a break from the illusion of religious grandeur. The film also reflects on how prophets, once created, are often left isolated and powerless—mere pawns in a larger scheme. The subplot involving Thommichan (Vinayakan), his wife Sheeba (Amalda Liz), and their daughter serves as an eye-opener for Viju, further reinforcing this theme.

Fahadh Faasil’s performance is the film’s standout feature. One particularly haunting moment is when Viju finds Kunjan’s farewell letter. As he dials his brother’s number, his breathing becomes erratic, fearing the worst. Upon hearing the faint vibration of Kunjan’s phone in the next room, he hesitates before looking—deep down, he already knows. When he finally lifts his gaze, his eyes gradually redden with tears, capturing the devastation of the moment.

Despite its impressive technical aspects—including Anwar Rasheed’s direction, Amal Neerad’s cinematography, and Sushin Shyam’s music—Trance ultimately stumbles under its own weight. As the plot expands, the emotional depth that anchors the first act begins to wane. The film juggles too many elements without fully developing them, leaving the script feeling overloaded rather than profound.

While Trance is visually arresting and thematically ambitious, its overreliance on spectacle dilutes its message, preventing it from reaching its full potential.

Chivas Regal vs. Johnnie Walker: Which Scotch Whisky Reigns Supreme?

Chivas Regal and Johnnie Walker are among the most recognized Scotch whisky brands worldwide.

For decades, these two iconic blends have vied for the loyalty of whisky enthusiasts across the globe. Both boast rich histories, extensive whisky portfolios, and devoted followings.

But which one stands out? The answer depends on individual preference.

The Origins of the Brands

Chivas Regal originated in the early 20th century when master blender Charles Stewart Howard crafted a 25-year-old whisky in 1909. However, the Chivas Brothers brand has roots dating back to the 19th century in Aberdeen. Initially known for luxury goods, the company later focused on whisky blending, establishing itself as a premier name in Scotch whisky. Today, Chivas Brothers operates under the ownership of Pernod Ricard, with the Strathisla distillery in Speyside serving as the home of Chivas Regal and its visitor center.

Johnnie Walker, on the other hand, traces its beginnings to Kilmarnock in the 19th century. Now owned by industry giant Diageo, it is considered the world’s top-selling Scotch whisky brand. Its iconic striding man logo is instantly recognizable worldwide. Johnnie Walker offers an immersive visitor experience at Princes Street in Edinburgh, along with brand homes at four distilleries: Glenkinchie, Clynelish, Cardhu, and Caol Ila.

A Look at Their Signature Expressions

The Chivas Regal collection includes a variety of blends, such as Chivas Regal 12 Year Old, 18 Year Old, Mizunara, and the prestigious 25 Year Old. Meanwhile, Johnnie Walker’s range features the Red Label, Black Label, Green Label, Gold Label, and the highly sought-after Blue Label.

Both brands cater to different segments of whisky drinkers, from those seeking affordable, mixable options to those indulging in high-end, luxury editions. The more budget-friendly selections work well in Highballs—simply mix with soda, ginger ale, cola, or lemonade—or classic cocktails like the Whisky Sour. Premium expressions like Chivas Regal 18 Year Old and Johnnie Walker Blue Label are better suited for sipping neat.

To compare the two brands, let’s examine two flagship expressions: Chivas Regal 12 Year Old and Johnnie Walker Black Label.

Chivas Regal 12 Year Old is known for its smooth, approachable character. It offers a balanced blend of orchard fruit, honey, and vanilla, with a creamy mouthfeel and a touch of floral notes on the finish. The Speyside whisky influence gives it an elegant, mellow quality.

Johnnie Walker Black Label 12 Year Old, in contrast, is defined by its bold, smoky complexity. With a base of Islay and West Coast malts, it delivers notes of dried fruit, spice, and a subtle hint of peat. This makes for a more intricate and challenging dram, characterized by a lingering, slightly smoky finish.

Ultimately, preference comes down to personal taste. Johnnie Walker Black Label’s spice and smokiness make it a robust choice for Highballs or cocktails, while Chivas Regal 12 Year Old offers a smoother, more easygoing experience.

Chivas Regal exudes Speyside charm with its refined smoothness, while Johnnie Walker provides a structured, complex profile. Rather than asking which one is superior, the real question is: which suits your palate best?

Trump’s Executive Orders and the Shift Toward Autocratic Rule

Over the past month, concerns have grown that former President Donald Trump is seeking to consolidate power in a way that resembles a monarchy or dictatorship. While his supporters dismiss such claims as exaggerated, recent developments indicate otherwise.

Beyond Trump’s own statements hinting at monarchical aspirations, his latest executive orders—particularly one that aims to dismantle the independence of federal agencies—along with the actions of Justice Department officials, signify a major step toward authoritarian rule.

A dictatorship, like absolute monarchy, is defined by the idea that law—its creation, interpretation, and enforcement—stems solely from the will of one individual. King James I of England expressed this notion in his 1598 work The True Law of Free Monarchies, where he wrote that kings existed:

“before any estates or ranks of men, before any parliaments were holden, or laws made, and by them was the land distributed, which at first was wholly theirs. And so it follows of necessity that kings were the authors and makers of the laws, and not the laws of the kings.”

Acting on this philosophy, James ruled without Parliament for extended periods, granted legal exemptions to allies, and governed through special courts that ruled according to his will. His son, Charles I, took this belief in absolute sovereignty even further, sparking a civil war that ended with his execution in 1649 and Oliver Cromwell’s rise to power.

Following the monarchy’s restoration in 1660, British rulers conceded that statutory law could only be established through collaboration between the crown and Parliament. They also acknowledged that laws applied to the monarch’s actions and that judges, rather than the king, were responsible for legal interpretation.

The next major constitutional shift occurred in 1688 when King James II was deposed and replaced by his daughter Mary and her husband, William of Orange. To secure the throne, they had to accept the English Bill of Rights, which abolished the monarch’s power to nullify statutory law, either broadly or for individuals. Parliament also revised the coronation oath to require monarchs to govern according to laws enacted by Parliament and the established legal traditions of the realm. By the time of the American Revolution in 1776, even King George III—whom the American colonies viewed as tyrannical—was bound by the rule of law.

The founders of the United States sought both democratic governance and the rule of law, fearing that unchecked democracy could allow a demagogue to manipulate the public and seize absolute power. To prevent this, they designed a system with separate branches of government, ensuring that lawmaking and judicial interpretation remained outside the president’s sole control. They also borrowed from Britain’s constitutional system by requiring the president to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution:

“I do solemnly swear … that I will … to the best of my ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.”

The founders’ fears of dictatorship were validated shortly after the Constitution’s adoption. In 1799, a Corsican officer named Napoleon Bonaparte overthrew the post-Revolution French government, first declaring himself “First Consul” and later assuming the title of Emperor. Trump’s recent reference to Napoleon’s alleged claim that “he who saves his Country does not violate any Law” echoes the mindset of a leader our founders despised. As Thomas Jefferson wrote in 1815, Napoleon was a “Usurper” and “Autocrat” driven by a “tyrannical soul” and a “ravenous thirst for human blood.”

While the end of European monarchies after World War I might have seemed like a victory for democracy, it instead gave rise to modern non-hereditary dictatorships, with Adolf Hitler’s regime as the most infamous example. The Nazi doctrine of Führerprinzip (leader principle) placed Hitler above all legal authority, rendering him the ultimate arbiter of law and policy. Dissenters faced dismissal, financial ruin, imprisonment, torture, or execution.

An American dictator would exhibit similar characteristics—proclaiming himself above the law, acting without legal constraints, and targeting those who uphold legal principles.

This brings us to Trump’s recent executive order on independent agencies. In the 20th century, Congress recognized its limitations in crafting highly technical legislation and increasingly delegated regulatory authority to executive agencies. These agencies create regulations following strict procedures under the Administrative Procedure Act.

Additionally, the judicial system lacked sufficient expertise and manpower to handle all regulatory disputes, leading to the creation of administrative law judges within federal agencies. This resulted in a system where law is developed and interpreted not just by Congress and the courts, but also by specialized executive officials.

Some of these regulatory agencies operate within Cabinet departments, whose heads are appointed and removed by the president. However, Congress deemed that certain agencies should function with greater independence. Institutions like the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) were established as “independent agencies,” meaning their leaders could only be removed under specific circumstances.

On Tuesday, Trump issued an executive order seeking to eliminate this independence.

First, the order attempts to revoke the autonomy of congressionally established agencies, subjecting their leadership to performance standards determined by the White House Office of Management and Budget. This blatant power grab directly contradicts Supreme Court precedent.

Second, it reinforces Trump’s previous claim that he can disregard Congress’ directives on how appropriated funds should be spent. The ease with which he asserts this suggests he is confident that Republican lawmakers will not challenge his usurpation of Congress’ constitutional authority over federal spending, implying that the legislative branch has already submitted to his will.

Beyond independent agencies, the order asserts that the president and attorney general hold the final authority in interpreting all laws. It states:

“No employee of the executive branch acting in their official capacity may advance an interpretation of the law as the position of the United States that contravenes the President or the Attorney General’s opinion on a matter of law, including but not limited to the issuance of regulations, guidance, and positions advanced in litigation, unless authorized to do so by the President or in writing by the Attorney General.”

In essence, Trump is declaring that he alone determines how laws should be written, interpreted, and enforced.

For instance, if Trump decides that SEC regulations do not apply to Elon Musk, then no SEC commissioner may challenge this stance.

If he declares that procedural protections for immigrants outlined in the Immigration and Nationality Act are invalid, then no Homeland Security official or immigration judge can argue otherwise.

If he determines that regulations on oil and gas industries should be loosened to benefit campaign donors, then his ruling is final.

Perhaps most alarmingly, if Trump asserts that the FBI and Justice Department may launch criminal investigations against his political opponents without factual basis, then that, too, is an “authoritative interpretation of law.” The recent forced resignations of multiple Justice Department prosecutors in New York and Washington, D.C., demonstrate that those who oppose such actions will be dismissed, branded as disloyal, and possibly investigated themselves.

While some may dismiss Trump’s social media posts featuring Napoleonic quotes or images of him wearing a crown as mere theatrics, his executive orders and the actions of his Justice Department paint a far more serious picture. Having already neutralized congressional opposition, Trump has now proclaimed that his will is the supreme legal authority within the executive branch. Those who resist will be removed.

This is not just an assertion of presidential power—it is the adoption of Führerprinzip, a system where dissent is crushed, the law is whatever the leader declares, and government officials serve only at his pleasure.

IISc Tops Indian Institutions in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025, Harvard Retains Global Lead

Indian Institute of Science (IISc) has emerged as the top-ranked institution in India, securing a position between 201-300 in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025. IISc has achieved an overall score ranging from 26.9 to 34.2. Following closely, the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi and IIT Madras have also been ranked in the 201-300 range, making them the next best institutions in the country. These two institutions share the same overall score bracket of 26.9-34.2. Meanwhile, Siksha ‘O’ Anusandhan has secured the fourth position in India based on the prestige rankings in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025.

For the 14th consecutive year, Harvard University has topped THE World Reputation Rankings. Close behind, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the University of Oxford have secured second place, while Stanford University and the University of Cambridge share the fourth position.

The University of Oxford has achieved the highest reputation ranking for a UK institution in a decade. This development indicates that its academic prestige is beginning to align with its consistent performance in global rankings.

Among the top 10 universities, Ivy League institutions Princeton University and Yale University have secured the seventh and ninth positions, respectively. Additionally, China’s Tsinghua University has been placed eighth, while Japan’s The University of Tokyo ranks 10th. The University of Tokyo has significantly improved its position, climbing 18 places from its previous 28th rank in global university rankings.

For the first time, THE World Reputation Rankings 2025 has incorporated six performance indicators to provide a more comprehensive evaluation of university reputations. This approach reflects the growing significance of academic reputation among the global academic community.

Several universities have newly entered the top 50 most prestigious institutions worldwide. Among them are LMU Munich, KU Leuven, Sorbonne University, the University of Melbourne, the University of Hong Kong, and the University of Manchester. Additionally, four new countries—Chile, Malaysia, Poland, and Portugal—have made their debut in THE World Reputation Rankings this year.

Nine Morning Habits That Lead to a Happier Retirement

Retirement isn’t just about having more leisure time—it’s about making the most of life in a fulfilling way. Observing retirees who are truly happy, it’s clear they share certain morning habits that help them start their days with energy and purpose.

The way a person begins their morning influences the rest of their day. Some wake up feeling sluggish or uncertain about how to spend their time, while others approach the morning with enthusiasm. The difference lies in simple yet effective habits that promote happiness, health, and a sense of fulfillment.

For those looking to enhance their retirement experience, here are nine morning habits practiced by the happiest retirees.

They wake up with gratitude

One common trait among content retirees is their appreciation for the morning. Rather than immediately focusing on problems or responsibilities, they begin their day with gratitude.

This doesn’t require anything elaborate—just a moment to acknowledge something positive in life. It could be their health, the presence of loved ones, or simply the opportunity to enjoy another day.

Research indicates that practicing gratitude contributes to greater happiness and well-being. Making it a daily habit in the morning establishes a positive mindset that carries through the day.

For a more fulfilling retirement, start by valuing what’s already present in life.

They start the day with movement

Many assume mornings should be slow and relaxed—sleeping in, sipping coffee, and easing into the day. However, those who incorporate movement early on often find themselves feeling better both physically and mentally.

Incorporating movement into the morning doesn’t have to be strenuous. A short neighborhood walk, some light stretching, or yoga can be beneficial. One retiree swears by a morning swim, while another finds joy in tending to her garden.

Happy retirees don’t spend their mornings being sedentary. They engage in physical activity, even if only briefly, as it helps wake them up, lifts their mood, and provides energy for the rest of the day.

For a more vibrant retirement, consider adding some form of movement to the morning routine. The impact can be surprisingly significant.

They have a morning routine (but keep it flexible)

Successful retirees maintain a morning routine, but they avoid rigid schedules. Instead, they establish a flow to their mornings that feels natural and enjoyable.

A morning routine creates stability and sets the tone for the day. Studies show that people who follow regular routines experience lower stress and improved well-being. However, too much structure can be overwhelming, so the key is finding a balance.

Some retirees start their day with a quiet cup of coffee on the porch, while others prefer reading, journaling, or planning out their day. The specifics are less important than the overall effect—creating a sense of calm, purpose, and positivity that lasts throughout the day.

They connect with loved ones

Retirees who are happiest make an effort to connect with important people in their lives each morning. Whether it’s a quick phone call to a friend, breakfast with a spouse, or exchanging messages with family, starting the day with connection fosters warmth and belonging.

Strong social ties are linked to longer lifespans and better mental health. In fact, studies suggest that maintaining close relationships is just as vital for longevity as diet and exercise.

Without intentional effort, retirement can sometimes feel isolating. Taking time each morning to reach out to loved ones strengthens relationships and provides a sense of closeness that carries through the day.

They spend time outdoors

Retirees who prioritize happiness understand the benefits of fresh air and sunlight. Whether it’s a morning walk, enjoying coffee outside, or gardening, being outdoors improves mood and energy levels.

Exposure to natural light in the morning helps regulate the body’s internal clock, promoting better sleep and overall well-being. It also enhances vitamin D levels, which are crucial for bone health, immune function, and mood stability.

Even a few minutes outside can make a difference. Feeling the sun on the skin, breathing in fresh air, and hearing nature’s sounds contribute to a sense of peace that lasts throughout the day.

They take a moment for reflection

Instead of rushing into their day, happy retirees pause to reflect and set their intentions. This may involve meditation, prayer, journaling, or simply sitting quietly with their thoughts.

Retirement offers the gift of time—after years of obligations, there’s finally an opportunity to slow down and savor life in a more meaningful way. Spending a few moments each morning reflecting on past experiences, the present moment, and future aspirations can provide clarity and peace.

This practice isn’t about dwelling on past regrets or future worries but rather about being fully present. A brief moment of morning reflection fosters gratitude, purpose, and fulfillment that lasts throughout the day.

They focus on what they can control

At one point, mornings felt overwhelming—filled with thoughts of things beyond control, concerns about the future, and regrets from the past. It took time to recognize how much energy was being wasted on uncontrollable factors.

Happy retirees avoid fixating on things they cannot change. Instead, they concentrate on what’s within their power—their choices, attitude, and how they spend their day. Letting go of the need for control brings a deep sense of peace.

Each morning presents a fresh start, offering a chance to prioritize what truly matters. Approaching the day with this mindset makes everything feel lighter and more manageable.

They engage their mind

A fulfilling retirement isn’t just about staying physically active—it also involves keeping the mind engaged. Happy retirees incorporate mental stimulation into their mornings, whether through reading, crossword puzzles, writing, or learning something new.

Mental engagement is linked to improved cognitive function and a reduced risk of memory decline. It doesn’t require anything complex; the key is to remain curious and give the brain a task to focus on.

Starting the day with some form of intellectual activity builds momentum, sharpens the mind, and fosters a sense of accomplishment before the day has fully begun.

They wake up with a sense of purpose

The happiest retirees don’t simply fill their schedules with activities—they wake up each morning with a reason to get out of bed. Whether through hobbies, passion projects, volunteering, or supporting family and friends, they have something that gives their days meaning.

Retirement isn’t just an extended vacation; it’s a new phase of life. Those who embrace it wholeheartedly find joy in having something to look forward to each day.

By adopting these nine habits, retirees can create mornings that bring happiness, health, and fulfillment—ultimately leading to a richer and more rewarding retirement.

Judge Rejects Union Request to Halt Trump Administration’s Federal Workforce Cuts

A federal judge on Thursday declined a request from a coalition of government employee unions to prevent the Trump administration from proceeding with significant reductions to the federal workforce.

U.S. District Judge Christopher Cooper ruled that federal law requires the unions to bring their case before the Federal Labor Relations Authority (FLRA), which handles labor disputes within the federal government, rather than pursuing legal action in a federal district court.

The ruling marks another legal victory for the Trump administration’s Justice Department, which has been defending against multiple lawsuits challenging various executive orders, including those aimed at reducing government spending and restructuring federal agencies.

“The first month of President Trump’s second administration has been defined by an onslaught of executive actions that have caused, some say by design, disruption and even chaos in widespread quarters of American society,” Cooper wrote.

He further noted, “Affected citizens and their advocates have challenged many of these actions on an emergency basis in this Court and others across the country. Certain of the President’s actions have been temporarily halted; others have been permitted to proceed, at least for the time being. These mixed results should surprise no one.”

The unions’ lawsuit contested the administration’s decision to terminate a large number of probationary employees, its broader plans for additional layoffs—commonly referred to as a reduction in force—and its offer of buyouts to most federal employees.

A separate lawsuit previously sought to block the buyouts but was dismissed by another federal judge. However, litigation concerning the dismissal of probationary employees remains ongoing, as a coalition of unions filed a new lawsuit on Thursday to challenge those terminations.

The case was brought by several unions, including the National Treasury Employees Union (NTEU), the National Federation of Federal Employees, the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, the International Federation of Professional and Technical Engineers, and the United Auto Workers.

These unions argued that the administration’s workforce reduction strategy violates both the constitutional separation of powers and the established regulations governing how federal job cuts should be carried out.

Cooper did not weigh in on the merits of these claims, instead determining that the unions had filed their challenge in the incorrect venue.

“The Court acknowledges that district court review of these sweeping executive actions may be more expedient. But NTEU provides no reason why it could not seek relief from the FLRA on behalf of a class of plaintiffs and admits that it would ask other agencies to follow an administrative judge’s ruling in its favor,” Cooper wrote.

Meanwhile, President Trump recently dismissed Susan Grundmann, the Democratic-appointed chair of the FLRA. Grundmann, however, is contesting her removal in court.

Kash Patel Confirmed as FBI Director Amid Democratic Opposition and Concerns Over Independence

The Republican-led Senate voted on Thursday to confirm Kash Patel as the new director of the FBI, despite ongoing concerns regarding his qualifications and temperament to lead the country’s most influential law enforcement agency.

Patel, a staunch ally of former President Donald Trump and a vocal critic of the FBI, secured confirmation with a narrow 51-49 vote. Republican Senators Susan Collins and Lisa Murkowski broke ranks with their party and joined all Democrats in opposing his appointment.

His confirmation marks a significant milestone in Patel’s career, which has included roles as a public defender, federal prosecutor, and congressional aide. During Trump’s first term, he served as a national security official and later became a prominent figure in right-wing media, frequently appearing on conservative podcasts while maintaining strong loyalty to Trump.

Republicans embraced Patel’s confirmation, arguing that the FBI has unfairly targeted conservatives in recent years and that Patel is the right person to address these concerns.

“Kash is the right man to clean up the FBI to restore Americans’ confidence and trust that the FBI is not a political organization, it is a law enforcement organization,” Senator Lindsey Graham, R-S.C., stated in a post on X.

Despite Republican backing, Patel’s confirmation faced intense resistance from Democrats, who questioned his ability—and willingness—to uphold the FBI’s traditional independence from the White House.

The slim margin of his confirmation vote underscored these concerns. In contrast, his three immediate predecessors—Christopher Wray, James Comey, and Robert Mueller—all received overwhelming bipartisan support, each securing at least 92 votes in their confirmations.

Democrats Highlight “Red Flags”

On Thursday morning, Senate Democrats from the Judiciary Committee gathered outside FBI headquarters to publicly denounce Patel’s appointment.

“Mr. Patel will be a political and national security disaster, if confirmed,” warned Illinois Senator Dick Durbin, the committee’s top Democrat.

“I’m convinced he has neither the experience, the judgment nor the temperament to lead the FBI,” Durbin continued. “My Senate Republican colleagues are willfully ignoring myriad red flags about Mr. Patel, especially his recurring instinct to threaten retribution against his perceived enemies. This is an extremely dangerous flaw for someone who seeks to lead the nation’s most powerful domestic investigative agency for the next 10 years.”

Historically, FBI directors are appointed to serve a 10-year term, but neither of Patel’s most recent predecessors completed theirs. Trump dismissed James Comey in 2017 and subsequently appointed Christopher Wray to replace him.

Following Trump’s election victory last November, he nominated Patel to take over the FBI, effectively forcing Wray out of the position.

Unlike Comey and Wray, Patel has no prior experience as a senior law enforcement official, a factor that has fueled doubts about his qualifications for the role.

However, opposition to his nomination has been more centered on his allegiance to Trump and his past remarks about dismantling what he refers to as the “deep state.” Critics have raised concerns over his rhetoric about targeting political opponents, including those within the FBI.

During one podcast appearance, Patel vowed to shut down FBI headquarters on his first day and convert it into a “museum of the deep state.”

During his confirmation hearing, Patel attempted to downplay concerns regarding his past statements, telling senators, “Any accusations leveled against me that I would somehow put political bias before the Constitution are grotesquely unfair.”

A Bureau in Transition

Patel assumes leadership of the FBI at a turbulent moment for the agency. In recent weeks, the newly installed Justice Department leadership has forced out at least eight senior FBI officials and demanded a list of all personnel involved in investigating the January 6 attack on the U.S. Capitol—a probe that Trump and his allies have repeatedly criticized.

These developments have sparked fears within the bureau that mass firings could be imminent as part of a broader retaliation effort. The FBI Agents Association (FBIAA), which represents most FBI agents, has taken legal action to block the release of names of FBI employees who were identified to the Justice Department.

Despite the tensions, the association acknowledged Patel’s confirmation on Thursday.

“We look forward to partnering with him as he leads the Bureau forward in our shared mission to keep America safe,” FBIAA President Natalie Bara said in a statement.

“As the new leadership team considers and implements reform measures, the FBIAA stands ready to serve as a valuable resource, ensuring that Special Agents can continue safeguarding the American people from emerging threats while upholding the Constitution.”

Haley Criticizes Trump Over Ukraine Comments, Calls Remarks “Russian Talking Points”

Former Republican presidential candidate Nikki Haley took issue with President Trump’s recent remarks about Ukraine and its leader, Volodymyr Zelensky. She criticized Trump for his stance on the ongoing war in Eastern Europe and his negative comments about Zelensky, calling them “classic Russian talking points” and “exactly what Putin wants.”

On Tuesday, Trump appeared to place blame on Zelensky and Ukraine’s leadership for the war, which is now nearing its third anniversary. The following day, he reinforced his criticism, stating that Zelensky had done a “terrible job” leading the embattled country. Trump also accused Ukraine’s president of exploiting Washington, pointing to the extensive financial aid the U.S. has provided over the past three years.

Haley, who withdrew from the 2024 race and later endorsed Trump, took issue with his statements. As a strong advocate for U.S. foreign policy interests, she has consistently supported Ukraine and has argued that aiding Kyiv aligns with America’s national security priorities.

Trump’s criticisms of Zelensky coincided with a meeting in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday, where U.S. officials, including Secretary of State Marco Rubio and national security adviser Mike Waltz, engaged in discussions with Russian representatives. The talks aimed to explore potential peace negotiations and a re-establishment of diplomatic relations, which had weakened following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Notably, Ukraine was not represented in the meeting.

The following day, Trump escalated his attacks, referring to Zelensky as a “dictator” and accusing him of failing to hold nationwide elections. He also claimed that Zelensky’s approval rating had plummeted to single digits. However, under Ukraine’s martial law, elections are not permitted. A survey published Wednesday by the Kyiv International Institute of Sociology indicated that 57 percent of Ukrainians still trust their president.

Zelensky did not remain silent in the face of Trump’s remarks. In response to Trump’s Tuesday comments, he fired back, stating that the former U.S. president was operating within a Russian “disinformation space.”

Haley’s criticism of Trump aligns with her longstanding foreign policy views. Since joining the Hudson Institute think tank after exiting the presidential race, she has maintained that supporting Ukraine is vital to U.S. interests. She has also voiced her backing for Ukraine’s eventual inclusion in NATO, further underscoring her commitment to Kyiv.

Trump’s recent remarks on Ukraine have not only drawn pushback from Haley but also from his former vice president and one-time 2024 primary rival, Mike Pence.

“Mr. President, Ukraine did not ‘start’ this war. Russia launched an unprovoked and brutal invasion claiming hundreds of thousands of lives. The Road to Peace must be built on the Truth,” Pence stated in a pointed message on Wednesday.

Some Republican senators have also expressed concerns over Trump’s rhetoric. Many have defended Zelensky’s leadership, emphasizing that Russia was the aggressor in 2022, eight years after annexing Crimea.

Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who recently traveled to Kyiv with Senate Democrats, acknowledged Zelensky’s challenges but praised his leadership. “Zelensky is frustrated, but he’s also been the right head of state for the time. He’s kept a nation together focused on Russian occupiers, and I think we should give them a fair amount of credit for that work,” Tillis said.

GOP Divided Over Elon Musk’s Role in Trump’s Government Overhaul

Republicans in Congress are split on Elon Musk’s prominent involvement in President Trump’s efforts to shrink the government. While some appreciate his outsider perspective, others are increasingly concerned about his high-profile role, particularly as he becomes a target of Democratic criticism.

Several GOP senators worry that Musk’s outspoken approach to cutting federal jobs—many of which are in their home states—sends the wrong message at a time when inflation remains a significant challenge, and many Americans struggle financially.

Senate Majority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.) has defended Musk’s role in reforming federal agencies, but other Republican senators have expressed frustration with the way it has been handled. They argue that the process has been “flawed,” particularly as Musk has shut down agencies and pressured employees to resign.

One GOP senator criticized Musk’s buyout offer, which provided more than seven months of severance, calling it “poorly executed.” They also took issue with his latest effort to reduce the federal workforce, saying it lacked proper consideration for how agencies would be affected.

“I think they’re just looking to reduce numbers—it’s not efficiency, it’s not output. It’s, ‘We just need bodies gone.’ And I don’t know that’s the metric that you use,” the senator said.

The senator was also upset by Musk’s call for a “wave of judicial impeachments” in response to federal judges blocking Trump’s executive orders.

“Wrong, wrong, wrong. Get him out of the White House. Get him out, the sooner the better,” the senator said. “Every day that he’s there, he seems more destructive.”

Polls indicate that Musk is unpopular with independent and moderate voters, who are crucial for Republican senators seeking reelection in battleground states.

An Economist/YouGov poll conducted from Feb. 9-11 among 1,595 adult citizens found that independents disapproved of Musk’s handling of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) by 18 points, with 31% approving and 49% disapproving. Among self-described moderates, 33% approved while 54% disapproved, a 21-point gap.

Another GOP senator expressed concern that Musk’s “Fork in the Road” buyout plan and subsequent workforce reductions were causing chaos. Federal workers, particularly those working remotely, have been calling Washington in a panic, unsure of what the changes mean for them.

“There’s a lot of concern among my constituents. The concern is, ‘Who is this guy?’ He’s a billionaire, which puts him in a certain category. ‘How does he have the authority if he’s not elected by anybody to do what he’s doing?’” the senator said, adding that their state has “a lot” of federal workers.

The senator also described widespread “confusion” over Musk’s buyout plan, noting that it was offered, then withdrawn, put on hold by a judge, reinstated, and now applies only to certain agencies.

Musk’s decision to dismantle the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) has also raised concerns, particularly among farmers who rely on it for selling products used in global food assistance programs.

Another Republican senator noted that several Head Start programs in their state were shut down, while nonprofit organizations that depend on regular federal funding now face uncertainty.

A separate GOP senator was troubled by reports that Musk’s team had accessed the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), which serves 9 million enrolled veterans through more than 1,200 facilities. The VA has over 43,000 probationary employees, many of whom were alarmed when the U.S. Office of Personnel Management, now under Musk’s control, directed agencies to begin terminating recently hired workers.

Some Republicans have publicly criticized Musk’s prominent role.

Senate Appropriations Committee Chair Susan Collins (R-Maine) stated that Trump had given Musk too much authority.

“There’s no doubt that the president appears to have empowered Elon Musk to go far beyond what I think is appropriate,” she told reporters earlier this month.

Collins also questioned Trump’s decision to suspend enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act for 180 days. The law had previously resulted in penalties for two of Tesla’s suppliers.

“First of all, I don’t think the administration should be suspending laws. That’s the basic issue here,” she said.

She has also pushed back against Trump and Musk’s moves to freeze broad federal grants and loans and to reorganize federal agencies without notifying Congress.

Republican senators say Musk’s aggressive online presence has alarmed constituents who are already skeptical about his access to federal programs, the Treasury Department’s sensitive payment systems, and millions of Americans’ personal data.

Musk boasted on his social media platform X, “We spent the weekend feeding USAID into the woodchipper. Could have gone to some great parties. Did that instead.”

Speaking virtually at Dubai’s annual World Government Summit, Musk compared federal agencies to invasive weeds.

“I think we do need to delete entire agencies, as opposed to leave part of them behind. … It’s kind of like leaving a weed,” he said. “If you don’t remove the roots of the weed, then it’s easy for the weed to grow back.”

Musk’s actions have given Democrats ample material to argue that Trump has effectively handed over control of the government to someone with numerous conflicts of interest.

Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), and Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) have led a group of lawmakers calling for Musk, who holds a special government position, to publicly release his financial disclosures.

“Given the scale of your power to carry out sweeping administrative policies and your vast personal financial interests, the American people deserve to know how you stand to profit from your role in the Trump administration,” the senators wrote in a letter to Musk on Thursday.

They highlighted his access to the Treasury Department’s payment systems, which store Americans’ Medicare, Social Security, and student loan data—potentially violating the Privacy Act of 1974.

Additionally, they accused him of “illegally” attempting to dismantle USAID and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

Despite criticism, some Republicans support Musk’s aggressive approach to reforming the federal bureaucracy.

Thune told Fox News’s “America’s Newsroom” that “people are very supportive, and we are, too,” of Musk’s efforts at DOGE.

“This is a scrub that’s long overdue. There are so many systems in our federal government that are antiquated,” he said. “You know, people operating in silos, bureaucracies built on top of bureaucracies.

“I’m delighted that it’s happening, and we want to do everything we can to be supportive,” he said.

Sen. Kevin Cramer (R-N.D.) laughed when asked about Musk’s low approval ratings among moderates and independents.

“That’s funny, I’ve always thought of him as a bit of a moderate independent,” he said, though he acknowledged Musk’s “provocative” presence on social media.

“I think he fits right in with Donald Trump, certainly with the people that are glad to see a ball-breaker in there,” he said. “I’ve talked about the need for some guardrails if he’s getting too close to the areas he could benefit from. Even if it’s just for appearance’s sake.”

“Otherwise, most people I know are cheering him on,” he said.

Sankara Nethralaya USA Honors Prasada Reddy Katamreddy for $500,000 Donation to Mobile Eye Surgical Unit

On February 15, 2025, Sankara Nethralaya USA (SN USA) held a Meet & Greet event in Atlanta to acknowledge and honor Sri Prasada Reddy Katamreddy for his generous contribution of $500,000. This substantial donation will facilitate the establishment of a new Mobile Eye Surgical Unit (MESU) and sponsor 11 Adopt-A-Village programs. The MESU, a fully equipped hospital on wheels, operates within a 500-kilometer radius and comprises two buses—one serving as a preparatory unit and the other functioning as an operating theater, enabling on-site surgeries. The audience erupted in applause when Bala Indurti announced the generous donation of $500,000 from Prasada Reddy Garu and Sobha Reddy Garu.

SN USA formally recognized Sri Prasada Reddy Katamreddy as a Brand Ambassador and honored him for his philanthropy. The ceremony included a traditional invocation by priest Srinivas Sharma from the Hindu Temple of Atlanta, who recited sacred mantras to seek divine blessings.

The event’s success was amplified by the participation of Atlanta’s esteemed classical singers and young dancers, who delivered captivating performances. Each singer presented two classical renditions dedicated to Lord Shiva, filling the hall with a deep sense of devotion. The audience enthusiastically applauded performers Phani Dokka, Ram Durvasula, Srinivas Durgam, Sandeep Kowtha, Durga Gora, Srivalli Sridhar, Shilpa Uppuluri, Usha Mocherla, and Janardhan Pannela. These performances are expected to enhance SN USA’s reach by engaging satellite chapters through virtual programs.

A heartfelt appreciation was extended to all academies, Gurus, and students who played a role in making the event a grand success. The evening not only celebrated artistic excellence but also embodied the spirit of community service, with every singer and volunteer contributing to raising funds for those in need.

Attendees expressed profound admiration for Bala Reddy Indurti, President of SN USA, whose vision and leadership have been instrumental in raising substantial funds and awareness for restoring vision among the underprivileged. His relentless efforts and ability to inspire others to join this noble mission were widely appreciated. SN USA Treasurer Moorthy Rekapalli played a key role in supporting Bala Indurti to ensure the event’s seamless execution.

Several individuals provided unwavering support, including Trustees Srini Vangimalla, Meher Chand Lanka, Raj Aila, Sridhar Julapally, Neelima Gaddamanugu, Dr. Madhuri Namuduri, Sports Committee Chair Ramesh Chaparala, MESU Committee Chair Dr. Kishore Reddy Rasamallu, Atlanta Chapter Vice President Rajesh Tadikamalla, and Chapter Leads Giridhar Kotagiri. Their collective efforts, along with contributions from committee members Suresh Vemulamada, Sridhar Julapally, Padmaja Kelam, and Youth Committee members Amsh Gaddamanugu and Charithra Julapally, ensured the event’s resounding success. The meticulous planning of food and venue arrangements was overseen by Meher Chand Lanka and Neelima Gaddamanugu.

Dr. Reddy Urimindi (NRU), a Board of Trustee from Dallas, TX, graced the event and extended an invitation to the Atlanta community for an SN event he is organizing in Dallas on June 28, 2025.

Due to prior engagements, the Honorable Consul General of India, Ramesh Babu Lakshmanan, was unable to attend the program. However, on Monday, February 17, 2025, he welcomed SN USA Brand Ambassador Prasada Reddy Katamreddy and SN USA President Bala Reddy Indurti to his office, where he expressed his gratitude for the generous contribution that will benefit thousands in India.

For the past 15 years, two MESU teams have been operational. One unit, stationed in Chennai since 2011, and another, established in Jharkhand in 2016 with the support of Tata Trust, have been actively serving rural communities. In 2024, Sankara Nethralaya introduced a third MESU unit in Hyderabad, which has successfully conducted 18 Adopt-A-Village eye camps across Telangana and Andhra Pradesh, restoring vision for thousands of patients. Each camp operates for 10 days. In March 2025, a fourth MESU unit will be inaugurated in Puttaparthi, covering regions in Karnataka, Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, and Tamil Nadu. These mobile units, collectively spanning a 500-kilometer radius each, will reach nearly one-third of India’s rural villages.

SN USA Founder & President Emeritus SV Acharya, along with the Board of Advisors, Board of Trustees, and Chapter Vice Presidents, extended their best wishes for the event.

During the program, SN USA President Bala Indurti provided an overview of upcoming MESU projects, emphasizing their coverage areas and the persistent efforts of Trustees and Volunteers in combating preventable blindness in India through nationwide fundraising initiatives. The audience responded with enthusiastic applause, acknowledging SN USA’s commitment to restoring sight for underprivileged individuals. Special recognition was given to the SN USA Atlanta team—Moorthy Rekapalli, Neelima Gaddamanugu, Meher Lanka, Srini Reddy Vangimalla, Upendra Rachupally, Dr. Madhuri Namuduri, Rajasekhar Aila, Suresh Vemulamada, Sridhar Rao Julapally, Rajesh Tadikamalla, Ramesh Chaparala, and Dr. Kishore Reddy Rasamallu—for their dedicated efforts in making the program a success.

The SN USA team honored Atlanta-based singers Phani Dokka (Film Director), Ram Durvasula, Srinivas Durgam, Sandeep Kowtha, Durga Gora, Srivalli Sridhar, Shilpa Uppuluri (MC), Usha Mocherla, and Shanti Medicherla for their consistent support in performing classical light music for virtual TV programs. Additionally, Srinivas Durgam was acknowledged for his outstanding DJ services, while Venkat Kuttua received appreciation for his contributions in video and photography.

The entire event will be broadcast in two segments on major TV channels, with Part 1 airing on February 23 and Part 2 on March 2, 2025.

SN USA Treasurer Moorthy Rekapalli highlighted the remarkable service provided by Sankara Nethralaya since its inception in 1978, noting that it has restored vision for approximately 20 lakh patients. He presented two significant statistics: India, despite accounting for only one-sixth of the global population, is home to every third blind person in the world, and 65% of blindness cases in India are curable—primarily cataracts and refractive errors. He urged the audience to contribute generously toward eliminating preventable blindness, emphasizing that a mere $65 donation could fund a cataract surgery and restore vision for a patient. Concluding his address, he expressed heartfelt gratitude to all who contributed to the event’s success, acknowledging the invaluable support of EVP Shyam Appali, Secretary Vamsi Eruvaram, Theagarajan, and Deena Dayalan in managing logistics.

Several prominent community leaders and MESU Adopt-A-Village sponsors attended the event and shared their personal experiences regarding Sankara Nethralaya’s eye camps. Distinguished guests included Dr. Veena Bhat, JC Shaker Reddy, Dr. Paul Lopez, Murli Reddy, Bindu Vemyreddy, Winchel Jaffers, Antony Thaliath, Ravi Ponangi, Bob Erramilli, Kris Gadde, Narayana Rekapalli, Vishy Dasari, Swarnim Ramkrishnan, Ravi Kandimalla, Balaram Reddy, Viju Chiluveru, Kodanda Devarapalli, Tiru Chillapalli, Jagadeesh Cheemarla, Adi Chinnatimma, Krishna Evuru, Raj Vuchatu, Srikanth Gongalareddy, Sasikala Penumarthi, Ravi Penumarthi, Jassotha Balasubramanyam, Prabhakar Reddy Eragam, Krishna Reddy Konduru, Kiran Kandula, Jayachandra Reddy, Manjula Malla Reddy, Bhaktavatsal Reddy, Subbarao Vudathu, and Saraswathi.

This impactful event underscored the unwavering dedication of Sankara Nethralaya USA and its supporters in advancing their mission to restore sight and improve the lives of countless individuals across rural India.

Foreign-Born Workers Driving U.S. Job Growth Amid Demographic Challenges

Over the past five years, the U.S. labor market has seen a net gain of 5.4 million jobs, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ household survey. The establishment survey reports an even larger increase of seven million jobs. While differences exist between the household (Current Population Survey) and establishment (Current Employment Statistics) surveys, the household survey is used here because it provides the necessary demographic details for analyzing workers. Among the 5.4 million new jobs, nearly all net gains were attributed to foreign-born workers, who accounted for 4.7 million of them. Meanwhile, the number of native-born workers in the U.S. has grown by only around 650,000 since early 2020.

This raises the question: Are foreign-born workers actually “taking jobs” from native-born Americans? The answer is no, and understanding why requires examining the broader labor force trends among native-born workers.

One key factor to consider is that while the absolute number of native-born workers has declined, the percentage of native-born Americans of prime working age (25–54) has slightly increased over the past five years. Using a 12-month average, the prime-age employment rate for native-born workers was 80.7 percent in January 2020, rising to 81.5 percent by January 2025. Foreign-born workers also experienced an increase over the same period, from 77.1 percent to 78.1 percent. Both figures are now at their highest recorded levels since data collection began in 2007.

These employment trends may appear contradictory given that all net job gains have gone to foreign-born workers, but they are actually consistent. The number of native-born Americans in their prime working years has remained largely unchanged since around 2013, as noted by Cato Institute’s Scott Lincicome. This issue is expected to intensify, as the U.S. birth rate has been on a steady decline since 2007—exactly 18 years ago. This demographic trend means that the number of native-born Americans entering the labor force will continue to shrink in the coming years. In fact, the U.S. fertility rate (births per woman) in 2023 was nearly 25 percent lower than in 2007.

Efforts to boost fertility rates through government policies have largely proven to be costly and ineffective. However, some analysts suggest that reforms could help. Vanessa Brown Calder and Chelsea Follett have compiled a list of policy recommendations aimed at increasing birth rates, many of which involve reducing government interventions. Nevertheless, absent major reforms, it is unlikely that the native-born working-age population will grow significantly in the near future. Even if birth rates were to rise immediately, it would take 18 years for these new workers to enter the labor force and decades for the impact to become substantial.

In contrast, the number of foreign-born individuals in the prime working-age group has been increasing. While the native-born prime working-age population has remained stagnant since 2013, the foreign-born equivalent has grown by nearly five million over the same period. These figures come from the Current Population Survey, which is conducted jointly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and the U.S. Census Bureau. Like any survey, it has limitations, particularly in identifying certain demographic groups such as immigrants. However, it remains the most reliable data source available for these estimates, as it is the same survey used to measure unemployment and other labor market indicators. With the scheduled benchmark update in January 2025, the Census Bureau’s population estimates should improve the accuracy of these data.

Without continued immigration, the U.S. faces serious demographic challenges. Predicting the future is difficult, but based on Census Bureau population projections, William Frey of the Brookings Institution estimates that the ratio of workers to retirees will decline significantly under any scenario. The most extreme case—a “zero immigration” scenario—suggests that the current ratio of 3.6 workers per retiree could plummet to just 1.4 by 2100. Even under a “high immigration” scenario, the ratio would still decline to approximately 2 workers per retiree. The economic and fiscal differences between these two scenarios could be enormous.

Maintaining a healthy worker-to-retiree ratio—sometimes called the old-age dependency ratio—is essential for the long-term stability of the U.S. economy. As the population ages, retirees will require substantial healthcare services, creating demand for more healthcare workers. Many retirees also hold significant wealth and will want to spend it on industries such as travel and tourism. Beyond these sectors, many industries that are not currently foreseeable will also require new, younger workers to sustain future economic growth.

While it is true that most new jobs in the U.S. economy have gone to foreign-born workers, this does not mean that these workers are displacing native-born Americans. Instead, it highlights the increasing need for immigration to address demographic challenges. Restrictive immigration policies could exacerbate the labor shortages that arise from an aging population. Without a steady flow of new workers, the U.S. would need to rely on massive advancements in automation and productivity across various industries. Achieving such improvements would require fewer regulatory burdens and lower taxes to encourage innovation.

Ultimately, the data suggest that immigration plays a vital role in supporting the U.S. labor market. As birth rates decline and the native-born working-age population stagnates, foreign-born workers have become increasingly essential to maintaining economic stability. Looking ahead, policies that promote a more open approach to immigration will be crucial in ensuring that the U.S. workforce remains robust enough to support retirees, drive economic growth, and sustain critical industries.

H-1B Visa Program Faces Scrutiny Over Alleged Abuse and Policy Concerns

The H-1B visa program is facing criticism from policy experts who argue that it is being misused to hire foreign workers at the expense of American employees. Estimates suggest that over 700,000 H-1B visa holders currently reside in the United States, accompanied by approximately 500,000 dependents. Together, they contribute more than $85 billion annually to the U.S. economy.

This visa category is designed as a temporary program that permits American businesses to hire highly educated foreign professionals for “specialty occupations” requiring at least a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent. Fields such as mathematics, engineering, technology, and medical sciences qualify for H-1B visas.

Policy expert Jessica Vaughan has presented a report to Congress advocating for stricter regulations on temporary work visas. She believes that such programs distort the labor market and lead to the displacement of American workers. Vaughan contends that immigration agencies must allocate more resources to enforcing existing regulations and tackling fraud. According to her, “Not only do they contribute to more illegal immigrants with high overstay rates, but they can also create security risks.”

Vaughan further argues that the United States does not suffer from a labor shortage, whether in skilled professions or lower-wage jobs. “There are millions of Americans of working age who have dropped out of the labor market,” she states.

Even within the STEM sector, Vaughan points out that more than two million U.S. degree-holders in STEM fields are either unemployed or not working in STEM-related jobs, which represents about one-sixth of the total workforce in these areas. She asserts that beyond enforcement efforts, Congress should reform visa programs to prioritize opportunities for American workers.

A key recommendation from Vaughan’s report is that staffing companies should not be permitted to sponsor foreign visa workers. She argues that these companies follow a business model designed to replace American workers with foreign employees who accept lower wages. Vaughan also highlights concerns over illegal hiring practices, including charging workers unlawful recruitment fees and exploiting them—issues prevalent in both high-skilled and low-wage industries.

Another recommendation is holding all employers accountable for high overstay rates among sponsored workers.

Regarding H-1B visas specifically, Vaughan proposes limiting their duration to an initial two-year period, with a possible extension up to four years. She opposes automatic extensions based on pending green card applications.

She also suggests capping the total number of H-1B visas at 75,000 or fewer, including those granted in the nonprofit and research sectors, which currently have no numerical limit. If demand exceeds supply, Vaughan recommends allocating visas to the highest-paying employers as a proxy for selecting the most skilled workers.

Jessica M. Vaughan serves as the Director of Policy Studies for the Center for Immigration Studies, a Washington, D.C.-based research institute that analyzes immigration’s impact on American society and advises policymakers on immigration-related issues.

Beyond the H-1B program, Vaughan also addresses the H-2A and H-2B visa categories, which allow foreign workers to take temporary jobs in the U.S. She suggests that federal agencies should only be allowed to request visa workers under very limited conditions.

For the H-2A visa, which is designated for agricultural labor, Vaughan calls on Congress to redefine “agricultural work” to exclude food processing jobs. Additionally, she proposes requiring H-2A workers to spend at least 180 days each year in their home country before becoming eligible to return. She also recommends barring dependent family members from receiving visas, arguing that such measures would reinforce the program’s temporary nature.

As for the H-2B visa, which is intended for seasonal or temporary unskilled labor, Vaughan advocates for either eliminating it entirely or significantly reducing its scale. She proposes restricting the visa’s duration to less than a year and allowing renewal only after the worker has returned to their home country for at least 180 days.

Pope Francis Battles Infection as Speculation Grows Over His Successor

Pope Francis remains hospitalized as he fights off a respiratory infection, raising concerns about his health and leading many to speculate on who might succeed him as the next pontiff.

The 88-year-old Argentinean pope was admitted to Rome’s Gemelli hospital on Friday following complications from a weeklong bout of bronchitis, according to news reports. Serving as the 266th leader of the Catholic Church and the sovereign of Vatican City since 2013, Pope Francis’ health struggles have sparked discussions about the Church’s future leadership.

Doctors report that Pope Francis is in a “stable” clinical condition as he undergoes treatment. In his younger years, he suffered from severe pneumonia, which led to the removal of part of one lung. His mobility has also declined, requiring the use of a wheelchair, walker, or cane due to knee problems and sciatica. More recently, he has experienced two falls, adding to concerns about his overall well-being.

In light of his ongoing health challenges, questions regarding succession have become more pressing. Many are wondering who might take his place if he becomes unable to fulfill his papal duties.

Who Is Pope Francis?

Pope Francis has been the head of the Catholic Church and the sovereign of Vatican City since March 13, 2013. He is the first pope from the Society of Jesus, the first to come from Argentina, and the first from the Americas.

Who Might Succeed Pope Francis?

Pope Francis became pontiff at the age of 76, following the resignation of Pope Benedict XVI in 2013.

Born Jorge Mario Bergoglio in Buenos Aires on December 17, 1936, he held various jobs—including working as a bouncer and janitor—before studying chemistry. In 1958, he joined the Jesuits, eventually becoming a Catholic priest in 1969 and later the Archbishop of Buenos Aires in 1998. Pope John Paul II elevated him to the rank of cardinal in 2001.

If Pope Francis is no longer able to serve, the process of selecting his successor would follow the traditional conclave method. This involves a secretive gathering of cardinals from around the world in Vatican City, where they cast their votes in the Sistine Chapel to determine the next pope.

On February 6, Pope Francis extended the term of Italian Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re as dean of the College of Cardinals. This position plays a key role in preparing for a potential conclave, which would oversee the process of selecting a new pope if needed.

While no definitive successor has been named, any baptized Roman Catholic male is technically eligible to be elected pope. However, since 1378, the selection has traditionally come from within the College of Cardinals, according to Religion News Service.

Several prominent figures have emerged as possible candidates for the papacy. Among them is Cardinal Pietro Parolin, the Vatican’s secretary of state. Cardinal Peter Turkson of Ghana, who formerly led the Pontifical Council for Justice and Peace, is also considered a contender. Another possibility is Cardinal Luis Tagle, who has served as the prefect of the Congregation for the Evangelization of Peoples since December 2019 and was previously the Archbishop of Manila.

Additional cardinals who could be considered include Matteo Zuppi, Gerhard Müller, Angelo Scola, Angelo Bagnasco, Raymond Burke, Robert Sarah, and Malcolm Ranjith.

In August 2020, Edward Pentin, a longtime senior Rome correspondent for the National Catholic Register, published a book titled The Next Pope: The Leading Cardinal Candidates. In his book, he identifies 19 cardinals he views as frontrunners for the papacy. Among those listed are American cardinals such as Seán Patrick O’Malley, the former Archbishop of Boston, and Cardinal Raymond Leo Burke, who previously served as Archbishop of St. Louis, Missouri.

As Pope Francis continues his treatment, the Catholic world awaits further developments regarding his health. Meanwhile, speculation continues over who might eventually succeed him as the next leader of the Church.

USA-India Business Summit Explores Role of AI, Sustainability, and Digitalization in Global Growth

The USA-India Business Summit and Georgia Tech Global Business Forum recently hosted a dynamic seminar titled “Sustainability, AI & Digitalization: Global Drivers of Growth.” The event brought together thought leaders, industry professionals, and policymakers to discuss the transformative impact of technology on global business. Held at Georgia Tech on February 12th, with a virtual session on February 13th, the summit focused on crucial topics such as the future of sustainability and ESG, workforce challenges in the AI era, data-driven enterprise growth, and cybersecurity best practices. It also highlighted India’s expertise in technology and the integration of AI and IoT in manufacturing, emphasizing how innovation and digital transformation contribute to sustainable economic growth.

Through engaging discussions and strategic partnerships, the forum aimed to navigate the opportunities and challenges at the intersection of technology, sustainability, and international commerce.

“This summit highlighted how businesses can integrate sustainability, AI, and digitalization to enhance efficiency, innovation, and growth,” said Ani Agnihotri, Co-Chair of the event from the USA-India Business Summit (UIBS). “By bringing together thought leaders and professionals, we aim to foster meaningful conversations and actionable strategies for the future.”

The event featured distinguished speakers, including Hon. L. Ramesh Babu, Consul General of India; Dev Ahuja, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Novelis Inc.; Vish M. Narendra, Senior Vice President and CIO of Graphic Packaging International; Bala Subramanian, EVP & Chief Digital and Technology Officer of UPS; Paul Frederickson, Senior Vice President of Georgia-Pacific Operations Technology Solution Group; Hon. Lisa Cupid, Chairwoman of the Cobb County Board of Commissioners; Hon. Urs Brönnimann, Consul General of Switzerland; Anant R. Adya, Executive Vice President and Head of Cloud, Infrastructure, and Security Services (CIS) for the Americas and APAC at Infosys; Ravi Venkatesan, CEO & Board Director of Cantaloupe Inc.; Stan Sthanunathan, CEO of i-Genie.ai; and Lakshamanan Chidambaram, President and Head of the Americas Leadership Council at Tech Mahindra.

“The key challenge is one of continuous growth in the midst of constant change. This conference addressed these paradoxical dimensions and pointed to strategic avenues,” said Dr. John R. McIntyre, Co-Chair of the event from the Scheller College of Business at Georgia Tech.

Hon. Consul General of India in Atlanta, Ramesh Babu Lakshmanan, emphasized the robust trade relationship between the United States and India, noting that the total trade value of goods and services currently stands at $200 billion and is projected to reach $500 billion by 2030. He identified digital transformation, AI, quantum computing, clean energy, and defense technology as key drivers of future growth.

Quoting Indian Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi’s remarks at the Artificial Intelligence (AI) Action Summit in Paris on February 11, 2025, Lakshmanan Chidambaram, President of Tech Mahindra and Head of Mahindra Group Americas, stated, “AI can help transform millions of lives by improving health, education, agriculture, and so much more. It can help create a world in which the journey to Sustainable Development Goals becomes easier and faster.”

In his keynote address, Dev Ahuja, EVP and CFO of Novelis Inc., a global leader in aluminum production and recycling, underscored the company’s commitment to sustainability. “In terms of annual revenues, our annual revenues are $16.2 billion, our annual adjusted EBITDA is of the order of $1.9 billion. We recycle 2.3 million tons of aluminum. And if you consider that as a proportion to the total shipments that we do which is about 3.7 million tons that’s a very, very large proportion of recycled content. Our recycled content is around 63%. That is really what makes the whole value proposition of sustainability extremely important for us,” Ahuja said.

Novelis prioritizes sustainability through high-recycled-content products and circular economy initiatives. Aluminum’s ability to be recycled indefinitely without quality loss results in energy savings of up to 95% compared to primary production. The company operates 32 facilities across four continents, employing over 13,000 people. Novelis has set ambitious sustainability targets, including achieving carbon neutrality by 2050 and reducing CO2 emissions by 30% by 2026 compared to 2016 levels. The company collaborates with major automotive, beverage, and aerospace brands, using closed-loop recycling systems to minimize waste. Investments in renewable energy, such as solar power and alternative fuels, further support its sustainability goals. The company is expanding its recycling infrastructure with new plants in Kentucky, Korea, and a $4.1 billion facility in Alabama, aligning with its “3 by 30” vision to promote aluminum’s role in a circular economy and advance global sustainability efforts.

Bala Subramanian, EVP & Chief Digital and Technology Officer at UPS, highlighted the company’s scale and influence. “We actually transport 6% of US GDP, 2% of world GDP every single day. If UPS doesn’t work for five days, that’s considered a recession because 30% of GDP doesn’t move… and we are in 220 countries. We actually have over half a million people at any given time, we are the seventh-largest airline. At any given time, we have at least 50 to 100 flights that are still in the air. So the scale of us is very, very large,” he said.

Subramanian also discussed UPS’s India Technology Center in Chennai, which employs about 1,000 people and continues to grow. He noted that the company’s approach is not about cost-cutting in India but about accessing global talent. UPS also has development centers in Europe and the U.S., enabling successful logistics operations worldwide.

He emphasized UPS’s focus on technology, AI, and global logistics, highlighting the importance of adaptability and continuous improvement. AI is instrumental in optimizing delivery routes, automating processes, and enhancing operational efficiency. UPS is also investing in logistics for healthcare, including vaccine transportation and time-sensitive medical deliveries. The company is exploring emerging technologies such as drone deliveries and VR training while maintaining strong customer-centric strategies. Collaboration with academic institutions is a key component of UPS’s innovation strategy.

Roshan Shah, Vice President of AI & Products at Georgia-Pacific LLC, highlighted the company’s integration of AI and automation since 2018 to enhance manufacturing. He underscored Georgia-Pacific’s strong partnership with Georgia Tech in recruitment and innovation. The company operates 140 connected facilities and has expanded AI-driven processes to Guardian Glass. AI is used to mitigate workforce experience loss, improve decision-making, and enhance efficiency. Georgia-Pacific employs 800 autonomous vehicles and proprietary Digital Mezzanine technology for predictive maintenance and process control. The AI-driven initiative has grown from four to 150 employees, reinforcing the company’s industry leadership.

The seminar offered an in-depth exploration of evolving U.S.-India trade and business relations, with a strong focus on collaboration in technology, digitalization, and sustainability. Experts examined global workforce challenges and AI’s role in addressing skill gaps and boosting productivity. Discussions on AI for purpose, augmented intelligence, and enterprise AI solutions highlighted the transformative potential of data-driven organizations and digitalization in shaping business strategies. AI’s impact on marketing, manufacturing, and self-service commerce demonstrated its role in enhancing operational efficiency and customer engagement.

Business immigration updates provided insights into talent mobility, while comparisons of AI governance systems in the U.S., EU, and China shed light on regulatory advancements. The sustainability leadership demonstrated by Novelis illustrated corporate commitments to responsible growth. A discussion on large language models (LLMs) versus specialized domain models (SDMs) for competitive advantage underscored the need for balancing innovation in generative AI with sustainability.

Overall, the discussions reinforced that AI, digitalization, and strategic technology transformation are critical drivers of economic growth and global competitiveness. The forum served as a platform for thought leaders to explore new opportunities and challenges in a rapidly evolving technological landscape.

-+=